Upload
nguyenkhuong
View
219
Download
1
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
CHAPTER-II
LITERATURE REVIEW
21 STUDIES ON MARKETING STRATEGIES AND ELEMENTS OF
MARKETING MIX
22 PRODUCT
23 PRICING
24 PROMOTION
25 DISTRIBUTION
26 MARKET ORIENTATION
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
Chapter 2 Literature Review
CHAPTER - II
LITERATURE REVIEW
There has been a plethora of studies made on the areas of marketing strategies
Most of these studies are on conceptual and functional areas of marketing strategies
marketing mix factors market orientation etc Most of them are in the form of research
papers books published articles and reports etc Comprehensive study with research
orientation on marketing strategies of toilet soap manufacturing industry in general and
KS amp DL in particular is highly inadequate In this chapter an attempt is made to present
the review of available literature on the topic
21 STUDIES ON MARKETING STRATEGIES AND ELEMENTS OF
MARKETING MIX
Several studies have been made on marketing strategies elements of marketing
mix and related aspects In what follows is brief review of such studies
Hill and Jones have given the opinion that a typical multi business company has
three main levels of management the corporate level the business level and the functional
level The reason underlying the popularity of this scheme is its ability to simplify distil
and aggregate complex strategy phenomena into a lucid and workable form for analysis
and interpretation Schwenk^ observes that the risk of oversimplifying general
interpretations strategy formation can be considered as a conscious process through
which a future plan is created and then acted upon and is independent of strategy
implementation Strategy formation is a process depending upon a pattern or stream of
decisions reflecting an identification phase development phase and selection phase of
strategy
Gerbing and others opine that the strategy process adopts the assumption of
decisional rationality where a systematic process is followed in establishing a logical and
sequential pattern of decisions from goal formulation through to strategic choice and
strategy implementation
Fredrickson considered strategy formation in terms of the comprehensiveness of
the processes involved and described it as the extent to which an organization attempts to
be exhaustive or inclusive in making and integrating strategic decisions In his research
he observed that a positive relationship exists between comprehensiveness and firm
37 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
performance Miller^ has also found that high-performing firms were distinguished from
low-performing firms on the basis of systematic scanning of the environment analysis
and strategy making rationality
Priem^and others have given the opinion that the specified significant associations
between overall firm performance and planning scanning and analysis
Capon and others^ found that firms employing formal planning processes
outperformed those that did not
According to Baker a marketing strategy is a process that can allow an
organization to concentrate its limited resources on the greatest opportunities to increase
sales and achieve a sustainable competitive advantage A marketing strategy is centered
on the key concept of customer satisfaction as the main goal A marketing strategy is a
written plan which combines product development promotion distribution and pricing
approach identifies the firms marketing goals and explains how they are achieved within
a stated timeframe Marketing strategy determines the choice of target market segment
positioning marketing mix and allocation of resources It is most effective when it is an
integral component of firm strategy defining how the organization will successfully
engage customers prospects and competitors in the market arena As the customer
constitutes the source of a companys revenue marketing strategy is closely linked with
sales
Hill amp Jones opine that the marketing strategies differ depending on the unique
situation of the individual business However there are a number of ways of categorizing
some generic strategies A brief description of the most common categorizing schemes is
presented below Strategies based on market dominance - In this approach firms are
classified based on their market share or dominance of an industry Typically there are
three types of market dominance strategies (a) Leader (b) Challenger and (c) Follower
According to Porter^ the strategy based on the dimensions of strategic scope and
strategic strength Strategic scope refers to the market penetration while strategic strength
refers to the firms sustainable competitive advantage The generic strategy framework
comprises of two alternatives each with two alternative scopes These are Differentiation
and low-cost leadership each with a dimension of Focus-broad or narrow (a)Product
differentiation (b)Market segmentation
Vorhies and others^ opine that the strategic management and marketing literatures
indicate that the nature of marketings contribution to business strategy formation and its
business performance implications can be influenced by a number of factors These
38 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
potential influences are planning effectiveness internal exchange processes participative
policy making number of employees and sales turnover
Cravens bull says that the marketing strategy and implementation of the strategy are
two of the most important parts of strategic marketing planning These two components
are usually discussed separately in marketing strategy texts That is marketing strategy is
formulated and then implemented In practice poor implementation can undermine good
strategy
Douglas Brovralie^^ has concluded that although in the formulation of strategy it
is possible and often advisable for imagination to be of more importance than reasoning
analysis and diagnosis occupy the heart of the planning doctrine and hold the key to its
efficacy And fiirther that where these tasks are executed systematically and
comprehensively the insight thus provided will make a major contribution to the
formulation of successful business strategies
There are several studies made on the theoretical and functional aspects of
product price promotion and distribution related strategies Which come under the broad
purview of marketing mix In what follows is the brief review of such studies
22 PRODUCT
Chamberlin argues that buyers in the market have a real freedom to differentiate
distinguish or have specific preferences among the competing outputs of the sellers This
view led to the development of the differential advantage concept one of the most
important concepts in the marketing theory
In Chamberlins^ monopolistic competition theory argues that the product is
defined as a bundle of utilities in which the physical offering is one element and
becomes the basis on which a seller can differentiate his offering fiom that of his
competitors
Alderson^^ has noted that differentiation in a products characteristics gives a
seller control over the product to identity and configure exactly This means the seller
offering a product different from others actually occupies a monopoly position in the
market However this product differentiation can be based on product characteristics such
as patented features trademarks packaging etc
Alderson^^ has given the opinion that behind the acceptance of differentiation are
differences in taste desires income location of the buyers and the uses of commodities It
39 i
Chapter 2 Literature Review
is however the existence of varied wants and needs in the market place that allows
competition through product differentiation and a policy of differential advantage to be
pursued
Smith also interpreted that the seller pursues a policy of differential advantage
in general and product differentiation in particular in order to meet both competitive
activities and the various needs and wants in the market place However the seller can
pursue a policy of product differentiation either by offering the same product throughout
the whole market and secure a measure of control over the products demand by
advertising and promoting differences between his product and the products of
competing sellers or by viewing the market as a number of small homogeneous markets
(market segments) each having different product differences and adjusting the product and
the elements surrounding its sale according to the requirements of each market segment
The seller who adopts the latter method in pursuing a policy of product differentiation is
actually pursuing a policy of market segmentation However a policy of differential
advantage must be dynamic in nature since the seller must continually adjust his total
offering to match the ever changing competitive activities and customers motivation
mixes in the market place Naturally such adjustments alter the sellers cost structure and
profitability The seller therefore must be constantly engaged in creating a total offering
from all the elements under hisher control in a way that will give differential advantage
and profitability This axiom has led to the development of the marketing mix concept
Thompson drawn the conclusion that the two most important factors in
Marketing are a) The product and b) The ultimate consumer (people) The obvious
objective is to get these two in perfect harmony If this situation does not exist he then
proceeds to state that although companies can rather easily change products they cannot
change people but simply influence them The authors conclusive remark is that the
most important controllable factor in marketing is the product
Levitt has proposed that the product can be analyzed at five distinct levels
Core benefit mdash refers to the main benefit the customer buys (for example the
buyer of a vehicle purchases transportation)
Basic product - refers to the basic characteristics or attributes of the product
without which there is no product (for example tyres of a car)
Expected product - refers to the characteristics of the product that the customer
takes for granted (for example tyres in a good condition)
40
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Augmented product - refers to the product characteristics that surpass the
customers expectations (for example road assistance)
Potential product - refers to those characteristics that could be added to the
product in the future and offer customer delight
Nowadays companies are competing at the augmented product level In other
words they try to differentiate their offerings by providing product characteristics that are
beyond the expected functional features
According to Kotler product hierarchy comprises the following five categories
Need family - the basic need underlying the existence of a product family (for example
security)
Product family - all the product classes that can satisfy a basic need effectively (for
example savings and income)
Product class or category - a group of products within a product family (for example
investment products)
Product line - a group of products within a product class which are closely related
because they are targeted to the market through the same distribution
channels or are priced within a specific range (for example investment
accounts)
Product type mdash a group of items within a product line that function in a similar manner
(for example capital guaranteed accounts)
Brand-the name of a product (for example Dunbar Bank)
Item - a unit within a brand or product line which is distinguished by size price or some
other characteristic of element
Product hierarchy provides the different levels at which a product should be
managed For example product line management is associated with different decisions
compared to brand management
Montoya-Weiss and Calantone^^concluded that Launching new products can be an
attractive growth strategy however this is not without risks Some estimate that 30-35
of all new products fail while others are even more pessimistic citing that only two out of
ten new launches succeed
Aaker in his final opinion discusses that due to factors such as high advertising
costs and the increasing competition for shelf space it has become difficult to succeed
with new products in an increasingly popular approach to reducing risk when launching
new products is to follow a brand extension strategy
41
Chapter 2 Literature Review
As per the opine of Beverland and Veryzer Managing design is an aspect of
marketings activities but relatively little is known about the relationship between
marketing and design At one level marketing requires design expertise to meet user
needs and communicate brand values through a series of elements like products packs
corporate identity and advertising Design is fundamental to business success and
competitiveness To exploit new markets to retain or recapture their share of world
markets producers have to develop new products and services that consumers want
Whatever the marketing goals - holding onto market share increasing market share or
entering a new market - it is investment in design and product development that produces
the new or updatedredesigned products or services packaging and communications that
helps to achieve these goals
Olins suggests that design is the visual orientation of marketing and conveys in
particular brand values to the consumer But this is more traditional approach of design
as a functional resource to aid marketing And also design is becoming more broadly
viewed as a creative asset in its own right which can make an independent contribution to
strategy and leadership
Kotler and Rath suggest that good design differentiates companies and makes
products stand out from the crowd Innovative design opens up new markets Clever
design rekindles interest for products in a mature market Well-designed products
commimicate quality and value to the consumer It enhances the products appeal and
attractiveness making selection by the consumer easier a summary of the marketing
benefits of design is as follows (a) Enhances product and service quality (b)
Differentiates products and services (c) Markets products and services and enhances
company image (d) Lowers production andor maintenance costs (e) Adds to the
creativity (f) Intellectual property and competence of the company
Rundh^^ concluded that the Packagings importance as a marketing tool has
increased due to increased importance of buying decisions at the store the role of brand
building by media advertising growing management recognition of packagings ability to
create differentiation and new media habits 9R
Schoorsman and others opine that the packaging research has focused on its
general characteristics and design influence on product evaluation communication
aspects the impact of size on usage use as a source of profit the perceptual processes for
design and visual impact on consumer attention categorisation and evaluation
42
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Sagar and Kumar have drawn the opinion on package which is the face of a
product Packaging involves the activities of designing and producing the container and
wrapper for the product Up to three levels of material may be used in packaging ie
primary package secondary package and shipping package
Kotler argued that the many marketers have called the packaging a fifth P the
other four Ps are Product Price Place and Promotion So packaging is used as a
marketing tool Well-designed packages can create convenience and promotional values
Etzel and others^ opine that the packing serves several purposes such as
protecting the product on its way to the consumer protecting the product after it is
purchased helping to gain acceptance of the product helping to persuade consumers to
buy the product supporting self-service consumer affluence company and brand
recognition and innovation opportunity
Kotler concluded that initially packaging was intended largely to provide
protection to the product With its increasing significance in marketing it has become a
major factor in gaining customers
Etzel and others 2005 opine that the Packaging is criticized largely because of its
environmental impact on depleting natural resources certain form of packages have
health hazards and there is problem of disposal of packages some packages are
deceptive others are expensive Marketing executives have to address these criticisms
They must enhance the positive features of packaging like product protection consumer
convenience and marketing support
Schreiber has drawn the conclusion that to remain competitive in the market
packaging strategies should be reviewed annually
Parker opine that the Packaging is a key component of marketing According to
recent studies by the Point of Purchase and Advertisement Institute (POPAI) which
indicate that 70 of consumers buying decisions are made at the point of sale
Pandey also claims that impulse purchase is increasing rapidly The package is a
very effective tool for influencing impulse purchasing
Further Kundu and Sehrawet showed that consumers feel that the package is
very helpftjl in identifying and distinguishing products As people become time prone
they are more prone to impulsive buying The unplanned purchase is a large source of
revenue The power of the package is an important element of unplanned purchasing no
The study by Sivan has shown that 18 buying decisions are influenced by
advertisements
43
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mehta suggests that the efficiency of traditional approaches appears to be
reducing year by year and the effectiveness of modem marketing tool like packaging is
increasing rapidly
Phillips argues that the modem consumer is more educated more sophisticated
and more cynical As a result of this the consumers are postponing their decision making
until at the point of purchase In turn this has led to an increase in impulse purchase and
brand switching and consequently a decline in the power of branding and traditional
marketing approaches So the importance of marketing communications by making use of
the packaging has increased
Narayanan claims that a large part of the population has started to give higher
importance to health and hygiene which is leading to an increased demand for packaged
goods and a shift from loose buying
The spread of education particularly among housewives has swung the trend in
purchasing from loose to pre-packaged and branded products from tea to ketchup and
noodles The market share of packaged edible oil has increased from 20 in 1998 to 26
in 2005 Todays consumers are finding packagmg as value addition [The Times of India
(TOI)2005]
Ramaswamy and Namakumari ^ conclude that packaging must be able to stand out
from other packages This can be accomplished by the use of colour shape copy
trademark logo or additional features This aspect of packaging was exploited by
Hindustan Levers Le Sancy soap with its unique bean shape which was packaged in
transparent polj^hene to exhibit its shape Customers could experience the unique shape
colour and appearance for the first time in the product of soap This package strongly
influenced the high trail purchases
In their earlier study Alsop and Abrams found that ease of storage is one of the
important features of package in influencing buying decisions
Ajarekar has come with the conclusion that the package must be able to
communicate its message to the buyers All the necessary information must be clearly
visible and highlighted by colour or design to make direct and indirect communication
effective
Ramaswami and Namakumari^ argue that it is necessary to assess the reaction of
consumers to a package periodically and adapt it accordingly Consumers may have their
own preferences covering (a) package size (b) package shape (c) packaging materials
used (d) package graphics etc Marketers must assess consumer preferences on the one
44
Chapter 2 Literature Review
hand and cost and availability aspects on the other hand in order to provide the consumer
with the best possible package An effective package can be an efficient mass-selling
medium and it is often worth more attention and money that are now devoted to it by most
companies
According to the study of Alsop and Abrams 19 of consumers refiised to buy
the brand in a poor package again while 24 said they would buy it cautiously or in a
different type of package Their research further revealed that most important package
characteristics to consumers are storage life of any unused portion the ability to recognize
the contents by looking at the package and its graphics resalability and ease of storage
Shapiro^ has given the opinion that increased competition is forcing brand
managers of consumer goods to alter the portfolio of the package sizes they offer
Although some managers assume that larger package sizes encourage consumers to use
more (per usage occasion) than smaller package sizes and these assumptions are
becoming a source of controversy They suggest that compared to small packages large
packages might be expected to encourage greater use because consumers would be less
concerned about running out of the product The greater the supply of a product (eg
large package) the lower the transaction (replacement) costs for using the product and the
greater the volume people are willing to use Another possible reason that has not yet been
investigated is that unit costs often vary inversely with package size Because products
from large packages are generally less expensive (per unit) than those from small
packages They may be used in greater volume
Hoch has concluded that the large packages of familiar branded products
encourage more use than do small packages The study shows that as the size of a package
increases so does the volume of the product that a person uses And also the notion that
perceptions of a packages imit cost can influence usage and operate independently of the
package size itself
Mitchell^ says that a successful brand could gain impetus from irmovative
products andor process Product innovations may be in the form of product improvements
or development of new products Process innovation is the improvement in the operation
process integration of the operation steps leading to reductions in cycle time or
reductions in the number of process steps that improve the operations efficiency and
effectiveness However the importance of irmovation or simply admiring its usefulness
will not serve the dream of being innovative A firm needs to have a strategic know-how
system in place to put the mnovations into use
45 i
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Fraser^^has argued that the innovation can be one of the ways that marketers can
differentiate themselves from their competitors The creation of an innovative
productservice can potentially provide marketers with a sustainable competitive
advantage
Webster^ draws the conclusion that the innovation refers to the extent of the
unique product service process or approach a firm is able to achieve Innovation is
concerned not only with the finished product but also with the value-creating processes
23 PRICING Shapiro argued that pricing is an important decision area of marketing It is the
only element of the marketing mix that generates revenue and all the other elements
involve cost Price is also one of the most important market place indicators
Lichtenstein Ridgway and Netemeyer opine that the all pervasive influence of
price is due to the fact that the price factor is present in all purchase situations and
represents to all consumers Although it is believed that price serves as an indicator of
quality there exists no general price-perceived quality relationship
Erickson and Johansson in their final conclusion that the price becomes a less
important indicator of quality in the presence of other product quality indicators such as
brand name or store image
Zeithaml^^says that the use of price as an indicator of quality depends on the
following The availability of other indicators to quality (a) The price variation within a
product class (b) The product quality variation within a product category (c) The
level of consumer awareness about price (d) The consumers ability to distinguish quality
variation in a product group
Scitovsky^ argued that the price is identified as an important index of quality In
his view the word cheap usually means inferior quality
Leavitt^^observed that in one of the pioneering studies on price-perceived quality
relationship the buyers tended to have doubts when they chose the lower priced brands
than in the case of higher-priced brands He concluded that a higher price might
sometimes increase the buyers readiness to buy
46
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Gabor and Granger^^ concluded that the price would be an indicator of quality for
commodities such as textile products where quality cannot be ascertained by sight and
where owing to changes in technology and fashion past experience was of little use
McConnell^^ examined the relationship between price and the quality of beer
which is a frequently purchased consumer product He found that the buyers used price as
an indicator of product quality With a homogeneous product and various unknown brand
names buyers perceived the highest-priced brand to be of better quality than the other two
brands He concluded that price without any other indicator was an effective measure for
brand evaluation However Shapiro warned marketers that the concept of price as an
indicator of quality should not be applied indiscriminately in making pricing decisions
In an experimental study Gardener explored the degree of price-quality
relationship for three products toothpaste a mans shirt and a suit He concluded that
while price did not affect the perception of product quality in case of all the three
products whether branded or not it did affect the willingness to buy a shirt
Lambert^ says that the Consumer choices regarding price might be influenced by
the following product-specific factors (a) Buyers confidence in the predictive value of
price (b) Perceived consequences of making a poor brand choice (c) Amount of
brand-to-brand variation in product quality (d) Social importance of the product (e)
Difficulty encountered in making quality judgments (f) Ability to assess product quality cry
Shapiro sought to determine whether price would act as a communicator of
quality and ascertain the reasons for consumers judging the product quality by price by
determining the correlates of price reliance It was found that for most of the dimensions
such as quality durability looks or fragrance the number of buyers ranking the high-
priced product better than the low-priced product was greater than the number of buyers
ranking the low-priced product better than the high priced product
In the final opinion of Shivdasani on price and quality is that they are linked
together in the mind of the consumer Price plays different roles in the purchase-decision
process In traditional economic theory since higher price has a negative impact on the
consumers budget price has a negative influence on his buying decision
Monroe and Krishnan opine that a behavioral perspective price may be
perceived as a product quality indicator Therefore price may be viewed either as an
indicator of sacrifice or as an indicator of quality or both
Rao and Monroe ^ found that price increase might play a positive or a negative
role in the purchase-decision process People are more likely to use price as an indicator 47
Chapter 2 Literature Review
of quality for expensive products As price increases the risk of an incorrect decision
increases and the buyer is often less familiar with the product because of the infrequency
of purchase
In the Indian scenario Mehta Parasuraman and Ambarish Kumar^^ conducted an
experimental study to find out the relationship between quality and price and to examine
the consumers brand choice with respect to ready-made shirts The study indicated that a
majority of the buyers perceived some quality difference between the two shirts which
were identical in all respects except for the brand names The study revealed that the name
of a well-known brand induced the consumers to be favourably disposed towards that
brand in terms of quality and price perception and they were willing to pay a higher price
for the well-known brand
24 PROMOTION
According to Kotler^^ sales promotion consists of a diverse collection of incentive
tools mostly short-term designed to stimulate quicker andor greater purchase of
particular productsservices by consumers or the trade
Roger Strang has given a more simplistic definition ie sales promotions are
short-term incentives to encourage purchase or sales of a product or service Hence any
forms of incentives (price cut or value added nature) offered for short period either to
trade or consumers are considered as sales promotion activities
Blattberg and others opine that Sales promotions are action-focused marketing
events whose purpose is to have a direct impact on the behavior of the firms customers
There are three major types of sales promotions consumer promotions retailer
promotions and trade promotions Consumer promotions are promotions offered by
manufacturers directly to consumers Retailer promotions are promotions offered by
retailers to consumers Trade promotions are promotions offered by manufacturers to
retailers or other trade entities
Huff and Alden observe that throughout the world sales promotions offered to
consumers are an integral part of the marketing mix for many consumer products
Marketing managers use price-oriented promotions such as coupons rebates and price
discounts to increase sales and market share entice consumers to trial and encourage
them to switch brands or stores Non-price promotions such as sweepstakes fi-equent user
clubs and premiums add excitement and value to brands and may increase brand
attractiveness In addition consumers like promotions They provide utilitarian benefits
such as monetary savings increased quality (higher quality products become attainable)
48
J
Chapter 2 Literature Review
and convenience as well as hedonistic benefits such as entertainment exploration and
self-expression
Aradhna Krishna and others^ opine that sales promotions have become a vital tool
for marketers and its importance has been increasing significantly over the years In India
sales promotions expenditure by various marketing companies is estimated to be Rs 5000
crore and the emphasis on sales promotion activities by the Indian industry has increased
by 500 to 600 percent during the last 3 to 5 years (Economic Times June 15 2003) In the
year 2001 there were as many as 2050 promotional schemes in the Rs 80000 crore
FMCG Industry
Kotler opine that the given the growing importance of sales promotion there has
been considerable interest in the effect of sales promotion on different dimensions such as
consumers price perceptions brand choice brand switching behaviour evaluation of
brand equity and effect on brand perception and so on One of the purposes of a consumer
promotion is to elicit a direct impact on the purchase behaviour of the firms customers
Blattberg Bnesch and Fox emphasise that research evidence suggests that sales
promotions positively affect shot-term sales Research on price promotion has consistently
reported high sales effect and high price elasticity for brands which are on promotion
Aradhna Krishna says that the studies have shown that price promotions enhance
brand substitution within a product category affect aggregate sales and significantly
affect stock piling and purchase acceleration However there have also been studies that
suggest that sales promotion affects brand perceptions Researchers have found out that
promotions especially price promotions have negative effect on brand equity
In a study Schultz^ argues that over dependence on promotions can erode
consumers price-value equation
The result of a study by Jeddi indicates that in the long term advertising has a
positive effect on brand equity where as price promotions have negative effects
Similarly Yoo and others^ opine that based on structural equation model
suggests that frequent price promotions such as price deals are related to low brand
equity where as high advertising spending high price and high distribution intensity are
related to high brand equity There is also a managerial belief that if a brand is supported
with frequent promotional offers the equity of the brand tends to get diluted
Yoo and others have argued on the contrary that there have also been studies that
indicate brands benefit from promotions Among all the elements of marketing mix sales
promotions have long-term influence on brand equity
49 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mariola amp Elena suggested that monetary and non-monetary promotions are
useful to create brand equity because of their positive effect on brand knowledge
structures
Barbara Khan and Jagmohan Raju^deg encompass that an effect of promotions on
variety seeking and reinforcement behaviour has also been studied The importance of
consumer sales promotion in the marketing mix of the fast moving consumer goods
(FMCG) category throughout the world has increased Companies spend considerable
time in planning such activities However in order to enhance the effectiveness of these
activities manufacturers should understand consumer and retailer perceptions of their
promotional activities
Moreau Aradhana Krishna Bari Harlam^ have given outlook that in India fast
moving consumer goods (FMCG) category has witnessed an outburst of sales promotion
activities in the post-liberalization era and studied differing perceptions with respect to
price promotion from the point of manufacturers retailer and consumers
Campbell and Diamond set up that there have been very few discussions in sales
promotion literature about how different types of promotions may be classified One
dimension which has been suggested to classify different promotions is the price versus
non-price nature of the promotion
Cooke has given the opinion that the Price promotions are defined as
promotions such as coupons cents off refunds and rebates that temporarily reduce the
cost of the goods or service These promotions focus on the reduced economic outlay
required to obtain a good or service
Cooke states that the Non-price promotions has defined as promotions such as
giveaways or contests in which value is temporarily added to the product at full price
Although a wide variety of price and non-price promotions are launched in the market
Blattberg and others view that the most of the academic research on promotions
has focused on price promotions namely price offs and coupon offers
Smith and Sinha presented that the promotional tools such as free gift offers
exfra product offers are increasingly being used in the market place In recent years
researchers have started comparing consumer response to different promotions eg price
promotion versus premium promotion or extra product promotion versus price promotion
These researchers have found that different types of promotions create differential
response from the consumers
50
p
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld and Sasser have originated that the customer retention helps increase
revenue through increases in sales volume andor premium prices as well as reducing the
expenses or costs of generating those revenues An increase in retention rate has been
argued to have led to a corresponding increase in profit
Reichheld has identified six economic benefits of retaining customers (1)
savings on customers acquisition or replacement costs (2) a guarantee of base profits as
existing customers are likely to have a minimum spend per period (3) growth in per-
customer revenue as over a period of time existing customers are likely to earn more
have more varied needs and spend more (4) a reduction in relative operating costs as the
firms can spread the cost over many more customers and over a longer period (5) free of
charge referrals of new customers from existing customers which would otherwise be
costly in terms of commissions or introductory fees and (6) price premiums as existing
customers do not usually wait for promotions or price reductions before deciding to
purchase in particular with new models or versions of existing products
Reichheld has given the opinion that even if not all customers prefer long-term
relationships there are those who prefer stable long-term relationships inherently spend
more pay promptly and require less service Long-serving employees generate several
economic benefits not only that they are much better at finding and recruiting the best
customers but they retain customers by producing better products and value and they are
sources of customer referrals
Reichheld^ offered strategies that measure retention in terms of both crude and
weighted rates This involves interviewing former customers customer complaints and
service data and identifying switching behaviour With the use of computers firms should
have little difficulty in calculating and reporting both crude and weighted rates In
addition to measuring retention firms should consider interviewing former customers in
order to learn their reasons for defecting Customer defections may have been caused not
by the firm itself but by factors beyond its control
Reichheld^ identified six types of defectors (1) price - for a lower price (2)
product -for a superior product (3) service - for a better service (4) market - for a
different market for example a transport company which has moved out of road haulage
and therefore no longer buys trailers (5) technological - a customer that has converted
from using one technology to another and (6) organizational - switches due to political
pressure
5 1 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Rosenberg and Czepiel^^ have orated that it is probably unreaUstic to expect all
customers to stay indefinitely Not only do customers buy on a portfolio basis but firms
have to accept that a proportion of their customers will leave from time to time for a
number of reasons A strategy that would enable firms to cope with this situation is
customer portfolio management It involves an analysis of the firms customer portfolio
with a view to creating a specified balance of customer groups before reorganizing the
firm for customer retention Some examples of retention tactics are giving product extras
reinforcing promotions providing sales force connections providmg specialized
distribution and providing post-purchase communication Reorganization for customer
retention involves setting an acceptable target for customer turnover establishing
executive accountability for keeping customers and improving internal coordination by
targeting promotional strategies towaids repeat usage
25 DISTRIBUTION
Stem El-Ansary and Coughlan have concluded that the distribution intensity has
been commonly defined as the number of intermediaries used by a manufacturer within its
trade areas Ideal distribution intensity would make a brand available widely enough to
satisfy but not exceed target customers needs because over saturation increases
marketing costs without providing benefits The use of too few intermediaries can limit a
brands level of exposure in the marketplace However using too many intermediaries can
be detrimental to the brands image and its competitive position Exclusive distribution
in relation to intensive distribution has been examined in the economics literature In
opposition to traditional economic theory many economists now argue that exclusive
distribution can have pre-competitive effects when intermediary support is critical to the
success of the brand High distribution intensity may promote sales in the short run but
long-term results are less clear
It is evident from the above review that the works on marketing strategies throw
light mainly on general theme of and functional aspect of marketing strategies and
elements of marketing mix
26 MARKET ORIENTATION
There are several studies on consumer orientation of marketing retention of
consumers relationship marketing and consumer involvement and related reports which
52
Chapter 2 Literature Review
have gained a prominent place in formulation of marketing strategies A brief review of
literature on the above aspects is given below
Ruekert has given the opinion that for over 40 years the marketing concept has
been described as being the management philosophy that focuses on satisfying customer
needs and wants based on customer knowledge Recently however within the academic
literature increasing attention has been given to the concept of market orientation This
revival of the attention for a market orientation has been driven by enviroimiental
changes a more competitive international market place increasing pace of changing
technology a shortening of product life cycles and a decrease in customer loyalty
Kohli and others are given the opinion that empirical evidences support that the
market orientation is positively associated with superior performance As a result
businesses recognise that a focus on the customer and the markets they serve may result in
long-run competitive advantage and superior profitability
Days^^ opinion on market orientation is represented in three principal features
ie a set of beliefs that put the customers interest first the ability of the organisation to
generate disseminate and use superior information about customers and competitors and
the coordinated application of inter functional resources to the creation of superior
customer value
In the final opinion of Webster^ on market oriented organisation marketing is no
longer the sole responsibility of specialists Rather everyone in the firm is responsible for
understanding customers and delivering superior customer value
This study has been performed in order to gain insight into the extent to which
KSampDL maintains a marketing orientation in responding to enviroimiental changes and
into the relationship between marketing orientation and performance This project aims at
examining the marketing environment approaches to marketing the organisation and
responsibility for marketing activities and the marketing strategies adopted by KSampDL
Customer retention can be seen as the mirror image of customer defection where a
high retention rate has the same significance as a low defection rate Defining customer
retention in terms of percentage share of customer savings borrowing spending or
purchasing may be more usefial instead of in terms of the absolute numbers of customers OR
Storbacka found that 20 of their customer base accounted for 90 of their total
customer base profitability Hence customers ftom the remaining 80 of the customer
base were either unprofitable or contributed to an insignificant amoimt of profit
53
bdquo ir
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^^ concluded that the high proportion of new customers could bring
down the rate of retention and vice versa Moreover defection rates tend to be much
higher for new customers than long tenure customers
Reichheld^ and Dawkins have found that the tangible advantages of retaining
customers into prominence They claimed that a 5 increase in retention rate led to an
increase in the net present value of customers of between 25 and 85 in a wide range of
industries from credit card to insurance brokerage and from motor services to office
building management Despite its potential benefits customer retention did not obtain
much attention in strategic or marketing plaiming processes
The end goal of a firms marketing activities is making profit Fornell and
Wemerfelt^^ emphasized that marketing resources may be better spent on keeping
existing customers than acquiring new ones This was based on the assumption that
existing customers are profitable and they cost less to keep than to replace Firms
therefore have to be aware of the profitability of not just their products but also their
customers
BlattbergRC and Deighton J ^ Customer retention clearly deserves some
attention and should form a part of a firms strategic marketing goals rather than simply
being seen as the end result of good marketing management
Reichheld^ has given the opinion that the objective of many marketing strategies
in the last 10 years has been building the customers commitment to a brand or a dealer
This has taken three forms (a) Creating customer satisfaction - delivering superior quality
products and services (b) Building brand equity - the sum of the intangible assets of a
brand Factors that contribute to this are name awareness perceived quality brand
loyalty the associations consumers have towards the brand trademarks packaging and
marketing channel presence
Peppers and Rogers opine that creating and maintaining relationships - Success
with any of these strategies will result in high levels of repeat purchase insulation from
price increases and improved responsiveness to marketing communications by customers
Relationship marketing sought to build interdependence between partners and relied on
one-to-one communications historically delivered through the sales force With the
grov^^h of marketing databases and the Internet the ability to reach customers individually
became a viable strategy for a wide range of firms including consumer products
companies
54
r
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^ claimed that even small improvements in customer retention can as
much as double company profits This is because 1 It costs less to serve long-term
customers 2 Loyal customers will pay a price premium 3 Loyal customers will generate
word of-mouth referrals to other prospective customers
Finn^deg^ argues that though consumer involvement can take place at various levels
other than product level of motivation results from product attributes and relatedness of
the product to the consumers psycho social wants and needs It has also been identified
that products which are highly priced having complex features and high perceived risk
generate high involvement levels from the consumers
Saxena^ has concluded that the consumers express low involvement levels for
products which are generally low priced have simple features and low perceived risk
Thus the level of consumer involvement is dependent on the product
Alreck^ in his argument says that the age affects consumers self concept and life
styles and carries with it culturally defined behavioral and attitudinal norms Age
determines the consumption of various products media and shopping centers and has
been used by marketers to segment the markets
Jain and Sharma^ have found that the age also influences the level of consumer
involvement Though age forms a part of ones stage of family life cycle yet it is in itself
an important factor for various Products
Sanjay^deg has argued that men and women possess unique personality traits
interests knowledge judgment capabilities and social status Hence both sexes process
and evaluate products differently
Jain and Sharma^ have initiated that there are differences in the involvement
levels for various products between men and women
Jain and Sharma have concluded that the income of the family combined with
familys accumulated wealth determines the purchasing power However income enables
purchases but does not generally cause or explain them It is likely that the occupation and
education dnectly influence the preferences for products media and activities Income
provides the means to acquire them Occupation is strongly related to education and
income Various studies have found differences in consumption of products with
differences in the occupations
Jain and Sharma have gathered a minimal support for the argument that
consumer involvement differs for differences in consumers occupation However it may
55
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
CHAPTER - II
LITERATURE REVIEW
There has been a plethora of studies made on the areas of marketing strategies
Most of these studies are on conceptual and functional areas of marketing strategies
marketing mix factors market orientation etc Most of them are in the form of research
papers books published articles and reports etc Comprehensive study with research
orientation on marketing strategies of toilet soap manufacturing industry in general and
KS amp DL in particular is highly inadequate In this chapter an attempt is made to present
the review of available literature on the topic
21 STUDIES ON MARKETING STRATEGIES AND ELEMENTS OF
MARKETING MIX
Several studies have been made on marketing strategies elements of marketing
mix and related aspects In what follows is brief review of such studies
Hill and Jones have given the opinion that a typical multi business company has
three main levels of management the corporate level the business level and the functional
level The reason underlying the popularity of this scheme is its ability to simplify distil
and aggregate complex strategy phenomena into a lucid and workable form for analysis
and interpretation Schwenk^ observes that the risk of oversimplifying general
interpretations strategy formation can be considered as a conscious process through
which a future plan is created and then acted upon and is independent of strategy
implementation Strategy formation is a process depending upon a pattern or stream of
decisions reflecting an identification phase development phase and selection phase of
strategy
Gerbing and others opine that the strategy process adopts the assumption of
decisional rationality where a systematic process is followed in establishing a logical and
sequential pattern of decisions from goal formulation through to strategic choice and
strategy implementation
Fredrickson considered strategy formation in terms of the comprehensiveness of
the processes involved and described it as the extent to which an organization attempts to
be exhaustive or inclusive in making and integrating strategic decisions In his research
he observed that a positive relationship exists between comprehensiveness and firm
37 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
performance Miller^ has also found that high-performing firms were distinguished from
low-performing firms on the basis of systematic scanning of the environment analysis
and strategy making rationality
Priem^and others have given the opinion that the specified significant associations
between overall firm performance and planning scanning and analysis
Capon and others^ found that firms employing formal planning processes
outperformed those that did not
According to Baker a marketing strategy is a process that can allow an
organization to concentrate its limited resources on the greatest opportunities to increase
sales and achieve a sustainable competitive advantage A marketing strategy is centered
on the key concept of customer satisfaction as the main goal A marketing strategy is a
written plan which combines product development promotion distribution and pricing
approach identifies the firms marketing goals and explains how they are achieved within
a stated timeframe Marketing strategy determines the choice of target market segment
positioning marketing mix and allocation of resources It is most effective when it is an
integral component of firm strategy defining how the organization will successfully
engage customers prospects and competitors in the market arena As the customer
constitutes the source of a companys revenue marketing strategy is closely linked with
sales
Hill amp Jones opine that the marketing strategies differ depending on the unique
situation of the individual business However there are a number of ways of categorizing
some generic strategies A brief description of the most common categorizing schemes is
presented below Strategies based on market dominance - In this approach firms are
classified based on their market share or dominance of an industry Typically there are
three types of market dominance strategies (a) Leader (b) Challenger and (c) Follower
According to Porter^ the strategy based on the dimensions of strategic scope and
strategic strength Strategic scope refers to the market penetration while strategic strength
refers to the firms sustainable competitive advantage The generic strategy framework
comprises of two alternatives each with two alternative scopes These are Differentiation
and low-cost leadership each with a dimension of Focus-broad or narrow (a)Product
differentiation (b)Market segmentation
Vorhies and others^ opine that the strategic management and marketing literatures
indicate that the nature of marketings contribution to business strategy formation and its
business performance implications can be influenced by a number of factors These
38 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
potential influences are planning effectiveness internal exchange processes participative
policy making number of employees and sales turnover
Cravens bull says that the marketing strategy and implementation of the strategy are
two of the most important parts of strategic marketing planning These two components
are usually discussed separately in marketing strategy texts That is marketing strategy is
formulated and then implemented In practice poor implementation can undermine good
strategy
Douglas Brovralie^^ has concluded that although in the formulation of strategy it
is possible and often advisable for imagination to be of more importance than reasoning
analysis and diagnosis occupy the heart of the planning doctrine and hold the key to its
efficacy And fiirther that where these tasks are executed systematically and
comprehensively the insight thus provided will make a major contribution to the
formulation of successful business strategies
There are several studies made on the theoretical and functional aspects of
product price promotion and distribution related strategies Which come under the broad
purview of marketing mix In what follows is the brief review of such studies
22 PRODUCT
Chamberlin argues that buyers in the market have a real freedom to differentiate
distinguish or have specific preferences among the competing outputs of the sellers This
view led to the development of the differential advantage concept one of the most
important concepts in the marketing theory
In Chamberlins^ monopolistic competition theory argues that the product is
defined as a bundle of utilities in which the physical offering is one element and
becomes the basis on which a seller can differentiate his offering fiom that of his
competitors
Alderson^^ has noted that differentiation in a products characteristics gives a
seller control over the product to identity and configure exactly This means the seller
offering a product different from others actually occupies a monopoly position in the
market However this product differentiation can be based on product characteristics such
as patented features trademarks packaging etc
Alderson^^ has given the opinion that behind the acceptance of differentiation are
differences in taste desires income location of the buyers and the uses of commodities It
39 i
Chapter 2 Literature Review
is however the existence of varied wants and needs in the market place that allows
competition through product differentiation and a policy of differential advantage to be
pursued
Smith also interpreted that the seller pursues a policy of differential advantage
in general and product differentiation in particular in order to meet both competitive
activities and the various needs and wants in the market place However the seller can
pursue a policy of product differentiation either by offering the same product throughout
the whole market and secure a measure of control over the products demand by
advertising and promoting differences between his product and the products of
competing sellers or by viewing the market as a number of small homogeneous markets
(market segments) each having different product differences and adjusting the product and
the elements surrounding its sale according to the requirements of each market segment
The seller who adopts the latter method in pursuing a policy of product differentiation is
actually pursuing a policy of market segmentation However a policy of differential
advantage must be dynamic in nature since the seller must continually adjust his total
offering to match the ever changing competitive activities and customers motivation
mixes in the market place Naturally such adjustments alter the sellers cost structure and
profitability The seller therefore must be constantly engaged in creating a total offering
from all the elements under hisher control in a way that will give differential advantage
and profitability This axiom has led to the development of the marketing mix concept
Thompson drawn the conclusion that the two most important factors in
Marketing are a) The product and b) The ultimate consumer (people) The obvious
objective is to get these two in perfect harmony If this situation does not exist he then
proceeds to state that although companies can rather easily change products they cannot
change people but simply influence them The authors conclusive remark is that the
most important controllable factor in marketing is the product
Levitt has proposed that the product can be analyzed at five distinct levels
Core benefit mdash refers to the main benefit the customer buys (for example the
buyer of a vehicle purchases transportation)
Basic product - refers to the basic characteristics or attributes of the product
without which there is no product (for example tyres of a car)
Expected product - refers to the characteristics of the product that the customer
takes for granted (for example tyres in a good condition)
40
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Augmented product - refers to the product characteristics that surpass the
customers expectations (for example road assistance)
Potential product - refers to those characteristics that could be added to the
product in the future and offer customer delight
Nowadays companies are competing at the augmented product level In other
words they try to differentiate their offerings by providing product characteristics that are
beyond the expected functional features
According to Kotler product hierarchy comprises the following five categories
Need family - the basic need underlying the existence of a product family (for example
security)
Product family - all the product classes that can satisfy a basic need effectively (for
example savings and income)
Product class or category - a group of products within a product family (for example
investment products)
Product line - a group of products within a product class which are closely related
because they are targeted to the market through the same distribution
channels or are priced within a specific range (for example investment
accounts)
Product type mdash a group of items within a product line that function in a similar manner
(for example capital guaranteed accounts)
Brand-the name of a product (for example Dunbar Bank)
Item - a unit within a brand or product line which is distinguished by size price or some
other characteristic of element
Product hierarchy provides the different levels at which a product should be
managed For example product line management is associated with different decisions
compared to brand management
Montoya-Weiss and Calantone^^concluded that Launching new products can be an
attractive growth strategy however this is not without risks Some estimate that 30-35
of all new products fail while others are even more pessimistic citing that only two out of
ten new launches succeed
Aaker in his final opinion discusses that due to factors such as high advertising
costs and the increasing competition for shelf space it has become difficult to succeed
with new products in an increasingly popular approach to reducing risk when launching
new products is to follow a brand extension strategy
41
Chapter 2 Literature Review
As per the opine of Beverland and Veryzer Managing design is an aspect of
marketings activities but relatively little is known about the relationship between
marketing and design At one level marketing requires design expertise to meet user
needs and communicate brand values through a series of elements like products packs
corporate identity and advertising Design is fundamental to business success and
competitiveness To exploit new markets to retain or recapture their share of world
markets producers have to develop new products and services that consumers want
Whatever the marketing goals - holding onto market share increasing market share or
entering a new market - it is investment in design and product development that produces
the new or updatedredesigned products or services packaging and communications that
helps to achieve these goals
Olins suggests that design is the visual orientation of marketing and conveys in
particular brand values to the consumer But this is more traditional approach of design
as a functional resource to aid marketing And also design is becoming more broadly
viewed as a creative asset in its own right which can make an independent contribution to
strategy and leadership
Kotler and Rath suggest that good design differentiates companies and makes
products stand out from the crowd Innovative design opens up new markets Clever
design rekindles interest for products in a mature market Well-designed products
commimicate quality and value to the consumer It enhances the products appeal and
attractiveness making selection by the consumer easier a summary of the marketing
benefits of design is as follows (a) Enhances product and service quality (b)
Differentiates products and services (c) Markets products and services and enhances
company image (d) Lowers production andor maintenance costs (e) Adds to the
creativity (f) Intellectual property and competence of the company
Rundh^^ concluded that the Packagings importance as a marketing tool has
increased due to increased importance of buying decisions at the store the role of brand
building by media advertising growing management recognition of packagings ability to
create differentiation and new media habits 9R
Schoorsman and others opine that the packaging research has focused on its
general characteristics and design influence on product evaluation communication
aspects the impact of size on usage use as a source of profit the perceptual processes for
design and visual impact on consumer attention categorisation and evaluation
42
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Sagar and Kumar have drawn the opinion on package which is the face of a
product Packaging involves the activities of designing and producing the container and
wrapper for the product Up to three levels of material may be used in packaging ie
primary package secondary package and shipping package
Kotler argued that the many marketers have called the packaging a fifth P the
other four Ps are Product Price Place and Promotion So packaging is used as a
marketing tool Well-designed packages can create convenience and promotional values
Etzel and others^ opine that the packing serves several purposes such as
protecting the product on its way to the consumer protecting the product after it is
purchased helping to gain acceptance of the product helping to persuade consumers to
buy the product supporting self-service consumer affluence company and brand
recognition and innovation opportunity
Kotler concluded that initially packaging was intended largely to provide
protection to the product With its increasing significance in marketing it has become a
major factor in gaining customers
Etzel and others 2005 opine that the Packaging is criticized largely because of its
environmental impact on depleting natural resources certain form of packages have
health hazards and there is problem of disposal of packages some packages are
deceptive others are expensive Marketing executives have to address these criticisms
They must enhance the positive features of packaging like product protection consumer
convenience and marketing support
Schreiber has drawn the conclusion that to remain competitive in the market
packaging strategies should be reviewed annually
Parker opine that the Packaging is a key component of marketing According to
recent studies by the Point of Purchase and Advertisement Institute (POPAI) which
indicate that 70 of consumers buying decisions are made at the point of sale
Pandey also claims that impulse purchase is increasing rapidly The package is a
very effective tool for influencing impulse purchasing
Further Kundu and Sehrawet showed that consumers feel that the package is
very helpftjl in identifying and distinguishing products As people become time prone
they are more prone to impulsive buying The unplanned purchase is a large source of
revenue The power of the package is an important element of unplanned purchasing no
The study by Sivan has shown that 18 buying decisions are influenced by
advertisements
43
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mehta suggests that the efficiency of traditional approaches appears to be
reducing year by year and the effectiveness of modem marketing tool like packaging is
increasing rapidly
Phillips argues that the modem consumer is more educated more sophisticated
and more cynical As a result of this the consumers are postponing their decision making
until at the point of purchase In turn this has led to an increase in impulse purchase and
brand switching and consequently a decline in the power of branding and traditional
marketing approaches So the importance of marketing communications by making use of
the packaging has increased
Narayanan claims that a large part of the population has started to give higher
importance to health and hygiene which is leading to an increased demand for packaged
goods and a shift from loose buying
The spread of education particularly among housewives has swung the trend in
purchasing from loose to pre-packaged and branded products from tea to ketchup and
noodles The market share of packaged edible oil has increased from 20 in 1998 to 26
in 2005 Todays consumers are finding packagmg as value addition [The Times of India
(TOI)2005]
Ramaswamy and Namakumari ^ conclude that packaging must be able to stand out
from other packages This can be accomplished by the use of colour shape copy
trademark logo or additional features This aspect of packaging was exploited by
Hindustan Levers Le Sancy soap with its unique bean shape which was packaged in
transparent polj^hene to exhibit its shape Customers could experience the unique shape
colour and appearance for the first time in the product of soap This package strongly
influenced the high trail purchases
In their earlier study Alsop and Abrams found that ease of storage is one of the
important features of package in influencing buying decisions
Ajarekar has come with the conclusion that the package must be able to
communicate its message to the buyers All the necessary information must be clearly
visible and highlighted by colour or design to make direct and indirect communication
effective
Ramaswami and Namakumari^ argue that it is necessary to assess the reaction of
consumers to a package periodically and adapt it accordingly Consumers may have their
own preferences covering (a) package size (b) package shape (c) packaging materials
used (d) package graphics etc Marketers must assess consumer preferences on the one
44
Chapter 2 Literature Review
hand and cost and availability aspects on the other hand in order to provide the consumer
with the best possible package An effective package can be an efficient mass-selling
medium and it is often worth more attention and money that are now devoted to it by most
companies
According to the study of Alsop and Abrams 19 of consumers refiised to buy
the brand in a poor package again while 24 said they would buy it cautiously or in a
different type of package Their research further revealed that most important package
characteristics to consumers are storage life of any unused portion the ability to recognize
the contents by looking at the package and its graphics resalability and ease of storage
Shapiro^ has given the opinion that increased competition is forcing brand
managers of consumer goods to alter the portfolio of the package sizes they offer
Although some managers assume that larger package sizes encourage consumers to use
more (per usage occasion) than smaller package sizes and these assumptions are
becoming a source of controversy They suggest that compared to small packages large
packages might be expected to encourage greater use because consumers would be less
concerned about running out of the product The greater the supply of a product (eg
large package) the lower the transaction (replacement) costs for using the product and the
greater the volume people are willing to use Another possible reason that has not yet been
investigated is that unit costs often vary inversely with package size Because products
from large packages are generally less expensive (per unit) than those from small
packages They may be used in greater volume
Hoch has concluded that the large packages of familiar branded products
encourage more use than do small packages The study shows that as the size of a package
increases so does the volume of the product that a person uses And also the notion that
perceptions of a packages imit cost can influence usage and operate independently of the
package size itself
Mitchell^ says that a successful brand could gain impetus from irmovative
products andor process Product innovations may be in the form of product improvements
or development of new products Process innovation is the improvement in the operation
process integration of the operation steps leading to reductions in cycle time or
reductions in the number of process steps that improve the operations efficiency and
effectiveness However the importance of irmovation or simply admiring its usefulness
will not serve the dream of being innovative A firm needs to have a strategic know-how
system in place to put the mnovations into use
45 i
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Fraser^^has argued that the innovation can be one of the ways that marketers can
differentiate themselves from their competitors The creation of an innovative
productservice can potentially provide marketers with a sustainable competitive
advantage
Webster^ draws the conclusion that the innovation refers to the extent of the
unique product service process or approach a firm is able to achieve Innovation is
concerned not only with the finished product but also with the value-creating processes
23 PRICING Shapiro argued that pricing is an important decision area of marketing It is the
only element of the marketing mix that generates revenue and all the other elements
involve cost Price is also one of the most important market place indicators
Lichtenstein Ridgway and Netemeyer opine that the all pervasive influence of
price is due to the fact that the price factor is present in all purchase situations and
represents to all consumers Although it is believed that price serves as an indicator of
quality there exists no general price-perceived quality relationship
Erickson and Johansson in their final conclusion that the price becomes a less
important indicator of quality in the presence of other product quality indicators such as
brand name or store image
Zeithaml^^says that the use of price as an indicator of quality depends on the
following The availability of other indicators to quality (a) The price variation within a
product class (b) The product quality variation within a product category (c) The
level of consumer awareness about price (d) The consumers ability to distinguish quality
variation in a product group
Scitovsky^ argued that the price is identified as an important index of quality In
his view the word cheap usually means inferior quality
Leavitt^^observed that in one of the pioneering studies on price-perceived quality
relationship the buyers tended to have doubts when they chose the lower priced brands
than in the case of higher-priced brands He concluded that a higher price might
sometimes increase the buyers readiness to buy
46
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Gabor and Granger^^ concluded that the price would be an indicator of quality for
commodities such as textile products where quality cannot be ascertained by sight and
where owing to changes in technology and fashion past experience was of little use
McConnell^^ examined the relationship between price and the quality of beer
which is a frequently purchased consumer product He found that the buyers used price as
an indicator of product quality With a homogeneous product and various unknown brand
names buyers perceived the highest-priced brand to be of better quality than the other two
brands He concluded that price without any other indicator was an effective measure for
brand evaluation However Shapiro warned marketers that the concept of price as an
indicator of quality should not be applied indiscriminately in making pricing decisions
In an experimental study Gardener explored the degree of price-quality
relationship for three products toothpaste a mans shirt and a suit He concluded that
while price did not affect the perception of product quality in case of all the three
products whether branded or not it did affect the willingness to buy a shirt
Lambert^ says that the Consumer choices regarding price might be influenced by
the following product-specific factors (a) Buyers confidence in the predictive value of
price (b) Perceived consequences of making a poor brand choice (c) Amount of
brand-to-brand variation in product quality (d) Social importance of the product (e)
Difficulty encountered in making quality judgments (f) Ability to assess product quality cry
Shapiro sought to determine whether price would act as a communicator of
quality and ascertain the reasons for consumers judging the product quality by price by
determining the correlates of price reliance It was found that for most of the dimensions
such as quality durability looks or fragrance the number of buyers ranking the high-
priced product better than the low-priced product was greater than the number of buyers
ranking the low-priced product better than the high priced product
In the final opinion of Shivdasani on price and quality is that they are linked
together in the mind of the consumer Price plays different roles in the purchase-decision
process In traditional economic theory since higher price has a negative impact on the
consumers budget price has a negative influence on his buying decision
Monroe and Krishnan opine that a behavioral perspective price may be
perceived as a product quality indicator Therefore price may be viewed either as an
indicator of sacrifice or as an indicator of quality or both
Rao and Monroe ^ found that price increase might play a positive or a negative
role in the purchase-decision process People are more likely to use price as an indicator 47
Chapter 2 Literature Review
of quality for expensive products As price increases the risk of an incorrect decision
increases and the buyer is often less familiar with the product because of the infrequency
of purchase
In the Indian scenario Mehta Parasuraman and Ambarish Kumar^^ conducted an
experimental study to find out the relationship between quality and price and to examine
the consumers brand choice with respect to ready-made shirts The study indicated that a
majority of the buyers perceived some quality difference between the two shirts which
were identical in all respects except for the brand names The study revealed that the name
of a well-known brand induced the consumers to be favourably disposed towards that
brand in terms of quality and price perception and they were willing to pay a higher price
for the well-known brand
24 PROMOTION
According to Kotler^^ sales promotion consists of a diverse collection of incentive
tools mostly short-term designed to stimulate quicker andor greater purchase of
particular productsservices by consumers or the trade
Roger Strang has given a more simplistic definition ie sales promotions are
short-term incentives to encourage purchase or sales of a product or service Hence any
forms of incentives (price cut or value added nature) offered for short period either to
trade or consumers are considered as sales promotion activities
Blattberg and others opine that Sales promotions are action-focused marketing
events whose purpose is to have a direct impact on the behavior of the firms customers
There are three major types of sales promotions consumer promotions retailer
promotions and trade promotions Consumer promotions are promotions offered by
manufacturers directly to consumers Retailer promotions are promotions offered by
retailers to consumers Trade promotions are promotions offered by manufacturers to
retailers or other trade entities
Huff and Alden observe that throughout the world sales promotions offered to
consumers are an integral part of the marketing mix for many consumer products
Marketing managers use price-oriented promotions such as coupons rebates and price
discounts to increase sales and market share entice consumers to trial and encourage
them to switch brands or stores Non-price promotions such as sweepstakes fi-equent user
clubs and premiums add excitement and value to brands and may increase brand
attractiveness In addition consumers like promotions They provide utilitarian benefits
such as monetary savings increased quality (higher quality products become attainable)
48
J
Chapter 2 Literature Review
and convenience as well as hedonistic benefits such as entertainment exploration and
self-expression
Aradhna Krishna and others^ opine that sales promotions have become a vital tool
for marketers and its importance has been increasing significantly over the years In India
sales promotions expenditure by various marketing companies is estimated to be Rs 5000
crore and the emphasis on sales promotion activities by the Indian industry has increased
by 500 to 600 percent during the last 3 to 5 years (Economic Times June 15 2003) In the
year 2001 there were as many as 2050 promotional schemes in the Rs 80000 crore
FMCG Industry
Kotler opine that the given the growing importance of sales promotion there has
been considerable interest in the effect of sales promotion on different dimensions such as
consumers price perceptions brand choice brand switching behaviour evaluation of
brand equity and effect on brand perception and so on One of the purposes of a consumer
promotion is to elicit a direct impact on the purchase behaviour of the firms customers
Blattberg Bnesch and Fox emphasise that research evidence suggests that sales
promotions positively affect shot-term sales Research on price promotion has consistently
reported high sales effect and high price elasticity for brands which are on promotion
Aradhna Krishna says that the studies have shown that price promotions enhance
brand substitution within a product category affect aggregate sales and significantly
affect stock piling and purchase acceleration However there have also been studies that
suggest that sales promotion affects brand perceptions Researchers have found out that
promotions especially price promotions have negative effect on brand equity
In a study Schultz^ argues that over dependence on promotions can erode
consumers price-value equation
The result of a study by Jeddi indicates that in the long term advertising has a
positive effect on brand equity where as price promotions have negative effects
Similarly Yoo and others^ opine that based on structural equation model
suggests that frequent price promotions such as price deals are related to low brand
equity where as high advertising spending high price and high distribution intensity are
related to high brand equity There is also a managerial belief that if a brand is supported
with frequent promotional offers the equity of the brand tends to get diluted
Yoo and others have argued on the contrary that there have also been studies that
indicate brands benefit from promotions Among all the elements of marketing mix sales
promotions have long-term influence on brand equity
49 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mariola amp Elena suggested that monetary and non-monetary promotions are
useful to create brand equity because of their positive effect on brand knowledge
structures
Barbara Khan and Jagmohan Raju^deg encompass that an effect of promotions on
variety seeking and reinforcement behaviour has also been studied The importance of
consumer sales promotion in the marketing mix of the fast moving consumer goods
(FMCG) category throughout the world has increased Companies spend considerable
time in planning such activities However in order to enhance the effectiveness of these
activities manufacturers should understand consumer and retailer perceptions of their
promotional activities
Moreau Aradhana Krishna Bari Harlam^ have given outlook that in India fast
moving consumer goods (FMCG) category has witnessed an outburst of sales promotion
activities in the post-liberalization era and studied differing perceptions with respect to
price promotion from the point of manufacturers retailer and consumers
Campbell and Diamond set up that there have been very few discussions in sales
promotion literature about how different types of promotions may be classified One
dimension which has been suggested to classify different promotions is the price versus
non-price nature of the promotion
Cooke has given the opinion that the Price promotions are defined as
promotions such as coupons cents off refunds and rebates that temporarily reduce the
cost of the goods or service These promotions focus on the reduced economic outlay
required to obtain a good or service
Cooke states that the Non-price promotions has defined as promotions such as
giveaways or contests in which value is temporarily added to the product at full price
Although a wide variety of price and non-price promotions are launched in the market
Blattberg and others view that the most of the academic research on promotions
has focused on price promotions namely price offs and coupon offers
Smith and Sinha presented that the promotional tools such as free gift offers
exfra product offers are increasingly being used in the market place In recent years
researchers have started comparing consumer response to different promotions eg price
promotion versus premium promotion or extra product promotion versus price promotion
These researchers have found that different types of promotions create differential
response from the consumers
50
p
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld and Sasser have originated that the customer retention helps increase
revenue through increases in sales volume andor premium prices as well as reducing the
expenses or costs of generating those revenues An increase in retention rate has been
argued to have led to a corresponding increase in profit
Reichheld has identified six economic benefits of retaining customers (1)
savings on customers acquisition or replacement costs (2) a guarantee of base profits as
existing customers are likely to have a minimum spend per period (3) growth in per-
customer revenue as over a period of time existing customers are likely to earn more
have more varied needs and spend more (4) a reduction in relative operating costs as the
firms can spread the cost over many more customers and over a longer period (5) free of
charge referrals of new customers from existing customers which would otherwise be
costly in terms of commissions or introductory fees and (6) price premiums as existing
customers do not usually wait for promotions or price reductions before deciding to
purchase in particular with new models or versions of existing products
Reichheld has given the opinion that even if not all customers prefer long-term
relationships there are those who prefer stable long-term relationships inherently spend
more pay promptly and require less service Long-serving employees generate several
economic benefits not only that they are much better at finding and recruiting the best
customers but they retain customers by producing better products and value and they are
sources of customer referrals
Reichheld^ offered strategies that measure retention in terms of both crude and
weighted rates This involves interviewing former customers customer complaints and
service data and identifying switching behaviour With the use of computers firms should
have little difficulty in calculating and reporting both crude and weighted rates In
addition to measuring retention firms should consider interviewing former customers in
order to learn their reasons for defecting Customer defections may have been caused not
by the firm itself but by factors beyond its control
Reichheld^ identified six types of defectors (1) price - for a lower price (2)
product -for a superior product (3) service - for a better service (4) market - for a
different market for example a transport company which has moved out of road haulage
and therefore no longer buys trailers (5) technological - a customer that has converted
from using one technology to another and (6) organizational - switches due to political
pressure
5 1 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Rosenberg and Czepiel^^ have orated that it is probably unreaUstic to expect all
customers to stay indefinitely Not only do customers buy on a portfolio basis but firms
have to accept that a proportion of their customers will leave from time to time for a
number of reasons A strategy that would enable firms to cope with this situation is
customer portfolio management It involves an analysis of the firms customer portfolio
with a view to creating a specified balance of customer groups before reorganizing the
firm for customer retention Some examples of retention tactics are giving product extras
reinforcing promotions providing sales force connections providmg specialized
distribution and providing post-purchase communication Reorganization for customer
retention involves setting an acceptable target for customer turnover establishing
executive accountability for keeping customers and improving internal coordination by
targeting promotional strategies towaids repeat usage
25 DISTRIBUTION
Stem El-Ansary and Coughlan have concluded that the distribution intensity has
been commonly defined as the number of intermediaries used by a manufacturer within its
trade areas Ideal distribution intensity would make a brand available widely enough to
satisfy but not exceed target customers needs because over saturation increases
marketing costs without providing benefits The use of too few intermediaries can limit a
brands level of exposure in the marketplace However using too many intermediaries can
be detrimental to the brands image and its competitive position Exclusive distribution
in relation to intensive distribution has been examined in the economics literature In
opposition to traditional economic theory many economists now argue that exclusive
distribution can have pre-competitive effects when intermediary support is critical to the
success of the brand High distribution intensity may promote sales in the short run but
long-term results are less clear
It is evident from the above review that the works on marketing strategies throw
light mainly on general theme of and functional aspect of marketing strategies and
elements of marketing mix
26 MARKET ORIENTATION
There are several studies on consumer orientation of marketing retention of
consumers relationship marketing and consumer involvement and related reports which
52
Chapter 2 Literature Review
have gained a prominent place in formulation of marketing strategies A brief review of
literature on the above aspects is given below
Ruekert has given the opinion that for over 40 years the marketing concept has
been described as being the management philosophy that focuses on satisfying customer
needs and wants based on customer knowledge Recently however within the academic
literature increasing attention has been given to the concept of market orientation This
revival of the attention for a market orientation has been driven by enviroimiental
changes a more competitive international market place increasing pace of changing
technology a shortening of product life cycles and a decrease in customer loyalty
Kohli and others are given the opinion that empirical evidences support that the
market orientation is positively associated with superior performance As a result
businesses recognise that a focus on the customer and the markets they serve may result in
long-run competitive advantage and superior profitability
Days^^ opinion on market orientation is represented in three principal features
ie a set of beliefs that put the customers interest first the ability of the organisation to
generate disseminate and use superior information about customers and competitors and
the coordinated application of inter functional resources to the creation of superior
customer value
In the final opinion of Webster^ on market oriented organisation marketing is no
longer the sole responsibility of specialists Rather everyone in the firm is responsible for
understanding customers and delivering superior customer value
This study has been performed in order to gain insight into the extent to which
KSampDL maintains a marketing orientation in responding to enviroimiental changes and
into the relationship between marketing orientation and performance This project aims at
examining the marketing environment approaches to marketing the organisation and
responsibility for marketing activities and the marketing strategies adopted by KSampDL
Customer retention can be seen as the mirror image of customer defection where a
high retention rate has the same significance as a low defection rate Defining customer
retention in terms of percentage share of customer savings borrowing spending or
purchasing may be more usefial instead of in terms of the absolute numbers of customers OR
Storbacka found that 20 of their customer base accounted for 90 of their total
customer base profitability Hence customers ftom the remaining 80 of the customer
base were either unprofitable or contributed to an insignificant amoimt of profit
53
bdquo ir
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^^ concluded that the high proportion of new customers could bring
down the rate of retention and vice versa Moreover defection rates tend to be much
higher for new customers than long tenure customers
Reichheld^ and Dawkins have found that the tangible advantages of retaining
customers into prominence They claimed that a 5 increase in retention rate led to an
increase in the net present value of customers of between 25 and 85 in a wide range of
industries from credit card to insurance brokerage and from motor services to office
building management Despite its potential benefits customer retention did not obtain
much attention in strategic or marketing plaiming processes
The end goal of a firms marketing activities is making profit Fornell and
Wemerfelt^^ emphasized that marketing resources may be better spent on keeping
existing customers than acquiring new ones This was based on the assumption that
existing customers are profitable and they cost less to keep than to replace Firms
therefore have to be aware of the profitability of not just their products but also their
customers
BlattbergRC and Deighton J ^ Customer retention clearly deserves some
attention and should form a part of a firms strategic marketing goals rather than simply
being seen as the end result of good marketing management
Reichheld^ has given the opinion that the objective of many marketing strategies
in the last 10 years has been building the customers commitment to a brand or a dealer
This has taken three forms (a) Creating customer satisfaction - delivering superior quality
products and services (b) Building brand equity - the sum of the intangible assets of a
brand Factors that contribute to this are name awareness perceived quality brand
loyalty the associations consumers have towards the brand trademarks packaging and
marketing channel presence
Peppers and Rogers opine that creating and maintaining relationships - Success
with any of these strategies will result in high levels of repeat purchase insulation from
price increases and improved responsiveness to marketing communications by customers
Relationship marketing sought to build interdependence between partners and relied on
one-to-one communications historically delivered through the sales force With the
grov^^h of marketing databases and the Internet the ability to reach customers individually
became a viable strategy for a wide range of firms including consumer products
companies
54
r
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^ claimed that even small improvements in customer retention can as
much as double company profits This is because 1 It costs less to serve long-term
customers 2 Loyal customers will pay a price premium 3 Loyal customers will generate
word of-mouth referrals to other prospective customers
Finn^deg^ argues that though consumer involvement can take place at various levels
other than product level of motivation results from product attributes and relatedness of
the product to the consumers psycho social wants and needs It has also been identified
that products which are highly priced having complex features and high perceived risk
generate high involvement levels from the consumers
Saxena^ has concluded that the consumers express low involvement levels for
products which are generally low priced have simple features and low perceived risk
Thus the level of consumer involvement is dependent on the product
Alreck^ in his argument says that the age affects consumers self concept and life
styles and carries with it culturally defined behavioral and attitudinal norms Age
determines the consumption of various products media and shopping centers and has
been used by marketers to segment the markets
Jain and Sharma^ have found that the age also influences the level of consumer
involvement Though age forms a part of ones stage of family life cycle yet it is in itself
an important factor for various Products
Sanjay^deg has argued that men and women possess unique personality traits
interests knowledge judgment capabilities and social status Hence both sexes process
and evaluate products differently
Jain and Sharma^ have initiated that there are differences in the involvement
levels for various products between men and women
Jain and Sharma have concluded that the income of the family combined with
familys accumulated wealth determines the purchasing power However income enables
purchases but does not generally cause or explain them It is likely that the occupation and
education dnectly influence the preferences for products media and activities Income
provides the means to acquire them Occupation is strongly related to education and
income Various studies have found differences in consumption of products with
differences in the occupations
Jain and Sharma have gathered a minimal support for the argument that
consumer involvement differs for differences in consumers occupation However it may
55
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
performance Miller^ has also found that high-performing firms were distinguished from
low-performing firms on the basis of systematic scanning of the environment analysis
and strategy making rationality
Priem^and others have given the opinion that the specified significant associations
between overall firm performance and planning scanning and analysis
Capon and others^ found that firms employing formal planning processes
outperformed those that did not
According to Baker a marketing strategy is a process that can allow an
organization to concentrate its limited resources on the greatest opportunities to increase
sales and achieve a sustainable competitive advantage A marketing strategy is centered
on the key concept of customer satisfaction as the main goal A marketing strategy is a
written plan which combines product development promotion distribution and pricing
approach identifies the firms marketing goals and explains how they are achieved within
a stated timeframe Marketing strategy determines the choice of target market segment
positioning marketing mix and allocation of resources It is most effective when it is an
integral component of firm strategy defining how the organization will successfully
engage customers prospects and competitors in the market arena As the customer
constitutes the source of a companys revenue marketing strategy is closely linked with
sales
Hill amp Jones opine that the marketing strategies differ depending on the unique
situation of the individual business However there are a number of ways of categorizing
some generic strategies A brief description of the most common categorizing schemes is
presented below Strategies based on market dominance - In this approach firms are
classified based on their market share or dominance of an industry Typically there are
three types of market dominance strategies (a) Leader (b) Challenger and (c) Follower
According to Porter^ the strategy based on the dimensions of strategic scope and
strategic strength Strategic scope refers to the market penetration while strategic strength
refers to the firms sustainable competitive advantage The generic strategy framework
comprises of two alternatives each with two alternative scopes These are Differentiation
and low-cost leadership each with a dimension of Focus-broad or narrow (a)Product
differentiation (b)Market segmentation
Vorhies and others^ opine that the strategic management and marketing literatures
indicate that the nature of marketings contribution to business strategy formation and its
business performance implications can be influenced by a number of factors These
38 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
potential influences are planning effectiveness internal exchange processes participative
policy making number of employees and sales turnover
Cravens bull says that the marketing strategy and implementation of the strategy are
two of the most important parts of strategic marketing planning These two components
are usually discussed separately in marketing strategy texts That is marketing strategy is
formulated and then implemented In practice poor implementation can undermine good
strategy
Douglas Brovralie^^ has concluded that although in the formulation of strategy it
is possible and often advisable for imagination to be of more importance than reasoning
analysis and diagnosis occupy the heart of the planning doctrine and hold the key to its
efficacy And fiirther that where these tasks are executed systematically and
comprehensively the insight thus provided will make a major contribution to the
formulation of successful business strategies
There are several studies made on the theoretical and functional aspects of
product price promotion and distribution related strategies Which come under the broad
purview of marketing mix In what follows is the brief review of such studies
22 PRODUCT
Chamberlin argues that buyers in the market have a real freedom to differentiate
distinguish or have specific preferences among the competing outputs of the sellers This
view led to the development of the differential advantage concept one of the most
important concepts in the marketing theory
In Chamberlins^ monopolistic competition theory argues that the product is
defined as a bundle of utilities in which the physical offering is one element and
becomes the basis on which a seller can differentiate his offering fiom that of his
competitors
Alderson^^ has noted that differentiation in a products characteristics gives a
seller control over the product to identity and configure exactly This means the seller
offering a product different from others actually occupies a monopoly position in the
market However this product differentiation can be based on product characteristics such
as patented features trademarks packaging etc
Alderson^^ has given the opinion that behind the acceptance of differentiation are
differences in taste desires income location of the buyers and the uses of commodities It
39 i
Chapter 2 Literature Review
is however the existence of varied wants and needs in the market place that allows
competition through product differentiation and a policy of differential advantage to be
pursued
Smith also interpreted that the seller pursues a policy of differential advantage
in general and product differentiation in particular in order to meet both competitive
activities and the various needs and wants in the market place However the seller can
pursue a policy of product differentiation either by offering the same product throughout
the whole market and secure a measure of control over the products demand by
advertising and promoting differences between his product and the products of
competing sellers or by viewing the market as a number of small homogeneous markets
(market segments) each having different product differences and adjusting the product and
the elements surrounding its sale according to the requirements of each market segment
The seller who adopts the latter method in pursuing a policy of product differentiation is
actually pursuing a policy of market segmentation However a policy of differential
advantage must be dynamic in nature since the seller must continually adjust his total
offering to match the ever changing competitive activities and customers motivation
mixes in the market place Naturally such adjustments alter the sellers cost structure and
profitability The seller therefore must be constantly engaged in creating a total offering
from all the elements under hisher control in a way that will give differential advantage
and profitability This axiom has led to the development of the marketing mix concept
Thompson drawn the conclusion that the two most important factors in
Marketing are a) The product and b) The ultimate consumer (people) The obvious
objective is to get these two in perfect harmony If this situation does not exist he then
proceeds to state that although companies can rather easily change products they cannot
change people but simply influence them The authors conclusive remark is that the
most important controllable factor in marketing is the product
Levitt has proposed that the product can be analyzed at five distinct levels
Core benefit mdash refers to the main benefit the customer buys (for example the
buyer of a vehicle purchases transportation)
Basic product - refers to the basic characteristics or attributes of the product
without which there is no product (for example tyres of a car)
Expected product - refers to the characteristics of the product that the customer
takes for granted (for example tyres in a good condition)
40
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Augmented product - refers to the product characteristics that surpass the
customers expectations (for example road assistance)
Potential product - refers to those characteristics that could be added to the
product in the future and offer customer delight
Nowadays companies are competing at the augmented product level In other
words they try to differentiate their offerings by providing product characteristics that are
beyond the expected functional features
According to Kotler product hierarchy comprises the following five categories
Need family - the basic need underlying the existence of a product family (for example
security)
Product family - all the product classes that can satisfy a basic need effectively (for
example savings and income)
Product class or category - a group of products within a product family (for example
investment products)
Product line - a group of products within a product class which are closely related
because they are targeted to the market through the same distribution
channels or are priced within a specific range (for example investment
accounts)
Product type mdash a group of items within a product line that function in a similar manner
(for example capital guaranteed accounts)
Brand-the name of a product (for example Dunbar Bank)
Item - a unit within a brand or product line which is distinguished by size price or some
other characteristic of element
Product hierarchy provides the different levels at which a product should be
managed For example product line management is associated with different decisions
compared to brand management
Montoya-Weiss and Calantone^^concluded that Launching new products can be an
attractive growth strategy however this is not without risks Some estimate that 30-35
of all new products fail while others are even more pessimistic citing that only two out of
ten new launches succeed
Aaker in his final opinion discusses that due to factors such as high advertising
costs and the increasing competition for shelf space it has become difficult to succeed
with new products in an increasingly popular approach to reducing risk when launching
new products is to follow a brand extension strategy
41
Chapter 2 Literature Review
As per the opine of Beverland and Veryzer Managing design is an aspect of
marketings activities but relatively little is known about the relationship between
marketing and design At one level marketing requires design expertise to meet user
needs and communicate brand values through a series of elements like products packs
corporate identity and advertising Design is fundamental to business success and
competitiveness To exploit new markets to retain or recapture their share of world
markets producers have to develop new products and services that consumers want
Whatever the marketing goals - holding onto market share increasing market share or
entering a new market - it is investment in design and product development that produces
the new or updatedredesigned products or services packaging and communications that
helps to achieve these goals
Olins suggests that design is the visual orientation of marketing and conveys in
particular brand values to the consumer But this is more traditional approach of design
as a functional resource to aid marketing And also design is becoming more broadly
viewed as a creative asset in its own right which can make an independent contribution to
strategy and leadership
Kotler and Rath suggest that good design differentiates companies and makes
products stand out from the crowd Innovative design opens up new markets Clever
design rekindles interest for products in a mature market Well-designed products
commimicate quality and value to the consumer It enhances the products appeal and
attractiveness making selection by the consumer easier a summary of the marketing
benefits of design is as follows (a) Enhances product and service quality (b)
Differentiates products and services (c) Markets products and services and enhances
company image (d) Lowers production andor maintenance costs (e) Adds to the
creativity (f) Intellectual property and competence of the company
Rundh^^ concluded that the Packagings importance as a marketing tool has
increased due to increased importance of buying decisions at the store the role of brand
building by media advertising growing management recognition of packagings ability to
create differentiation and new media habits 9R
Schoorsman and others opine that the packaging research has focused on its
general characteristics and design influence on product evaluation communication
aspects the impact of size on usage use as a source of profit the perceptual processes for
design and visual impact on consumer attention categorisation and evaluation
42
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Sagar and Kumar have drawn the opinion on package which is the face of a
product Packaging involves the activities of designing and producing the container and
wrapper for the product Up to three levels of material may be used in packaging ie
primary package secondary package and shipping package
Kotler argued that the many marketers have called the packaging a fifth P the
other four Ps are Product Price Place and Promotion So packaging is used as a
marketing tool Well-designed packages can create convenience and promotional values
Etzel and others^ opine that the packing serves several purposes such as
protecting the product on its way to the consumer protecting the product after it is
purchased helping to gain acceptance of the product helping to persuade consumers to
buy the product supporting self-service consumer affluence company and brand
recognition and innovation opportunity
Kotler concluded that initially packaging was intended largely to provide
protection to the product With its increasing significance in marketing it has become a
major factor in gaining customers
Etzel and others 2005 opine that the Packaging is criticized largely because of its
environmental impact on depleting natural resources certain form of packages have
health hazards and there is problem of disposal of packages some packages are
deceptive others are expensive Marketing executives have to address these criticisms
They must enhance the positive features of packaging like product protection consumer
convenience and marketing support
Schreiber has drawn the conclusion that to remain competitive in the market
packaging strategies should be reviewed annually
Parker opine that the Packaging is a key component of marketing According to
recent studies by the Point of Purchase and Advertisement Institute (POPAI) which
indicate that 70 of consumers buying decisions are made at the point of sale
Pandey also claims that impulse purchase is increasing rapidly The package is a
very effective tool for influencing impulse purchasing
Further Kundu and Sehrawet showed that consumers feel that the package is
very helpftjl in identifying and distinguishing products As people become time prone
they are more prone to impulsive buying The unplanned purchase is a large source of
revenue The power of the package is an important element of unplanned purchasing no
The study by Sivan has shown that 18 buying decisions are influenced by
advertisements
43
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mehta suggests that the efficiency of traditional approaches appears to be
reducing year by year and the effectiveness of modem marketing tool like packaging is
increasing rapidly
Phillips argues that the modem consumer is more educated more sophisticated
and more cynical As a result of this the consumers are postponing their decision making
until at the point of purchase In turn this has led to an increase in impulse purchase and
brand switching and consequently a decline in the power of branding and traditional
marketing approaches So the importance of marketing communications by making use of
the packaging has increased
Narayanan claims that a large part of the population has started to give higher
importance to health and hygiene which is leading to an increased demand for packaged
goods and a shift from loose buying
The spread of education particularly among housewives has swung the trend in
purchasing from loose to pre-packaged and branded products from tea to ketchup and
noodles The market share of packaged edible oil has increased from 20 in 1998 to 26
in 2005 Todays consumers are finding packagmg as value addition [The Times of India
(TOI)2005]
Ramaswamy and Namakumari ^ conclude that packaging must be able to stand out
from other packages This can be accomplished by the use of colour shape copy
trademark logo or additional features This aspect of packaging was exploited by
Hindustan Levers Le Sancy soap with its unique bean shape which was packaged in
transparent polj^hene to exhibit its shape Customers could experience the unique shape
colour and appearance for the first time in the product of soap This package strongly
influenced the high trail purchases
In their earlier study Alsop and Abrams found that ease of storage is one of the
important features of package in influencing buying decisions
Ajarekar has come with the conclusion that the package must be able to
communicate its message to the buyers All the necessary information must be clearly
visible and highlighted by colour or design to make direct and indirect communication
effective
Ramaswami and Namakumari^ argue that it is necessary to assess the reaction of
consumers to a package periodically and adapt it accordingly Consumers may have their
own preferences covering (a) package size (b) package shape (c) packaging materials
used (d) package graphics etc Marketers must assess consumer preferences on the one
44
Chapter 2 Literature Review
hand and cost and availability aspects on the other hand in order to provide the consumer
with the best possible package An effective package can be an efficient mass-selling
medium and it is often worth more attention and money that are now devoted to it by most
companies
According to the study of Alsop and Abrams 19 of consumers refiised to buy
the brand in a poor package again while 24 said they would buy it cautiously or in a
different type of package Their research further revealed that most important package
characteristics to consumers are storage life of any unused portion the ability to recognize
the contents by looking at the package and its graphics resalability and ease of storage
Shapiro^ has given the opinion that increased competition is forcing brand
managers of consumer goods to alter the portfolio of the package sizes they offer
Although some managers assume that larger package sizes encourage consumers to use
more (per usage occasion) than smaller package sizes and these assumptions are
becoming a source of controversy They suggest that compared to small packages large
packages might be expected to encourage greater use because consumers would be less
concerned about running out of the product The greater the supply of a product (eg
large package) the lower the transaction (replacement) costs for using the product and the
greater the volume people are willing to use Another possible reason that has not yet been
investigated is that unit costs often vary inversely with package size Because products
from large packages are generally less expensive (per unit) than those from small
packages They may be used in greater volume
Hoch has concluded that the large packages of familiar branded products
encourage more use than do small packages The study shows that as the size of a package
increases so does the volume of the product that a person uses And also the notion that
perceptions of a packages imit cost can influence usage and operate independently of the
package size itself
Mitchell^ says that a successful brand could gain impetus from irmovative
products andor process Product innovations may be in the form of product improvements
or development of new products Process innovation is the improvement in the operation
process integration of the operation steps leading to reductions in cycle time or
reductions in the number of process steps that improve the operations efficiency and
effectiveness However the importance of irmovation or simply admiring its usefulness
will not serve the dream of being innovative A firm needs to have a strategic know-how
system in place to put the mnovations into use
45 i
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Fraser^^has argued that the innovation can be one of the ways that marketers can
differentiate themselves from their competitors The creation of an innovative
productservice can potentially provide marketers with a sustainable competitive
advantage
Webster^ draws the conclusion that the innovation refers to the extent of the
unique product service process or approach a firm is able to achieve Innovation is
concerned not only with the finished product but also with the value-creating processes
23 PRICING Shapiro argued that pricing is an important decision area of marketing It is the
only element of the marketing mix that generates revenue and all the other elements
involve cost Price is also one of the most important market place indicators
Lichtenstein Ridgway and Netemeyer opine that the all pervasive influence of
price is due to the fact that the price factor is present in all purchase situations and
represents to all consumers Although it is believed that price serves as an indicator of
quality there exists no general price-perceived quality relationship
Erickson and Johansson in their final conclusion that the price becomes a less
important indicator of quality in the presence of other product quality indicators such as
brand name or store image
Zeithaml^^says that the use of price as an indicator of quality depends on the
following The availability of other indicators to quality (a) The price variation within a
product class (b) The product quality variation within a product category (c) The
level of consumer awareness about price (d) The consumers ability to distinguish quality
variation in a product group
Scitovsky^ argued that the price is identified as an important index of quality In
his view the word cheap usually means inferior quality
Leavitt^^observed that in one of the pioneering studies on price-perceived quality
relationship the buyers tended to have doubts when they chose the lower priced brands
than in the case of higher-priced brands He concluded that a higher price might
sometimes increase the buyers readiness to buy
46
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Gabor and Granger^^ concluded that the price would be an indicator of quality for
commodities such as textile products where quality cannot be ascertained by sight and
where owing to changes in technology and fashion past experience was of little use
McConnell^^ examined the relationship between price and the quality of beer
which is a frequently purchased consumer product He found that the buyers used price as
an indicator of product quality With a homogeneous product and various unknown brand
names buyers perceived the highest-priced brand to be of better quality than the other two
brands He concluded that price without any other indicator was an effective measure for
brand evaluation However Shapiro warned marketers that the concept of price as an
indicator of quality should not be applied indiscriminately in making pricing decisions
In an experimental study Gardener explored the degree of price-quality
relationship for three products toothpaste a mans shirt and a suit He concluded that
while price did not affect the perception of product quality in case of all the three
products whether branded or not it did affect the willingness to buy a shirt
Lambert^ says that the Consumer choices regarding price might be influenced by
the following product-specific factors (a) Buyers confidence in the predictive value of
price (b) Perceived consequences of making a poor brand choice (c) Amount of
brand-to-brand variation in product quality (d) Social importance of the product (e)
Difficulty encountered in making quality judgments (f) Ability to assess product quality cry
Shapiro sought to determine whether price would act as a communicator of
quality and ascertain the reasons for consumers judging the product quality by price by
determining the correlates of price reliance It was found that for most of the dimensions
such as quality durability looks or fragrance the number of buyers ranking the high-
priced product better than the low-priced product was greater than the number of buyers
ranking the low-priced product better than the high priced product
In the final opinion of Shivdasani on price and quality is that they are linked
together in the mind of the consumer Price plays different roles in the purchase-decision
process In traditional economic theory since higher price has a negative impact on the
consumers budget price has a negative influence on his buying decision
Monroe and Krishnan opine that a behavioral perspective price may be
perceived as a product quality indicator Therefore price may be viewed either as an
indicator of sacrifice or as an indicator of quality or both
Rao and Monroe ^ found that price increase might play a positive or a negative
role in the purchase-decision process People are more likely to use price as an indicator 47
Chapter 2 Literature Review
of quality for expensive products As price increases the risk of an incorrect decision
increases and the buyer is often less familiar with the product because of the infrequency
of purchase
In the Indian scenario Mehta Parasuraman and Ambarish Kumar^^ conducted an
experimental study to find out the relationship between quality and price and to examine
the consumers brand choice with respect to ready-made shirts The study indicated that a
majority of the buyers perceived some quality difference between the two shirts which
were identical in all respects except for the brand names The study revealed that the name
of a well-known brand induced the consumers to be favourably disposed towards that
brand in terms of quality and price perception and they were willing to pay a higher price
for the well-known brand
24 PROMOTION
According to Kotler^^ sales promotion consists of a diverse collection of incentive
tools mostly short-term designed to stimulate quicker andor greater purchase of
particular productsservices by consumers or the trade
Roger Strang has given a more simplistic definition ie sales promotions are
short-term incentives to encourage purchase or sales of a product or service Hence any
forms of incentives (price cut or value added nature) offered for short period either to
trade or consumers are considered as sales promotion activities
Blattberg and others opine that Sales promotions are action-focused marketing
events whose purpose is to have a direct impact on the behavior of the firms customers
There are three major types of sales promotions consumer promotions retailer
promotions and trade promotions Consumer promotions are promotions offered by
manufacturers directly to consumers Retailer promotions are promotions offered by
retailers to consumers Trade promotions are promotions offered by manufacturers to
retailers or other trade entities
Huff and Alden observe that throughout the world sales promotions offered to
consumers are an integral part of the marketing mix for many consumer products
Marketing managers use price-oriented promotions such as coupons rebates and price
discounts to increase sales and market share entice consumers to trial and encourage
them to switch brands or stores Non-price promotions such as sweepstakes fi-equent user
clubs and premiums add excitement and value to brands and may increase brand
attractiveness In addition consumers like promotions They provide utilitarian benefits
such as monetary savings increased quality (higher quality products become attainable)
48
J
Chapter 2 Literature Review
and convenience as well as hedonistic benefits such as entertainment exploration and
self-expression
Aradhna Krishna and others^ opine that sales promotions have become a vital tool
for marketers and its importance has been increasing significantly over the years In India
sales promotions expenditure by various marketing companies is estimated to be Rs 5000
crore and the emphasis on sales promotion activities by the Indian industry has increased
by 500 to 600 percent during the last 3 to 5 years (Economic Times June 15 2003) In the
year 2001 there were as many as 2050 promotional schemes in the Rs 80000 crore
FMCG Industry
Kotler opine that the given the growing importance of sales promotion there has
been considerable interest in the effect of sales promotion on different dimensions such as
consumers price perceptions brand choice brand switching behaviour evaluation of
brand equity and effect on brand perception and so on One of the purposes of a consumer
promotion is to elicit a direct impact on the purchase behaviour of the firms customers
Blattberg Bnesch and Fox emphasise that research evidence suggests that sales
promotions positively affect shot-term sales Research on price promotion has consistently
reported high sales effect and high price elasticity for brands which are on promotion
Aradhna Krishna says that the studies have shown that price promotions enhance
brand substitution within a product category affect aggregate sales and significantly
affect stock piling and purchase acceleration However there have also been studies that
suggest that sales promotion affects brand perceptions Researchers have found out that
promotions especially price promotions have negative effect on brand equity
In a study Schultz^ argues that over dependence on promotions can erode
consumers price-value equation
The result of a study by Jeddi indicates that in the long term advertising has a
positive effect on brand equity where as price promotions have negative effects
Similarly Yoo and others^ opine that based on structural equation model
suggests that frequent price promotions such as price deals are related to low brand
equity where as high advertising spending high price and high distribution intensity are
related to high brand equity There is also a managerial belief that if a brand is supported
with frequent promotional offers the equity of the brand tends to get diluted
Yoo and others have argued on the contrary that there have also been studies that
indicate brands benefit from promotions Among all the elements of marketing mix sales
promotions have long-term influence on brand equity
49 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mariola amp Elena suggested that monetary and non-monetary promotions are
useful to create brand equity because of their positive effect on brand knowledge
structures
Barbara Khan and Jagmohan Raju^deg encompass that an effect of promotions on
variety seeking and reinforcement behaviour has also been studied The importance of
consumer sales promotion in the marketing mix of the fast moving consumer goods
(FMCG) category throughout the world has increased Companies spend considerable
time in planning such activities However in order to enhance the effectiveness of these
activities manufacturers should understand consumer and retailer perceptions of their
promotional activities
Moreau Aradhana Krishna Bari Harlam^ have given outlook that in India fast
moving consumer goods (FMCG) category has witnessed an outburst of sales promotion
activities in the post-liberalization era and studied differing perceptions with respect to
price promotion from the point of manufacturers retailer and consumers
Campbell and Diamond set up that there have been very few discussions in sales
promotion literature about how different types of promotions may be classified One
dimension which has been suggested to classify different promotions is the price versus
non-price nature of the promotion
Cooke has given the opinion that the Price promotions are defined as
promotions such as coupons cents off refunds and rebates that temporarily reduce the
cost of the goods or service These promotions focus on the reduced economic outlay
required to obtain a good or service
Cooke states that the Non-price promotions has defined as promotions such as
giveaways or contests in which value is temporarily added to the product at full price
Although a wide variety of price and non-price promotions are launched in the market
Blattberg and others view that the most of the academic research on promotions
has focused on price promotions namely price offs and coupon offers
Smith and Sinha presented that the promotional tools such as free gift offers
exfra product offers are increasingly being used in the market place In recent years
researchers have started comparing consumer response to different promotions eg price
promotion versus premium promotion or extra product promotion versus price promotion
These researchers have found that different types of promotions create differential
response from the consumers
50
p
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld and Sasser have originated that the customer retention helps increase
revenue through increases in sales volume andor premium prices as well as reducing the
expenses or costs of generating those revenues An increase in retention rate has been
argued to have led to a corresponding increase in profit
Reichheld has identified six economic benefits of retaining customers (1)
savings on customers acquisition or replacement costs (2) a guarantee of base profits as
existing customers are likely to have a minimum spend per period (3) growth in per-
customer revenue as over a period of time existing customers are likely to earn more
have more varied needs and spend more (4) a reduction in relative operating costs as the
firms can spread the cost over many more customers and over a longer period (5) free of
charge referrals of new customers from existing customers which would otherwise be
costly in terms of commissions or introductory fees and (6) price premiums as existing
customers do not usually wait for promotions or price reductions before deciding to
purchase in particular with new models or versions of existing products
Reichheld has given the opinion that even if not all customers prefer long-term
relationships there are those who prefer stable long-term relationships inherently spend
more pay promptly and require less service Long-serving employees generate several
economic benefits not only that they are much better at finding and recruiting the best
customers but they retain customers by producing better products and value and they are
sources of customer referrals
Reichheld^ offered strategies that measure retention in terms of both crude and
weighted rates This involves interviewing former customers customer complaints and
service data and identifying switching behaviour With the use of computers firms should
have little difficulty in calculating and reporting both crude and weighted rates In
addition to measuring retention firms should consider interviewing former customers in
order to learn their reasons for defecting Customer defections may have been caused not
by the firm itself but by factors beyond its control
Reichheld^ identified six types of defectors (1) price - for a lower price (2)
product -for a superior product (3) service - for a better service (4) market - for a
different market for example a transport company which has moved out of road haulage
and therefore no longer buys trailers (5) technological - a customer that has converted
from using one technology to another and (6) organizational - switches due to political
pressure
5 1 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Rosenberg and Czepiel^^ have orated that it is probably unreaUstic to expect all
customers to stay indefinitely Not only do customers buy on a portfolio basis but firms
have to accept that a proportion of their customers will leave from time to time for a
number of reasons A strategy that would enable firms to cope with this situation is
customer portfolio management It involves an analysis of the firms customer portfolio
with a view to creating a specified balance of customer groups before reorganizing the
firm for customer retention Some examples of retention tactics are giving product extras
reinforcing promotions providing sales force connections providmg specialized
distribution and providing post-purchase communication Reorganization for customer
retention involves setting an acceptable target for customer turnover establishing
executive accountability for keeping customers and improving internal coordination by
targeting promotional strategies towaids repeat usage
25 DISTRIBUTION
Stem El-Ansary and Coughlan have concluded that the distribution intensity has
been commonly defined as the number of intermediaries used by a manufacturer within its
trade areas Ideal distribution intensity would make a brand available widely enough to
satisfy but not exceed target customers needs because over saturation increases
marketing costs without providing benefits The use of too few intermediaries can limit a
brands level of exposure in the marketplace However using too many intermediaries can
be detrimental to the brands image and its competitive position Exclusive distribution
in relation to intensive distribution has been examined in the economics literature In
opposition to traditional economic theory many economists now argue that exclusive
distribution can have pre-competitive effects when intermediary support is critical to the
success of the brand High distribution intensity may promote sales in the short run but
long-term results are less clear
It is evident from the above review that the works on marketing strategies throw
light mainly on general theme of and functional aspect of marketing strategies and
elements of marketing mix
26 MARKET ORIENTATION
There are several studies on consumer orientation of marketing retention of
consumers relationship marketing and consumer involvement and related reports which
52
Chapter 2 Literature Review
have gained a prominent place in formulation of marketing strategies A brief review of
literature on the above aspects is given below
Ruekert has given the opinion that for over 40 years the marketing concept has
been described as being the management philosophy that focuses on satisfying customer
needs and wants based on customer knowledge Recently however within the academic
literature increasing attention has been given to the concept of market orientation This
revival of the attention for a market orientation has been driven by enviroimiental
changes a more competitive international market place increasing pace of changing
technology a shortening of product life cycles and a decrease in customer loyalty
Kohli and others are given the opinion that empirical evidences support that the
market orientation is positively associated with superior performance As a result
businesses recognise that a focus on the customer and the markets they serve may result in
long-run competitive advantage and superior profitability
Days^^ opinion on market orientation is represented in three principal features
ie a set of beliefs that put the customers interest first the ability of the organisation to
generate disseminate and use superior information about customers and competitors and
the coordinated application of inter functional resources to the creation of superior
customer value
In the final opinion of Webster^ on market oriented organisation marketing is no
longer the sole responsibility of specialists Rather everyone in the firm is responsible for
understanding customers and delivering superior customer value
This study has been performed in order to gain insight into the extent to which
KSampDL maintains a marketing orientation in responding to enviroimiental changes and
into the relationship between marketing orientation and performance This project aims at
examining the marketing environment approaches to marketing the organisation and
responsibility for marketing activities and the marketing strategies adopted by KSampDL
Customer retention can be seen as the mirror image of customer defection where a
high retention rate has the same significance as a low defection rate Defining customer
retention in terms of percentage share of customer savings borrowing spending or
purchasing may be more usefial instead of in terms of the absolute numbers of customers OR
Storbacka found that 20 of their customer base accounted for 90 of their total
customer base profitability Hence customers ftom the remaining 80 of the customer
base were either unprofitable or contributed to an insignificant amoimt of profit
53
bdquo ir
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^^ concluded that the high proportion of new customers could bring
down the rate of retention and vice versa Moreover defection rates tend to be much
higher for new customers than long tenure customers
Reichheld^ and Dawkins have found that the tangible advantages of retaining
customers into prominence They claimed that a 5 increase in retention rate led to an
increase in the net present value of customers of between 25 and 85 in a wide range of
industries from credit card to insurance brokerage and from motor services to office
building management Despite its potential benefits customer retention did not obtain
much attention in strategic or marketing plaiming processes
The end goal of a firms marketing activities is making profit Fornell and
Wemerfelt^^ emphasized that marketing resources may be better spent on keeping
existing customers than acquiring new ones This was based on the assumption that
existing customers are profitable and they cost less to keep than to replace Firms
therefore have to be aware of the profitability of not just their products but also their
customers
BlattbergRC and Deighton J ^ Customer retention clearly deserves some
attention and should form a part of a firms strategic marketing goals rather than simply
being seen as the end result of good marketing management
Reichheld^ has given the opinion that the objective of many marketing strategies
in the last 10 years has been building the customers commitment to a brand or a dealer
This has taken three forms (a) Creating customer satisfaction - delivering superior quality
products and services (b) Building brand equity - the sum of the intangible assets of a
brand Factors that contribute to this are name awareness perceived quality brand
loyalty the associations consumers have towards the brand trademarks packaging and
marketing channel presence
Peppers and Rogers opine that creating and maintaining relationships - Success
with any of these strategies will result in high levels of repeat purchase insulation from
price increases and improved responsiveness to marketing communications by customers
Relationship marketing sought to build interdependence between partners and relied on
one-to-one communications historically delivered through the sales force With the
grov^^h of marketing databases and the Internet the ability to reach customers individually
became a viable strategy for a wide range of firms including consumer products
companies
54
r
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^ claimed that even small improvements in customer retention can as
much as double company profits This is because 1 It costs less to serve long-term
customers 2 Loyal customers will pay a price premium 3 Loyal customers will generate
word of-mouth referrals to other prospective customers
Finn^deg^ argues that though consumer involvement can take place at various levels
other than product level of motivation results from product attributes and relatedness of
the product to the consumers psycho social wants and needs It has also been identified
that products which are highly priced having complex features and high perceived risk
generate high involvement levels from the consumers
Saxena^ has concluded that the consumers express low involvement levels for
products which are generally low priced have simple features and low perceived risk
Thus the level of consumer involvement is dependent on the product
Alreck^ in his argument says that the age affects consumers self concept and life
styles and carries with it culturally defined behavioral and attitudinal norms Age
determines the consumption of various products media and shopping centers and has
been used by marketers to segment the markets
Jain and Sharma^ have found that the age also influences the level of consumer
involvement Though age forms a part of ones stage of family life cycle yet it is in itself
an important factor for various Products
Sanjay^deg has argued that men and women possess unique personality traits
interests knowledge judgment capabilities and social status Hence both sexes process
and evaluate products differently
Jain and Sharma^ have initiated that there are differences in the involvement
levels for various products between men and women
Jain and Sharma have concluded that the income of the family combined with
familys accumulated wealth determines the purchasing power However income enables
purchases but does not generally cause or explain them It is likely that the occupation and
education dnectly influence the preferences for products media and activities Income
provides the means to acquire them Occupation is strongly related to education and
income Various studies have found differences in consumption of products with
differences in the occupations
Jain and Sharma have gathered a minimal support for the argument that
consumer involvement differs for differences in consumers occupation However it may
55
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
potential influences are planning effectiveness internal exchange processes participative
policy making number of employees and sales turnover
Cravens bull says that the marketing strategy and implementation of the strategy are
two of the most important parts of strategic marketing planning These two components
are usually discussed separately in marketing strategy texts That is marketing strategy is
formulated and then implemented In practice poor implementation can undermine good
strategy
Douglas Brovralie^^ has concluded that although in the formulation of strategy it
is possible and often advisable for imagination to be of more importance than reasoning
analysis and diagnosis occupy the heart of the planning doctrine and hold the key to its
efficacy And fiirther that where these tasks are executed systematically and
comprehensively the insight thus provided will make a major contribution to the
formulation of successful business strategies
There are several studies made on the theoretical and functional aspects of
product price promotion and distribution related strategies Which come under the broad
purview of marketing mix In what follows is the brief review of such studies
22 PRODUCT
Chamberlin argues that buyers in the market have a real freedom to differentiate
distinguish or have specific preferences among the competing outputs of the sellers This
view led to the development of the differential advantage concept one of the most
important concepts in the marketing theory
In Chamberlins^ monopolistic competition theory argues that the product is
defined as a bundle of utilities in which the physical offering is one element and
becomes the basis on which a seller can differentiate his offering fiom that of his
competitors
Alderson^^ has noted that differentiation in a products characteristics gives a
seller control over the product to identity and configure exactly This means the seller
offering a product different from others actually occupies a monopoly position in the
market However this product differentiation can be based on product characteristics such
as patented features trademarks packaging etc
Alderson^^ has given the opinion that behind the acceptance of differentiation are
differences in taste desires income location of the buyers and the uses of commodities It
39 i
Chapter 2 Literature Review
is however the existence of varied wants and needs in the market place that allows
competition through product differentiation and a policy of differential advantage to be
pursued
Smith also interpreted that the seller pursues a policy of differential advantage
in general and product differentiation in particular in order to meet both competitive
activities and the various needs and wants in the market place However the seller can
pursue a policy of product differentiation either by offering the same product throughout
the whole market and secure a measure of control over the products demand by
advertising and promoting differences between his product and the products of
competing sellers or by viewing the market as a number of small homogeneous markets
(market segments) each having different product differences and adjusting the product and
the elements surrounding its sale according to the requirements of each market segment
The seller who adopts the latter method in pursuing a policy of product differentiation is
actually pursuing a policy of market segmentation However a policy of differential
advantage must be dynamic in nature since the seller must continually adjust his total
offering to match the ever changing competitive activities and customers motivation
mixes in the market place Naturally such adjustments alter the sellers cost structure and
profitability The seller therefore must be constantly engaged in creating a total offering
from all the elements under hisher control in a way that will give differential advantage
and profitability This axiom has led to the development of the marketing mix concept
Thompson drawn the conclusion that the two most important factors in
Marketing are a) The product and b) The ultimate consumer (people) The obvious
objective is to get these two in perfect harmony If this situation does not exist he then
proceeds to state that although companies can rather easily change products they cannot
change people but simply influence them The authors conclusive remark is that the
most important controllable factor in marketing is the product
Levitt has proposed that the product can be analyzed at five distinct levels
Core benefit mdash refers to the main benefit the customer buys (for example the
buyer of a vehicle purchases transportation)
Basic product - refers to the basic characteristics or attributes of the product
without which there is no product (for example tyres of a car)
Expected product - refers to the characteristics of the product that the customer
takes for granted (for example tyres in a good condition)
40
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Augmented product - refers to the product characteristics that surpass the
customers expectations (for example road assistance)
Potential product - refers to those characteristics that could be added to the
product in the future and offer customer delight
Nowadays companies are competing at the augmented product level In other
words they try to differentiate their offerings by providing product characteristics that are
beyond the expected functional features
According to Kotler product hierarchy comprises the following five categories
Need family - the basic need underlying the existence of a product family (for example
security)
Product family - all the product classes that can satisfy a basic need effectively (for
example savings and income)
Product class or category - a group of products within a product family (for example
investment products)
Product line - a group of products within a product class which are closely related
because they are targeted to the market through the same distribution
channels or are priced within a specific range (for example investment
accounts)
Product type mdash a group of items within a product line that function in a similar manner
(for example capital guaranteed accounts)
Brand-the name of a product (for example Dunbar Bank)
Item - a unit within a brand or product line which is distinguished by size price or some
other characteristic of element
Product hierarchy provides the different levels at which a product should be
managed For example product line management is associated with different decisions
compared to brand management
Montoya-Weiss and Calantone^^concluded that Launching new products can be an
attractive growth strategy however this is not without risks Some estimate that 30-35
of all new products fail while others are even more pessimistic citing that only two out of
ten new launches succeed
Aaker in his final opinion discusses that due to factors such as high advertising
costs and the increasing competition for shelf space it has become difficult to succeed
with new products in an increasingly popular approach to reducing risk when launching
new products is to follow a brand extension strategy
41
Chapter 2 Literature Review
As per the opine of Beverland and Veryzer Managing design is an aspect of
marketings activities but relatively little is known about the relationship between
marketing and design At one level marketing requires design expertise to meet user
needs and communicate brand values through a series of elements like products packs
corporate identity and advertising Design is fundamental to business success and
competitiveness To exploit new markets to retain or recapture their share of world
markets producers have to develop new products and services that consumers want
Whatever the marketing goals - holding onto market share increasing market share or
entering a new market - it is investment in design and product development that produces
the new or updatedredesigned products or services packaging and communications that
helps to achieve these goals
Olins suggests that design is the visual orientation of marketing and conveys in
particular brand values to the consumer But this is more traditional approach of design
as a functional resource to aid marketing And also design is becoming more broadly
viewed as a creative asset in its own right which can make an independent contribution to
strategy and leadership
Kotler and Rath suggest that good design differentiates companies and makes
products stand out from the crowd Innovative design opens up new markets Clever
design rekindles interest for products in a mature market Well-designed products
commimicate quality and value to the consumer It enhances the products appeal and
attractiveness making selection by the consumer easier a summary of the marketing
benefits of design is as follows (a) Enhances product and service quality (b)
Differentiates products and services (c) Markets products and services and enhances
company image (d) Lowers production andor maintenance costs (e) Adds to the
creativity (f) Intellectual property and competence of the company
Rundh^^ concluded that the Packagings importance as a marketing tool has
increased due to increased importance of buying decisions at the store the role of brand
building by media advertising growing management recognition of packagings ability to
create differentiation and new media habits 9R
Schoorsman and others opine that the packaging research has focused on its
general characteristics and design influence on product evaluation communication
aspects the impact of size on usage use as a source of profit the perceptual processes for
design and visual impact on consumer attention categorisation and evaluation
42
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Sagar and Kumar have drawn the opinion on package which is the face of a
product Packaging involves the activities of designing and producing the container and
wrapper for the product Up to three levels of material may be used in packaging ie
primary package secondary package and shipping package
Kotler argued that the many marketers have called the packaging a fifth P the
other four Ps are Product Price Place and Promotion So packaging is used as a
marketing tool Well-designed packages can create convenience and promotional values
Etzel and others^ opine that the packing serves several purposes such as
protecting the product on its way to the consumer protecting the product after it is
purchased helping to gain acceptance of the product helping to persuade consumers to
buy the product supporting self-service consumer affluence company and brand
recognition and innovation opportunity
Kotler concluded that initially packaging was intended largely to provide
protection to the product With its increasing significance in marketing it has become a
major factor in gaining customers
Etzel and others 2005 opine that the Packaging is criticized largely because of its
environmental impact on depleting natural resources certain form of packages have
health hazards and there is problem of disposal of packages some packages are
deceptive others are expensive Marketing executives have to address these criticisms
They must enhance the positive features of packaging like product protection consumer
convenience and marketing support
Schreiber has drawn the conclusion that to remain competitive in the market
packaging strategies should be reviewed annually
Parker opine that the Packaging is a key component of marketing According to
recent studies by the Point of Purchase and Advertisement Institute (POPAI) which
indicate that 70 of consumers buying decisions are made at the point of sale
Pandey also claims that impulse purchase is increasing rapidly The package is a
very effective tool for influencing impulse purchasing
Further Kundu and Sehrawet showed that consumers feel that the package is
very helpftjl in identifying and distinguishing products As people become time prone
they are more prone to impulsive buying The unplanned purchase is a large source of
revenue The power of the package is an important element of unplanned purchasing no
The study by Sivan has shown that 18 buying decisions are influenced by
advertisements
43
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mehta suggests that the efficiency of traditional approaches appears to be
reducing year by year and the effectiveness of modem marketing tool like packaging is
increasing rapidly
Phillips argues that the modem consumer is more educated more sophisticated
and more cynical As a result of this the consumers are postponing their decision making
until at the point of purchase In turn this has led to an increase in impulse purchase and
brand switching and consequently a decline in the power of branding and traditional
marketing approaches So the importance of marketing communications by making use of
the packaging has increased
Narayanan claims that a large part of the population has started to give higher
importance to health and hygiene which is leading to an increased demand for packaged
goods and a shift from loose buying
The spread of education particularly among housewives has swung the trend in
purchasing from loose to pre-packaged and branded products from tea to ketchup and
noodles The market share of packaged edible oil has increased from 20 in 1998 to 26
in 2005 Todays consumers are finding packagmg as value addition [The Times of India
(TOI)2005]
Ramaswamy and Namakumari ^ conclude that packaging must be able to stand out
from other packages This can be accomplished by the use of colour shape copy
trademark logo or additional features This aspect of packaging was exploited by
Hindustan Levers Le Sancy soap with its unique bean shape which was packaged in
transparent polj^hene to exhibit its shape Customers could experience the unique shape
colour and appearance for the first time in the product of soap This package strongly
influenced the high trail purchases
In their earlier study Alsop and Abrams found that ease of storage is one of the
important features of package in influencing buying decisions
Ajarekar has come with the conclusion that the package must be able to
communicate its message to the buyers All the necessary information must be clearly
visible and highlighted by colour or design to make direct and indirect communication
effective
Ramaswami and Namakumari^ argue that it is necessary to assess the reaction of
consumers to a package periodically and adapt it accordingly Consumers may have their
own preferences covering (a) package size (b) package shape (c) packaging materials
used (d) package graphics etc Marketers must assess consumer preferences on the one
44
Chapter 2 Literature Review
hand and cost and availability aspects on the other hand in order to provide the consumer
with the best possible package An effective package can be an efficient mass-selling
medium and it is often worth more attention and money that are now devoted to it by most
companies
According to the study of Alsop and Abrams 19 of consumers refiised to buy
the brand in a poor package again while 24 said they would buy it cautiously or in a
different type of package Their research further revealed that most important package
characteristics to consumers are storage life of any unused portion the ability to recognize
the contents by looking at the package and its graphics resalability and ease of storage
Shapiro^ has given the opinion that increased competition is forcing brand
managers of consumer goods to alter the portfolio of the package sizes they offer
Although some managers assume that larger package sizes encourage consumers to use
more (per usage occasion) than smaller package sizes and these assumptions are
becoming a source of controversy They suggest that compared to small packages large
packages might be expected to encourage greater use because consumers would be less
concerned about running out of the product The greater the supply of a product (eg
large package) the lower the transaction (replacement) costs for using the product and the
greater the volume people are willing to use Another possible reason that has not yet been
investigated is that unit costs often vary inversely with package size Because products
from large packages are generally less expensive (per unit) than those from small
packages They may be used in greater volume
Hoch has concluded that the large packages of familiar branded products
encourage more use than do small packages The study shows that as the size of a package
increases so does the volume of the product that a person uses And also the notion that
perceptions of a packages imit cost can influence usage and operate independently of the
package size itself
Mitchell^ says that a successful brand could gain impetus from irmovative
products andor process Product innovations may be in the form of product improvements
or development of new products Process innovation is the improvement in the operation
process integration of the operation steps leading to reductions in cycle time or
reductions in the number of process steps that improve the operations efficiency and
effectiveness However the importance of irmovation or simply admiring its usefulness
will not serve the dream of being innovative A firm needs to have a strategic know-how
system in place to put the mnovations into use
45 i
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Fraser^^has argued that the innovation can be one of the ways that marketers can
differentiate themselves from their competitors The creation of an innovative
productservice can potentially provide marketers with a sustainable competitive
advantage
Webster^ draws the conclusion that the innovation refers to the extent of the
unique product service process or approach a firm is able to achieve Innovation is
concerned not only with the finished product but also with the value-creating processes
23 PRICING Shapiro argued that pricing is an important decision area of marketing It is the
only element of the marketing mix that generates revenue and all the other elements
involve cost Price is also one of the most important market place indicators
Lichtenstein Ridgway and Netemeyer opine that the all pervasive influence of
price is due to the fact that the price factor is present in all purchase situations and
represents to all consumers Although it is believed that price serves as an indicator of
quality there exists no general price-perceived quality relationship
Erickson and Johansson in their final conclusion that the price becomes a less
important indicator of quality in the presence of other product quality indicators such as
brand name or store image
Zeithaml^^says that the use of price as an indicator of quality depends on the
following The availability of other indicators to quality (a) The price variation within a
product class (b) The product quality variation within a product category (c) The
level of consumer awareness about price (d) The consumers ability to distinguish quality
variation in a product group
Scitovsky^ argued that the price is identified as an important index of quality In
his view the word cheap usually means inferior quality
Leavitt^^observed that in one of the pioneering studies on price-perceived quality
relationship the buyers tended to have doubts when they chose the lower priced brands
than in the case of higher-priced brands He concluded that a higher price might
sometimes increase the buyers readiness to buy
46
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Gabor and Granger^^ concluded that the price would be an indicator of quality for
commodities such as textile products where quality cannot be ascertained by sight and
where owing to changes in technology and fashion past experience was of little use
McConnell^^ examined the relationship between price and the quality of beer
which is a frequently purchased consumer product He found that the buyers used price as
an indicator of product quality With a homogeneous product and various unknown brand
names buyers perceived the highest-priced brand to be of better quality than the other two
brands He concluded that price without any other indicator was an effective measure for
brand evaluation However Shapiro warned marketers that the concept of price as an
indicator of quality should not be applied indiscriminately in making pricing decisions
In an experimental study Gardener explored the degree of price-quality
relationship for three products toothpaste a mans shirt and a suit He concluded that
while price did not affect the perception of product quality in case of all the three
products whether branded or not it did affect the willingness to buy a shirt
Lambert^ says that the Consumer choices regarding price might be influenced by
the following product-specific factors (a) Buyers confidence in the predictive value of
price (b) Perceived consequences of making a poor brand choice (c) Amount of
brand-to-brand variation in product quality (d) Social importance of the product (e)
Difficulty encountered in making quality judgments (f) Ability to assess product quality cry
Shapiro sought to determine whether price would act as a communicator of
quality and ascertain the reasons for consumers judging the product quality by price by
determining the correlates of price reliance It was found that for most of the dimensions
such as quality durability looks or fragrance the number of buyers ranking the high-
priced product better than the low-priced product was greater than the number of buyers
ranking the low-priced product better than the high priced product
In the final opinion of Shivdasani on price and quality is that they are linked
together in the mind of the consumer Price plays different roles in the purchase-decision
process In traditional economic theory since higher price has a negative impact on the
consumers budget price has a negative influence on his buying decision
Monroe and Krishnan opine that a behavioral perspective price may be
perceived as a product quality indicator Therefore price may be viewed either as an
indicator of sacrifice or as an indicator of quality or both
Rao and Monroe ^ found that price increase might play a positive or a negative
role in the purchase-decision process People are more likely to use price as an indicator 47
Chapter 2 Literature Review
of quality for expensive products As price increases the risk of an incorrect decision
increases and the buyer is often less familiar with the product because of the infrequency
of purchase
In the Indian scenario Mehta Parasuraman and Ambarish Kumar^^ conducted an
experimental study to find out the relationship between quality and price and to examine
the consumers brand choice with respect to ready-made shirts The study indicated that a
majority of the buyers perceived some quality difference between the two shirts which
were identical in all respects except for the brand names The study revealed that the name
of a well-known brand induced the consumers to be favourably disposed towards that
brand in terms of quality and price perception and they were willing to pay a higher price
for the well-known brand
24 PROMOTION
According to Kotler^^ sales promotion consists of a diverse collection of incentive
tools mostly short-term designed to stimulate quicker andor greater purchase of
particular productsservices by consumers or the trade
Roger Strang has given a more simplistic definition ie sales promotions are
short-term incentives to encourage purchase or sales of a product or service Hence any
forms of incentives (price cut or value added nature) offered for short period either to
trade or consumers are considered as sales promotion activities
Blattberg and others opine that Sales promotions are action-focused marketing
events whose purpose is to have a direct impact on the behavior of the firms customers
There are three major types of sales promotions consumer promotions retailer
promotions and trade promotions Consumer promotions are promotions offered by
manufacturers directly to consumers Retailer promotions are promotions offered by
retailers to consumers Trade promotions are promotions offered by manufacturers to
retailers or other trade entities
Huff and Alden observe that throughout the world sales promotions offered to
consumers are an integral part of the marketing mix for many consumer products
Marketing managers use price-oriented promotions such as coupons rebates and price
discounts to increase sales and market share entice consumers to trial and encourage
them to switch brands or stores Non-price promotions such as sweepstakes fi-equent user
clubs and premiums add excitement and value to brands and may increase brand
attractiveness In addition consumers like promotions They provide utilitarian benefits
such as monetary savings increased quality (higher quality products become attainable)
48
J
Chapter 2 Literature Review
and convenience as well as hedonistic benefits such as entertainment exploration and
self-expression
Aradhna Krishna and others^ opine that sales promotions have become a vital tool
for marketers and its importance has been increasing significantly over the years In India
sales promotions expenditure by various marketing companies is estimated to be Rs 5000
crore and the emphasis on sales promotion activities by the Indian industry has increased
by 500 to 600 percent during the last 3 to 5 years (Economic Times June 15 2003) In the
year 2001 there were as many as 2050 promotional schemes in the Rs 80000 crore
FMCG Industry
Kotler opine that the given the growing importance of sales promotion there has
been considerable interest in the effect of sales promotion on different dimensions such as
consumers price perceptions brand choice brand switching behaviour evaluation of
brand equity and effect on brand perception and so on One of the purposes of a consumer
promotion is to elicit a direct impact on the purchase behaviour of the firms customers
Blattberg Bnesch and Fox emphasise that research evidence suggests that sales
promotions positively affect shot-term sales Research on price promotion has consistently
reported high sales effect and high price elasticity for brands which are on promotion
Aradhna Krishna says that the studies have shown that price promotions enhance
brand substitution within a product category affect aggregate sales and significantly
affect stock piling and purchase acceleration However there have also been studies that
suggest that sales promotion affects brand perceptions Researchers have found out that
promotions especially price promotions have negative effect on brand equity
In a study Schultz^ argues that over dependence on promotions can erode
consumers price-value equation
The result of a study by Jeddi indicates that in the long term advertising has a
positive effect on brand equity where as price promotions have negative effects
Similarly Yoo and others^ opine that based on structural equation model
suggests that frequent price promotions such as price deals are related to low brand
equity where as high advertising spending high price and high distribution intensity are
related to high brand equity There is also a managerial belief that if a brand is supported
with frequent promotional offers the equity of the brand tends to get diluted
Yoo and others have argued on the contrary that there have also been studies that
indicate brands benefit from promotions Among all the elements of marketing mix sales
promotions have long-term influence on brand equity
49 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mariola amp Elena suggested that monetary and non-monetary promotions are
useful to create brand equity because of their positive effect on brand knowledge
structures
Barbara Khan and Jagmohan Raju^deg encompass that an effect of promotions on
variety seeking and reinforcement behaviour has also been studied The importance of
consumer sales promotion in the marketing mix of the fast moving consumer goods
(FMCG) category throughout the world has increased Companies spend considerable
time in planning such activities However in order to enhance the effectiveness of these
activities manufacturers should understand consumer and retailer perceptions of their
promotional activities
Moreau Aradhana Krishna Bari Harlam^ have given outlook that in India fast
moving consumer goods (FMCG) category has witnessed an outburst of sales promotion
activities in the post-liberalization era and studied differing perceptions with respect to
price promotion from the point of manufacturers retailer and consumers
Campbell and Diamond set up that there have been very few discussions in sales
promotion literature about how different types of promotions may be classified One
dimension which has been suggested to classify different promotions is the price versus
non-price nature of the promotion
Cooke has given the opinion that the Price promotions are defined as
promotions such as coupons cents off refunds and rebates that temporarily reduce the
cost of the goods or service These promotions focus on the reduced economic outlay
required to obtain a good or service
Cooke states that the Non-price promotions has defined as promotions such as
giveaways or contests in which value is temporarily added to the product at full price
Although a wide variety of price and non-price promotions are launched in the market
Blattberg and others view that the most of the academic research on promotions
has focused on price promotions namely price offs and coupon offers
Smith and Sinha presented that the promotional tools such as free gift offers
exfra product offers are increasingly being used in the market place In recent years
researchers have started comparing consumer response to different promotions eg price
promotion versus premium promotion or extra product promotion versus price promotion
These researchers have found that different types of promotions create differential
response from the consumers
50
p
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld and Sasser have originated that the customer retention helps increase
revenue through increases in sales volume andor premium prices as well as reducing the
expenses or costs of generating those revenues An increase in retention rate has been
argued to have led to a corresponding increase in profit
Reichheld has identified six economic benefits of retaining customers (1)
savings on customers acquisition or replacement costs (2) a guarantee of base profits as
existing customers are likely to have a minimum spend per period (3) growth in per-
customer revenue as over a period of time existing customers are likely to earn more
have more varied needs and spend more (4) a reduction in relative operating costs as the
firms can spread the cost over many more customers and over a longer period (5) free of
charge referrals of new customers from existing customers which would otherwise be
costly in terms of commissions or introductory fees and (6) price premiums as existing
customers do not usually wait for promotions or price reductions before deciding to
purchase in particular with new models or versions of existing products
Reichheld has given the opinion that even if not all customers prefer long-term
relationships there are those who prefer stable long-term relationships inherently spend
more pay promptly and require less service Long-serving employees generate several
economic benefits not only that they are much better at finding and recruiting the best
customers but they retain customers by producing better products and value and they are
sources of customer referrals
Reichheld^ offered strategies that measure retention in terms of both crude and
weighted rates This involves interviewing former customers customer complaints and
service data and identifying switching behaviour With the use of computers firms should
have little difficulty in calculating and reporting both crude and weighted rates In
addition to measuring retention firms should consider interviewing former customers in
order to learn their reasons for defecting Customer defections may have been caused not
by the firm itself but by factors beyond its control
Reichheld^ identified six types of defectors (1) price - for a lower price (2)
product -for a superior product (3) service - for a better service (4) market - for a
different market for example a transport company which has moved out of road haulage
and therefore no longer buys trailers (5) technological - a customer that has converted
from using one technology to another and (6) organizational - switches due to political
pressure
5 1 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Rosenberg and Czepiel^^ have orated that it is probably unreaUstic to expect all
customers to stay indefinitely Not only do customers buy on a portfolio basis but firms
have to accept that a proportion of their customers will leave from time to time for a
number of reasons A strategy that would enable firms to cope with this situation is
customer portfolio management It involves an analysis of the firms customer portfolio
with a view to creating a specified balance of customer groups before reorganizing the
firm for customer retention Some examples of retention tactics are giving product extras
reinforcing promotions providing sales force connections providmg specialized
distribution and providing post-purchase communication Reorganization for customer
retention involves setting an acceptable target for customer turnover establishing
executive accountability for keeping customers and improving internal coordination by
targeting promotional strategies towaids repeat usage
25 DISTRIBUTION
Stem El-Ansary and Coughlan have concluded that the distribution intensity has
been commonly defined as the number of intermediaries used by a manufacturer within its
trade areas Ideal distribution intensity would make a brand available widely enough to
satisfy but not exceed target customers needs because over saturation increases
marketing costs without providing benefits The use of too few intermediaries can limit a
brands level of exposure in the marketplace However using too many intermediaries can
be detrimental to the brands image and its competitive position Exclusive distribution
in relation to intensive distribution has been examined in the economics literature In
opposition to traditional economic theory many economists now argue that exclusive
distribution can have pre-competitive effects when intermediary support is critical to the
success of the brand High distribution intensity may promote sales in the short run but
long-term results are less clear
It is evident from the above review that the works on marketing strategies throw
light mainly on general theme of and functional aspect of marketing strategies and
elements of marketing mix
26 MARKET ORIENTATION
There are several studies on consumer orientation of marketing retention of
consumers relationship marketing and consumer involvement and related reports which
52
Chapter 2 Literature Review
have gained a prominent place in formulation of marketing strategies A brief review of
literature on the above aspects is given below
Ruekert has given the opinion that for over 40 years the marketing concept has
been described as being the management philosophy that focuses on satisfying customer
needs and wants based on customer knowledge Recently however within the academic
literature increasing attention has been given to the concept of market orientation This
revival of the attention for a market orientation has been driven by enviroimiental
changes a more competitive international market place increasing pace of changing
technology a shortening of product life cycles and a decrease in customer loyalty
Kohli and others are given the opinion that empirical evidences support that the
market orientation is positively associated with superior performance As a result
businesses recognise that a focus on the customer and the markets they serve may result in
long-run competitive advantage and superior profitability
Days^^ opinion on market orientation is represented in three principal features
ie a set of beliefs that put the customers interest first the ability of the organisation to
generate disseminate and use superior information about customers and competitors and
the coordinated application of inter functional resources to the creation of superior
customer value
In the final opinion of Webster^ on market oriented organisation marketing is no
longer the sole responsibility of specialists Rather everyone in the firm is responsible for
understanding customers and delivering superior customer value
This study has been performed in order to gain insight into the extent to which
KSampDL maintains a marketing orientation in responding to enviroimiental changes and
into the relationship between marketing orientation and performance This project aims at
examining the marketing environment approaches to marketing the organisation and
responsibility for marketing activities and the marketing strategies adopted by KSampDL
Customer retention can be seen as the mirror image of customer defection where a
high retention rate has the same significance as a low defection rate Defining customer
retention in terms of percentage share of customer savings borrowing spending or
purchasing may be more usefial instead of in terms of the absolute numbers of customers OR
Storbacka found that 20 of their customer base accounted for 90 of their total
customer base profitability Hence customers ftom the remaining 80 of the customer
base were either unprofitable or contributed to an insignificant amoimt of profit
53
bdquo ir
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^^ concluded that the high proportion of new customers could bring
down the rate of retention and vice versa Moreover defection rates tend to be much
higher for new customers than long tenure customers
Reichheld^ and Dawkins have found that the tangible advantages of retaining
customers into prominence They claimed that a 5 increase in retention rate led to an
increase in the net present value of customers of between 25 and 85 in a wide range of
industries from credit card to insurance brokerage and from motor services to office
building management Despite its potential benefits customer retention did not obtain
much attention in strategic or marketing plaiming processes
The end goal of a firms marketing activities is making profit Fornell and
Wemerfelt^^ emphasized that marketing resources may be better spent on keeping
existing customers than acquiring new ones This was based on the assumption that
existing customers are profitable and they cost less to keep than to replace Firms
therefore have to be aware of the profitability of not just their products but also their
customers
BlattbergRC and Deighton J ^ Customer retention clearly deserves some
attention and should form a part of a firms strategic marketing goals rather than simply
being seen as the end result of good marketing management
Reichheld^ has given the opinion that the objective of many marketing strategies
in the last 10 years has been building the customers commitment to a brand or a dealer
This has taken three forms (a) Creating customer satisfaction - delivering superior quality
products and services (b) Building brand equity - the sum of the intangible assets of a
brand Factors that contribute to this are name awareness perceived quality brand
loyalty the associations consumers have towards the brand trademarks packaging and
marketing channel presence
Peppers and Rogers opine that creating and maintaining relationships - Success
with any of these strategies will result in high levels of repeat purchase insulation from
price increases and improved responsiveness to marketing communications by customers
Relationship marketing sought to build interdependence between partners and relied on
one-to-one communications historically delivered through the sales force With the
grov^^h of marketing databases and the Internet the ability to reach customers individually
became a viable strategy for a wide range of firms including consumer products
companies
54
r
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^ claimed that even small improvements in customer retention can as
much as double company profits This is because 1 It costs less to serve long-term
customers 2 Loyal customers will pay a price premium 3 Loyal customers will generate
word of-mouth referrals to other prospective customers
Finn^deg^ argues that though consumer involvement can take place at various levels
other than product level of motivation results from product attributes and relatedness of
the product to the consumers psycho social wants and needs It has also been identified
that products which are highly priced having complex features and high perceived risk
generate high involvement levels from the consumers
Saxena^ has concluded that the consumers express low involvement levels for
products which are generally low priced have simple features and low perceived risk
Thus the level of consumer involvement is dependent on the product
Alreck^ in his argument says that the age affects consumers self concept and life
styles and carries with it culturally defined behavioral and attitudinal norms Age
determines the consumption of various products media and shopping centers and has
been used by marketers to segment the markets
Jain and Sharma^ have found that the age also influences the level of consumer
involvement Though age forms a part of ones stage of family life cycle yet it is in itself
an important factor for various Products
Sanjay^deg has argued that men and women possess unique personality traits
interests knowledge judgment capabilities and social status Hence both sexes process
and evaluate products differently
Jain and Sharma^ have initiated that there are differences in the involvement
levels for various products between men and women
Jain and Sharma have concluded that the income of the family combined with
familys accumulated wealth determines the purchasing power However income enables
purchases but does not generally cause or explain them It is likely that the occupation and
education dnectly influence the preferences for products media and activities Income
provides the means to acquire them Occupation is strongly related to education and
income Various studies have found differences in consumption of products with
differences in the occupations
Jain and Sharma have gathered a minimal support for the argument that
consumer involvement differs for differences in consumers occupation However it may
55
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
is however the existence of varied wants and needs in the market place that allows
competition through product differentiation and a policy of differential advantage to be
pursued
Smith also interpreted that the seller pursues a policy of differential advantage
in general and product differentiation in particular in order to meet both competitive
activities and the various needs and wants in the market place However the seller can
pursue a policy of product differentiation either by offering the same product throughout
the whole market and secure a measure of control over the products demand by
advertising and promoting differences between his product and the products of
competing sellers or by viewing the market as a number of small homogeneous markets
(market segments) each having different product differences and adjusting the product and
the elements surrounding its sale according to the requirements of each market segment
The seller who adopts the latter method in pursuing a policy of product differentiation is
actually pursuing a policy of market segmentation However a policy of differential
advantage must be dynamic in nature since the seller must continually adjust his total
offering to match the ever changing competitive activities and customers motivation
mixes in the market place Naturally such adjustments alter the sellers cost structure and
profitability The seller therefore must be constantly engaged in creating a total offering
from all the elements under hisher control in a way that will give differential advantage
and profitability This axiom has led to the development of the marketing mix concept
Thompson drawn the conclusion that the two most important factors in
Marketing are a) The product and b) The ultimate consumer (people) The obvious
objective is to get these two in perfect harmony If this situation does not exist he then
proceeds to state that although companies can rather easily change products they cannot
change people but simply influence them The authors conclusive remark is that the
most important controllable factor in marketing is the product
Levitt has proposed that the product can be analyzed at five distinct levels
Core benefit mdash refers to the main benefit the customer buys (for example the
buyer of a vehicle purchases transportation)
Basic product - refers to the basic characteristics or attributes of the product
without which there is no product (for example tyres of a car)
Expected product - refers to the characteristics of the product that the customer
takes for granted (for example tyres in a good condition)
40
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Augmented product - refers to the product characteristics that surpass the
customers expectations (for example road assistance)
Potential product - refers to those characteristics that could be added to the
product in the future and offer customer delight
Nowadays companies are competing at the augmented product level In other
words they try to differentiate their offerings by providing product characteristics that are
beyond the expected functional features
According to Kotler product hierarchy comprises the following five categories
Need family - the basic need underlying the existence of a product family (for example
security)
Product family - all the product classes that can satisfy a basic need effectively (for
example savings and income)
Product class or category - a group of products within a product family (for example
investment products)
Product line - a group of products within a product class which are closely related
because they are targeted to the market through the same distribution
channels or are priced within a specific range (for example investment
accounts)
Product type mdash a group of items within a product line that function in a similar manner
(for example capital guaranteed accounts)
Brand-the name of a product (for example Dunbar Bank)
Item - a unit within a brand or product line which is distinguished by size price or some
other characteristic of element
Product hierarchy provides the different levels at which a product should be
managed For example product line management is associated with different decisions
compared to brand management
Montoya-Weiss and Calantone^^concluded that Launching new products can be an
attractive growth strategy however this is not without risks Some estimate that 30-35
of all new products fail while others are even more pessimistic citing that only two out of
ten new launches succeed
Aaker in his final opinion discusses that due to factors such as high advertising
costs and the increasing competition for shelf space it has become difficult to succeed
with new products in an increasingly popular approach to reducing risk when launching
new products is to follow a brand extension strategy
41
Chapter 2 Literature Review
As per the opine of Beverland and Veryzer Managing design is an aspect of
marketings activities but relatively little is known about the relationship between
marketing and design At one level marketing requires design expertise to meet user
needs and communicate brand values through a series of elements like products packs
corporate identity and advertising Design is fundamental to business success and
competitiveness To exploit new markets to retain or recapture their share of world
markets producers have to develop new products and services that consumers want
Whatever the marketing goals - holding onto market share increasing market share or
entering a new market - it is investment in design and product development that produces
the new or updatedredesigned products or services packaging and communications that
helps to achieve these goals
Olins suggests that design is the visual orientation of marketing and conveys in
particular brand values to the consumer But this is more traditional approach of design
as a functional resource to aid marketing And also design is becoming more broadly
viewed as a creative asset in its own right which can make an independent contribution to
strategy and leadership
Kotler and Rath suggest that good design differentiates companies and makes
products stand out from the crowd Innovative design opens up new markets Clever
design rekindles interest for products in a mature market Well-designed products
commimicate quality and value to the consumer It enhances the products appeal and
attractiveness making selection by the consumer easier a summary of the marketing
benefits of design is as follows (a) Enhances product and service quality (b)
Differentiates products and services (c) Markets products and services and enhances
company image (d) Lowers production andor maintenance costs (e) Adds to the
creativity (f) Intellectual property and competence of the company
Rundh^^ concluded that the Packagings importance as a marketing tool has
increased due to increased importance of buying decisions at the store the role of brand
building by media advertising growing management recognition of packagings ability to
create differentiation and new media habits 9R
Schoorsman and others opine that the packaging research has focused on its
general characteristics and design influence on product evaluation communication
aspects the impact of size on usage use as a source of profit the perceptual processes for
design and visual impact on consumer attention categorisation and evaluation
42
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Sagar and Kumar have drawn the opinion on package which is the face of a
product Packaging involves the activities of designing and producing the container and
wrapper for the product Up to three levels of material may be used in packaging ie
primary package secondary package and shipping package
Kotler argued that the many marketers have called the packaging a fifth P the
other four Ps are Product Price Place and Promotion So packaging is used as a
marketing tool Well-designed packages can create convenience and promotional values
Etzel and others^ opine that the packing serves several purposes such as
protecting the product on its way to the consumer protecting the product after it is
purchased helping to gain acceptance of the product helping to persuade consumers to
buy the product supporting self-service consumer affluence company and brand
recognition and innovation opportunity
Kotler concluded that initially packaging was intended largely to provide
protection to the product With its increasing significance in marketing it has become a
major factor in gaining customers
Etzel and others 2005 opine that the Packaging is criticized largely because of its
environmental impact on depleting natural resources certain form of packages have
health hazards and there is problem of disposal of packages some packages are
deceptive others are expensive Marketing executives have to address these criticisms
They must enhance the positive features of packaging like product protection consumer
convenience and marketing support
Schreiber has drawn the conclusion that to remain competitive in the market
packaging strategies should be reviewed annually
Parker opine that the Packaging is a key component of marketing According to
recent studies by the Point of Purchase and Advertisement Institute (POPAI) which
indicate that 70 of consumers buying decisions are made at the point of sale
Pandey also claims that impulse purchase is increasing rapidly The package is a
very effective tool for influencing impulse purchasing
Further Kundu and Sehrawet showed that consumers feel that the package is
very helpftjl in identifying and distinguishing products As people become time prone
they are more prone to impulsive buying The unplanned purchase is a large source of
revenue The power of the package is an important element of unplanned purchasing no
The study by Sivan has shown that 18 buying decisions are influenced by
advertisements
43
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mehta suggests that the efficiency of traditional approaches appears to be
reducing year by year and the effectiveness of modem marketing tool like packaging is
increasing rapidly
Phillips argues that the modem consumer is more educated more sophisticated
and more cynical As a result of this the consumers are postponing their decision making
until at the point of purchase In turn this has led to an increase in impulse purchase and
brand switching and consequently a decline in the power of branding and traditional
marketing approaches So the importance of marketing communications by making use of
the packaging has increased
Narayanan claims that a large part of the population has started to give higher
importance to health and hygiene which is leading to an increased demand for packaged
goods and a shift from loose buying
The spread of education particularly among housewives has swung the trend in
purchasing from loose to pre-packaged and branded products from tea to ketchup and
noodles The market share of packaged edible oil has increased from 20 in 1998 to 26
in 2005 Todays consumers are finding packagmg as value addition [The Times of India
(TOI)2005]
Ramaswamy and Namakumari ^ conclude that packaging must be able to stand out
from other packages This can be accomplished by the use of colour shape copy
trademark logo or additional features This aspect of packaging was exploited by
Hindustan Levers Le Sancy soap with its unique bean shape which was packaged in
transparent polj^hene to exhibit its shape Customers could experience the unique shape
colour and appearance for the first time in the product of soap This package strongly
influenced the high trail purchases
In their earlier study Alsop and Abrams found that ease of storage is one of the
important features of package in influencing buying decisions
Ajarekar has come with the conclusion that the package must be able to
communicate its message to the buyers All the necessary information must be clearly
visible and highlighted by colour or design to make direct and indirect communication
effective
Ramaswami and Namakumari^ argue that it is necessary to assess the reaction of
consumers to a package periodically and adapt it accordingly Consumers may have their
own preferences covering (a) package size (b) package shape (c) packaging materials
used (d) package graphics etc Marketers must assess consumer preferences on the one
44
Chapter 2 Literature Review
hand and cost and availability aspects on the other hand in order to provide the consumer
with the best possible package An effective package can be an efficient mass-selling
medium and it is often worth more attention and money that are now devoted to it by most
companies
According to the study of Alsop and Abrams 19 of consumers refiised to buy
the brand in a poor package again while 24 said they would buy it cautiously or in a
different type of package Their research further revealed that most important package
characteristics to consumers are storage life of any unused portion the ability to recognize
the contents by looking at the package and its graphics resalability and ease of storage
Shapiro^ has given the opinion that increased competition is forcing brand
managers of consumer goods to alter the portfolio of the package sizes they offer
Although some managers assume that larger package sizes encourage consumers to use
more (per usage occasion) than smaller package sizes and these assumptions are
becoming a source of controversy They suggest that compared to small packages large
packages might be expected to encourage greater use because consumers would be less
concerned about running out of the product The greater the supply of a product (eg
large package) the lower the transaction (replacement) costs for using the product and the
greater the volume people are willing to use Another possible reason that has not yet been
investigated is that unit costs often vary inversely with package size Because products
from large packages are generally less expensive (per unit) than those from small
packages They may be used in greater volume
Hoch has concluded that the large packages of familiar branded products
encourage more use than do small packages The study shows that as the size of a package
increases so does the volume of the product that a person uses And also the notion that
perceptions of a packages imit cost can influence usage and operate independently of the
package size itself
Mitchell^ says that a successful brand could gain impetus from irmovative
products andor process Product innovations may be in the form of product improvements
or development of new products Process innovation is the improvement in the operation
process integration of the operation steps leading to reductions in cycle time or
reductions in the number of process steps that improve the operations efficiency and
effectiveness However the importance of irmovation or simply admiring its usefulness
will not serve the dream of being innovative A firm needs to have a strategic know-how
system in place to put the mnovations into use
45 i
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Fraser^^has argued that the innovation can be one of the ways that marketers can
differentiate themselves from their competitors The creation of an innovative
productservice can potentially provide marketers with a sustainable competitive
advantage
Webster^ draws the conclusion that the innovation refers to the extent of the
unique product service process or approach a firm is able to achieve Innovation is
concerned not only with the finished product but also with the value-creating processes
23 PRICING Shapiro argued that pricing is an important decision area of marketing It is the
only element of the marketing mix that generates revenue and all the other elements
involve cost Price is also one of the most important market place indicators
Lichtenstein Ridgway and Netemeyer opine that the all pervasive influence of
price is due to the fact that the price factor is present in all purchase situations and
represents to all consumers Although it is believed that price serves as an indicator of
quality there exists no general price-perceived quality relationship
Erickson and Johansson in their final conclusion that the price becomes a less
important indicator of quality in the presence of other product quality indicators such as
brand name or store image
Zeithaml^^says that the use of price as an indicator of quality depends on the
following The availability of other indicators to quality (a) The price variation within a
product class (b) The product quality variation within a product category (c) The
level of consumer awareness about price (d) The consumers ability to distinguish quality
variation in a product group
Scitovsky^ argued that the price is identified as an important index of quality In
his view the word cheap usually means inferior quality
Leavitt^^observed that in one of the pioneering studies on price-perceived quality
relationship the buyers tended to have doubts when they chose the lower priced brands
than in the case of higher-priced brands He concluded that a higher price might
sometimes increase the buyers readiness to buy
46
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Gabor and Granger^^ concluded that the price would be an indicator of quality for
commodities such as textile products where quality cannot be ascertained by sight and
where owing to changes in technology and fashion past experience was of little use
McConnell^^ examined the relationship between price and the quality of beer
which is a frequently purchased consumer product He found that the buyers used price as
an indicator of product quality With a homogeneous product and various unknown brand
names buyers perceived the highest-priced brand to be of better quality than the other two
brands He concluded that price without any other indicator was an effective measure for
brand evaluation However Shapiro warned marketers that the concept of price as an
indicator of quality should not be applied indiscriminately in making pricing decisions
In an experimental study Gardener explored the degree of price-quality
relationship for three products toothpaste a mans shirt and a suit He concluded that
while price did not affect the perception of product quality in case of all the three
products whether branded or not it did affect the willingness to buy a shirt
Lambert^ says that the Consumer choices regarding price might be influenced by
the following product-specific factors (a) Buyers confidence in the predictive value of
price (b) Perceived consequences of making a poor brand choice (c) Amount of
brand-to-brand variation in product quality (d) Social importance of the product (e)
Difficulty encountered in making quality judgments (f) Ability to assess product quality cry
Shapiro sought to determine whether price would act as a communicator of
quality and ascertain the reasons for consumers judging the product quality by price by
determining the correlates of price reliance It was found that for most of the dimensions
such as quality durability looks or fragrance the number of buyers ranking the high-
priced product better than the low-priced product was greater than the number of buyers
ranking the low-priced product better than the high priced product
In the final opinion of Shivdasani on price and quality is that they are linked
together in the mind of the consumer Price plays different roles in the purchase-decision
process In traditional economic theory since higher price has a negative impact on the
consumers budget price has a negative influence on his buying decision
Monroe and Krishnan opine that a behavioral perspective price may be
perceived as a product quality indicator Therefore price may be viewed either as an
indicator of sacrifice or as an indicator of quality or both
Rao and Monroe ^ found that price increase might play a positive or a negative
role in the purchase-decision process People are more likely to use price as an indicator 47
Chapter 2 Literature Review
of quality for expensive products As price increases the risk of an incorrect decision
increases and the buyer is often less familiar with the product because of the infrequency
of purchase
In the Indian scenario Mehta Parasuraman and Ambarish Kumar^^ conducted an
experimental study to find out the relationship between quality and price and to examine
the consumers brand choice with respect to ready-made shirts The study indicated that a
majority of the buyers perceived some quality difference between the two shirts which
were identical in all respects except for the brand names The study revealed that the name
of a well-known brand induced the consumers to be favourably disposed towards that
brand in terms of quality and price perception and they were willing to pay a higher price
for the well-known brand
24 PROMOTION
According to Kotler^^ sales promotion consists of a diverse collection of incentive
tools mostly short-term designed to stimulate quicker andor greater purchase of
particular productsservices by consumers or the trade
Roger Strang has given a more simplistic definition ie sales promotions are
short-term incentives to encourage purchase or sales of a product or service Hence any
forms of incentives (price cut or value added nature) offered for short period either to
trade or consumers are considered as sales promotion activities
Blattberg and others opine that Sales promotions are action-focused marketing
events whose purpose is to have a direct impact on the behavior of the firms customers
There are three major types of sales promotions consumer promotions retailer
promotions and trade promotions Consumer promotions are promotions offered by
manufacturers directly to consumers Retailer promotions are promotions offered by
retailers to consumers Trade promotions are promotions offered by manufacturers to
retailers or other trade entities
Huff and Alden observe that throughout the world sales promotions offered to
consumers are an integral part of the marketing mix for many consumer products
Marketing managers use price-oriented promotions such as coupons rebates and price
discounts to increase sales and market share entice consumers to trial and encourage
them to switch brands or stores Non-price promotions such as sweepstakes fi-equent user
clubs and premiums add excitement and value to brands and may increase brand
attractiveness In addition consumers like promotions They provide utilitarian benefits
such as monetary savings increased quality (higher quality products become attainable)
48
J
Chapter 2 Literature Review
and convenience as well as hedonistic benefits such as entertainment exploration and
self-expression
Aradhna Krishna and others^ opine that sales promotions have become a vital tool
for marketers and its importance has been increasing significantly over the years In India
sales promotions expenditure by various marketing companies is estimated to be Rs 5000
crore and the emphasis on sales promotion activities by the Indian industry has increased
by 500 to 600 percent during the last 3 to 5 years (Economic Times June 15 2003) In the
year 2001 there were as many as 2050 promotional schemes in the Rs 80000 crore
FMCG Industry
Kotler opine that the given the growing importance of sales promotion there has
been considerable interest in the effect of sales promotion on different dimensions such as
consumers price perceptions brand choice brand switching behaviour evaluation of
brand equity and effect on brand perception and so on One of the purposes of a consumer
promotion is to elicit a direct impact on the purchase behaviour of the firms customers
Blattberg Bnesch and Fox emphasise that research evidence suggests that sales
promotions positively affect shot-term sales Research on price promotion has consistently
reported high sales effect and high price elasticity for brands which are on promotion
Aradhna Krishna says that the studies have shown that price promotions enhance
brand substitution within a product category affect aggregate sales and significantly
affect stock piling and purchase acceleration However there have also been studies that
suggest that sales promotion affects brand perceptions Researchers have found out that
promotions especially price promotions have negative effect on brand equity
In a study Schultz^ argues that over dependence on promotions can erode
consumers price-value equation
The result of a study by Jeddi indicates that in the long term advertising has a
positive effect on brand equity where as price promotions have negative effects
Similarly Yoo and others^ opine that based on structural equation model
suggests that frequent price promotions such as price deals are related to low brand
equity where as high advertising spending high price and high distribution intensity are
related to high brand equity There is also a managerial belief that if a brand is supported
with frequent promotional offers the equity of the brand tends to get diluted
Yoo and others have argued on the contrary that there have also been studies that
indicate brands benefit from promotions Among all the elements of marketing mix sales
promotions have long-term influence on brand equity
49 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mariola amp Elena suggested that monetary and non-monetary promotions are
useful to create brand equity because of their positive effect on brand knowledge
structures
Barbara Khan and Jagmohan Raju^deg encompass that an effect of promotions on
variety seeking and reinforcement behaviour has also been studied The importance of
consumer sales promotion in the marketing mix of the fast moving consumer goods
(FMCG) category throughout the world has increased Companies spend considerable
time in planning such activities However in order to enhance the effectiveness of these
activities manufacturers should understand consumer and retailer perceptions of their
promotional activities
Moreau Aradhana Krishna Bari Harlam^ have given outlook that in India fast
moving consumer goods (FMCG) category has witnessed an outburst of sales promotion
activities in the post-liberalization era and studied differing perceptions with respect to
price promotion from the point of manufacturers retailer and consumers
Campbell and Diamond set up that there have been very few discussions in sales
promotion literature about how different types of promotions may be classified One
dimension which has been suggested to classify different promotions is the price versus
non-price nature of the promotion
Cooke has given the opinion that the Price promotions are defined as
promotions such as coupons cents off refunds and rebates that temporarily reduce the
cost of the goods or service These promotions focus on the reduced economic outlay
required to obtain a good or service
Cooke states that the Non-price promotions has defined as promotions such as
giveaways or contests in which value is temporarily added to the product at full price
Although a wide variety of price and non-price promotions are launched in the market
Blattberg and others view that the most of the academic research on promotions
has focused on price promotions namely price offs and coupon offers
Smith and Sinha presented that the promotional tools such as free gift offers
exfra product offers are increasingly being used in the market place In recent years
researchers have started comparing consumer response to different promotions eg price
promotion versus premium promotion or extra product promotion versus price promotion
These researchers have found that different types of promotions create differential
response from the consumers
50
p
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld and Sasser have originated that the customer retention helps increase
revenue through increases in sales volume andor premium prices as well as reducing the
expenses or costs of generating those revenues An increase in retention rate has been
argued to have led to a corresponding increase in profit
Reichheld has identified six economic benefits of retaining customers (1)
savings on customers acquisition or replacement costs (2) a guarantee of base profits as
existing customers are likely to have a minimum spend per period (3) growth in per-
customer revenue as over a period of time existing customers are likely to earn more
have more varied needs and spend more (4) a reduction in relative operating costs as the
firms can spread the cost over many more customers and over a longer period (5) free of
charge referrals of new customers from existing customers which would otherwise be
costly in terms of commissions or introductory fees and (6) price premiums as existing
customers do not usually wait for promotions or price reductions before deciding to
purchase in particular with new models or versions of existing products
Reichheld has given the opinion that even if not all customers prefer long-term
relationships there are those who prefer stable long-term relationships inherently spend
more pay promptly and require less service Long-serving employees generate several
economic benefits not only that they are much better at finding and recruiting the best
customers but they retain customers by producing better products and value and they are
sources of customer referrals
Reichheld^ offered strategies that measure retention in terms of both crude and
weighted rates This involves interviewing former customers customer complaints and
service data and identifying switching behaviour With the use of computers firms should
have little difficulty in calculating and reporting both crude and weighted rates In
addition to measuring retention firms should consider interviewing former customers in
order to learn their reasons for defecting Customer defections may have been caused not
by the firm itself but by factors beyond its control
Reichheld^ identified six types of defectors (1) price - for a lower price (2)
product -for a superior product (3) service - for a better service (4) market - for a
different market for example a transport company which has moved out of road haulage
and therefore no longer buys trailers (5) technological - a customer that has converted
from using one technology to another and (6) organizational - switches due to political
pressure
5 1 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Rosenberg and Czepiel^^ have orated that it is probably unreaUstic to expect all
customers to stay indefinitely Not only do customers buy on a portfolio basis but firms
have to accept that a proportion of their customers will leave from time to time for a
number of reasons A strategy that would enable firms to cope with this situation is
customer portfolio management It involves an analysis of the firms customer portfolio
with a view to creating a specified balance of customer groups before reorganizing the
firm for customer retention Some examples of retention tactics are giving product extras
reinforcing promotions providing sales force connections providmg specialized
distribution and providing post-purchase communication Reorganization for customer
retention involves setting an acceptable target for customer turnover establishing
executive accountability for keeping customers and improving internal coordination by
targeting promotional strategies towaids repeat usage
25 DISTRIBUTION
Stem El-Ansary and Coughlan have concluded that the distribution intensity has
been commonly defined as the number of intermediaries used by a manufacturer within its
trade areas Ideal distribution intensity would make a brand available widely enough to
satisfy but not exceed target customers needs because over saturation increases
marketing costs without providing benefits The use of too few intermediaries can limit a
brands level of exposure in the marketplace However using too many intermediaries can
be detrimental to the brands image and its competitive position Exclusive distribution
in relation to intensive distribution has been examined in the economics literature In
opposition to traditional economic theory many economists now argue that exclusive
distribution can have pre-competitive effects when intermediary support is critical to the
success of the brand High distribution intensity may promote sales in the short run but
long-term results are less clear
It is evident from the above review that the works on marketing strategies throw
light mainly on general theme of and functional aspect of marketing strategies and
elements of marketing mix
26 MARKET ORIENTATION
There are several studies on consumer orientation of marketing retention of
consumers relationship marketing and consumer involvement and related reports which
52
Chapter 2 Literature Review
have gained a prominent place in formulation of marketing strategies A brief review of
literature on the above aspects is given below
Ruekert has given the opinion that for over 40 years the marketing concept has
been described as being the management philosophy that focuses on satisfying customer
needs and wants based on customer knowledge Recently however within the academic
literature increasing attention has been given to the concept of market orientation This
revival of the attention for a market orientation has been driven by enviroimiental
changes a more competitive international market place increasing pace of changing
technology a shortening of product life cycles and a decrease in customer loyalty
Kohli and others are given the opinion that empirical evidences support that the
market orientation is positively associated with superior performance As a result
businesses recognise that a focus on the customer and the markets they serve may result in
long-run competitive advantage and superior profitability
Days^^ opinion on market orientation is represented in three principal features
ie a set of beliefs that put the customers interest first the ability of the organisation to
generate disseminate and use superior information about customers and competitors and
the coordinated application of inter functional resources to the creation of superior
customer value
In the final opinion of Webster^ on market oriented organisation marketing is no
longer the sole responsibility of specialists Rather everyone in the firm is responsible for
understanding customers and delivering superior customer value
This study has been performed in order to gain insight into the extent to which
KSampDL maintains a marketing orientation in responding to enviroimiental changes and
into the relationship between marketing orientation and performance This project aims at
examining the marketing environment approaches to marketing the organisation and
responsibility for marketing activities and the marketing strategies adopted by KSampDL
Customer retention can be seen as the mirror image of customer defection where a
high retention rate has the same significance as a low defection rate Defining customer
retention in terms of percentage share of customer savings borrowing spending or
purchasing may be more usefial instead of in terms of the absolute numbers of customers OR
Storbacka found that 20 of their customer base accounted for 90 of their total
customer base profitability Hence customers ftom the remaining 80 of the customer
base were either unprofitable or contributed to an insignificant amoimt of profit
53
bdquo ir
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^^ concluded that the high proportion of new customers could bring
down the rate of retention and vice versa Moreover defection rates tend to be much
higher for new customers than long tenure customers
Reichheld^ and Dawkins have found that the tangible advantages of retaining
customers into prominence They claimed that a 5 increase in retention rate led to an
increase in the net present value of customers of between 25 and 85 in a wide range of
industries from credit card to insurance brokerage and from motor services to office
building management Despite its potential benefits customer retention did not obtain
much attention in strategic or marketing plaiming processes
The end goal of a firms marketing activities is making profit Fornell and
Wemerfelt^^ emphasized that marketing resources may be better spent on keeping
existing customers than acquiring new ones This was based on the assumption that
existing customers are profitable and they cost less to keep than to replace Firms
therefore have to be aware of the profitability of not just their products but also their
customers
BlattbergRC and Deighton J ^ Customer retention clearly deserves some
attention and should form a part of a firms strategic marketing goals rather than simply
being seen as the end result of good marketing management
Reichheld^ has given the opinion that the objective of many marketing strategies
in the last 10 years has been building the customers commitment to a brand or a dealer
This has taken three forms (a) Creating customer satisfaction - delivering superior quality
products and services (b) Building brand equity - the sum of the intangible assets of a
brand Factors that contribute to this are name awareness perceived quality brand
loyalty the associations consumers have towards the brand trademarks packaging and
marketing channel presence
Peppers and Rogers opine that creating and maintaining relationships - Success
with any of these strategies will result in high levels of repeat purchase insulation from
price increases and improved responsiveness to marketing communications by customers
Relationship marketing sought to build interdependence between partners and relied on
one-to-one communications historically delivered through the sales force With the
grov^^h of marketing databases and the Internet the ability to reach customers individually
became a viable strategy for a wide range of firms including consumer products
companies
54
r
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^ claimed that even small improvements in customer retention can as
much as double company profits This is because 1 It costs less to serve long-term
customers 2 Loyal customers will pay a price premium 3 Loyal customers will generate
word of-mouth referrals to other prospective customers
Finn^deg^ argues that though consumer involvement can take place at various levels
other than product level of motivation results from product attributes and relatedness of
the product to the consumers psycho social wants and needs It has also been identified
that products which are highly priced having complex features and high perceived risk
generate high involvement levels from the consumers
Saxena^ has concluded that the consumers express low involvement levels for
products which are generally low priced have simple features and low perceived risk
Thus the level of consumer involvement is dependent on the product
Alreck^ in his argument says that the age affects consumers self concept and life
styles and carries with it culturally defined behavioral and attitudinal norms Age
determines the consumption of various products media and shopping centers and has
been used by marketers to segment the markets
Jain and Sharma^ have found that the age also influences the level of consumer
involvement Though age forms a part of ones stage of family life cycle yet it is in itself
an important factor for various Products
Sanjay^deg has argued that men and women possess unique personality traits
interests knowledge judgment capabilities and social status Hence both sexes process
and evaluate products differently
Jain and Sharma^ have initiated that there are differences in the involvement
levels for various products between men and women
Jain and Sharma have concluded that the income of the family combined with
familys accumulated wealth determines the purchasing power However income enables
purchases but does not generally cause or explain them It is likely that the occupation and
education dnectly influence the preferences for products media and activities Income
provides the means to acquire them Occupation is strongly related to education and
income Various studies have found differences in consumption of products with
differences in the occupations
Jain and Sharma have gathered a minimal support for the argument that
consumer involvement differs for differences in consumers occupation However it may
55
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Augmented product - refers to the product characteristics that surpass the
customers expectations (for example road assistance)
Potential product - refers to those characteristics that could be added to the
product in the future and offer customer delight
Nowadays companies are competing at the augmented product level In other
words they try to differentiate their offerings by providing product characteristics that are
beyond the expected functional features
According to Kotler product hierarchy comprises the following five categories
Need family - the basic need underlying the existence of a product family (for example
security)
Product family - all the product classes that can satisfy a basic need effectively (for
example savings and income)
Product class or category - a group of products within a product family (for example
investment products)
Product line - a group of products within a product class which are closely related
because they are targeted to the market through the same distribution
channels or are priced within a specific range (for example investment
accounts)
Product type mdash a group of items within a product line that function in a similar manner
(for example capital guaranteed accounts)
Brand-the name of a product (for example Dunbar Bank)
Item - a unit within a brand or product line which is distinguished by size price or some
other characteristic of element
Product hierarchy provides the different levels at which a product should be
managed For example product line management is associated with different decisions
compared to brand management
Montoya-Weiss and Calantone^^concluded that Launching new products can be an
attractive growth strategy however this is not without risks Some estimate that 30-35
of all new products fail while others are even more pessimistic citing that only two out of
ten new launches succeed
Aaker in his final opinion discusses that due to factors such as high advertising
costs and the increasing competition for shelf space it has become difficult to succeed
with new products in an increasingly popular approach to reducing risk when launching
new products is to follow a brand extension strategy
41
Chapter 2 Literature Review
As per the opine of Beverland and Veryzer Managing design is an aspect of
marketings activities but relatively little is known about the relationship between
marketing and design At one level marketing requires design expertise to meet user
needs and communicate brand values through a series of elements like products packs
corporate identity and advertising Design is fundamental to business success and
competitiveness To exploit new markets to retain or recapture their share of world
markets producers have to develop new products and services that consumers want
Whatever the marketing goals - holding onto market share increasing market share or
entering a new market - it is investment in design and product development that produces
the new or updatedredesigned products or services packaging and communications that
helps to achieve these goals
Olins suggests that design is the visual orientation of marketing and conveys in
particular brand values to the consumer But this is more traditional approach of design
as a functional resource to aid marketing And also design is becoming more broadly
viewed as a creative asset in its own right which can make an independent contribution to
strategy and leadership
Kotler and Rath suggest that good design differentiates companies and makes
products stand out from the crowd Innovative design opens up new markets Clever
design rekindles interest for products in a mature market Well-designed products
commimicate quality and value to the consumer It enhances the products appeal and
attractiveness making selection by the consumer easier a summary of the marketing
benefits of design is as follows (a) Enhances product and service quality (b)
Differentiates products and services (c) Markets products and services and enhances
company image (d) Lowers production andor maintenance costs (e) Adds to the
creativity (f) Intellectual property and competence of the company
Rundh^^ concluded that the Packagings importance as a marketing tool has
increased due to increased importance of buying decisions at the store the role of brand
building by media advertising growing management recognition of packagings ability to
create differentiation and new media habits 9R
Schoorsman and others opine that the packaging research has focused on its
general characteristics and design influence on product evaluation communication
aspects the impact of size on usage use as a source of profit the perceptual processes for
design and visual impact on consumer attention categorisation and evaluation
42
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Sagar and Kumar have drawn the opinion on package which is the face of a
product Packaging involves the activities of designing and producing the container and
wrapper for the product Up to three levels of material may be used in packaging ie
primary package secondary package and shipping package
Kotler argued that the many marketers have called the packaging a fifth P the
other four Ps are Product Price Place and Promotion So packaging is used as a
marketing tool Well-designed packages can create convenience and promotional values
Etzel and others^ opine that the packing serves several purposes such as
protecting the product on its way to the consumer protecting the product after it is
purchased helping to gain acceptance of the product helping to persuade consumers to
buy the product supporting self-service consumer affluence company and brand
recognition and innovation opportunity
Kotler concluded that initially packaging was intended largely to provide
protection to the product With its increasing significance in marketing it has become a
major factor in gaining customers
Etzel and others 2005 opine that the Packaging is criticized largely because of its
environmental impact on depleting natural resources certain form of packages have
health hazards and there is problem of disposal of packages some packages are
deceptive others are expensive Marketing executives have to address these criticisms
They must enhance the positive features of packaging like product protection consumer
convenience and marketing support
Schreiber has drawn the conclusion that to remain competitive in the market
packaging strategies should be reviewed annually
Parker opine that the Packaging is a key component of marketing According to
recent studies by the Point of Purchase and Advertisement Institute (POPAI) which
indicate that 70 of consumers buying decisions are made at the point of sale
Pandey also claims that impulse purchase is increasing rapidly The package is a
very effective tool for influencing impulse purchasing
Further Kundu and Sehrawet showed that consumers feel that the package is
very helpftjl in identifying and distinguishing products As people become time prone
they are more prone to impulsive buying The unplanned purchase is a large source of
revenue The power of the package is an important element of unplanned purchasing no
The study by Sivan has shown that 18 buying decisions are influenced by
advertisements
43
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mehta suggests that the efficiency of traditional approaches appears to be
reducing year by year and the effectiveness of modem marketing tool like packaging is
increasing rapidly
Phillips argues that the modem consumer is more educated more sophisticated
and more cynical As a result of this the consumers are postponing their decision making
until at the point of purchase In turn this has led to an increase in impulse purchase and
brand switching and consequently a decline in the power of branding and traditional
marketing approaches So the importance of marketing communications by making use of
the packaging has increased
Narayanan claims that a large part of the population has started to give higher
importance to health and hygiene which is leading to an increased demand for packaged
goods and a shift from loose buying
The spread of education particularly among housewives has swung the trend in
purchasing from loose to pre-packaged and branded products from tea to ketchup and
noodles The market share of packaged edible oil has increased from 20 in 1998 to 26
in 2005 Todays consumers are finding packagmg as value addition [The Times of India
(TOI)2005]
Ramaswamy and Namakumari ^ conclude that packaging must be able to stand out
from other packages This can be accomplished by the use of colour shape copy
trademark logo or additional features This aspect of packaging was exploited by
Hindustan Levers Le Sancy soap with its unique bean shape which was packaged in
transparent polj^hene to exhibit its shape Customers could experience the unique shape
colour and appearance for the first time in the product of soap This package strongly
influenced the high trail purchases
In their earlier study Alsop and Abrams found that ease of storage is one of the
important features of package in influencing buying decisions
Ajarekar has come with the conclusion that the package must be able to
communicate its message to the buyers All the necessary information must be clearly
visible and highlighted by colour or design to make direct and indirect communication
effective
Ramaswami and Namakumari^ argue that it is necessary to assess the reaction of
consumers to a package periodically and adapt it accordingly Consumers may have their
own preferences covering (a) package size (b) package shape (c) packaging materials
used (d) package graphics etc Marketers must assess consumer preferences on the one
44
Chapter 2 Literature Review
hand and cost and availability aspects on the other hand in order to provide the consumer
with the best possible package An effective package can be an efficient mass-selling
medium and it is often worth more attention and money that are now devoted to it by most
companies
According to the study of Alsop and Abrams 19 of consumers refiised to buy
the brand in a poor package again while 24 said they would buy it cautiously or in a
different type of package Their research further revealed that most important package
characteristics to consumers are storage life of any unused portion the ability to recognize
the contents by looking at the package and its graphics resalability and ease of storage
Shapiro^ has given the opinion that increased competition is forcing brand
managers of consumer goods to alter the portfolio of the package sizes they offer
Although some managers assume that larger package sizes encourage consumers to use
more (per usage occasion) than smaller package sizes and these assumptions are
becoming a source of controversy They suggest that compared to small packages large
packages might be expected to encourage greater use because consumers would be less
concerned about running out of the product The greater the supply of a product (eg
large package) the lower the transaction (replacement) costs for using the product and the
greater the volume people are willing to use Another possible reason that has not yet been
investigated is that unit costs often vary inversely with package size Because products
from large packages are generally less expensive (per unit) than those from small
packages They may be used in greater volume
Hoch has concluded that the large packages of familiar branded products
encourage more use than do small packages The study shows that as the size of a package
increases so does the volume of the product that a person uses And also the notion that
perceptions of a packages imit cost can influence usage and operate independently of the
package size itself
Mitchell^ says that a successful brand could gain impetus from irmovative
products andor process Product innovations may be in the form of product improvements
or development of new products Process innovation is the improvement in the operation
process integration of the operation steps leading to reductions in cycle time or
reductions in the number of process steps that improve the operations efficiency and
effectiveness However the importance of irmovation or simply admiring its usefulness
will not serve the dream of being innovative A firm needs to have a strategic know-how
system in place to put the mnovations into use
45 i
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Fraser^^has argued that the innovation can be one of the ways that marketers can
differentiate themselves from their competitors The creation of an innovative
productservice can potentially provide marketers with a sustainable competitive
advantage
Webster^ draws the conclusion that the innovation refers to the extent of the
unique product service process or approach a firm is able to achieve Innovation is
concerned not only with the finished product but also with the value-creating processes
23 PRICING Shapiro argued that pricing is an important decision area of marketing It is the
only element of the marketing mix that generates revenue and all the other elements
involve cost Price is also one of the most important market place indicators
Lichtenstein Ridgway and Netemeyer opine that the all pervasive influence of
price is due to the fact that the price factor is present in all purchase situations and
represents to all consumers Although it is believed that price serves as an indicator of
quality there exists no general price-perceived quality relationship
Erickson and Johansson in their final conclusion that the price becomes a less
important indicator of quality in the presence of other product quality indicators such as
brand name or store image
Zeithaml^^says that the use of price as an indicator of quality depends on the
following The availability of other indicators to quality (a) The price variation within a
product class (b) The product quality variation within a product category (c) The
level of consumer awareness about price (d) The consumers ability to distinguish quality
variation in a product group
Scitovsky^ argued that the price is identified as an important index of quality In
his view the word cheap usually means inferior quality
Leavitt^^observed that in one of the pioneering studies on price-perceived quality
relationship the buyers tended to have doubts when they chose the lower priced brands
than in the case of higher-priced brands He concluded that a higher price might
sometimes increase the buyers readiness to buy
46
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Gabor and Granger^^ concluded that the price would be an indicator of quality for
commodities such as textile products where quality cannot be ascertained by sight and
where owing to changes in technology and fashion past experience was of little use
McConnell^^ examined the relationship between price and the quality of beer
which is a frequently purchased consumer product He found that the buyers used price as
an indicator of product quality With a homogeneous product and various unknown brand
names buyers perceived the highest-priced brand to be of better quality than the other two
brands He concluded that price without any other indicator was an effective measure for
brand evaluation However Shapiro warned marketers that the concept of price as an
indicator of quality should not be applied indiscriminately in making pricing decisions
In an experimental study Gardener explored the degree of price-quality
relationship for three products toothpaste a mans shirt and a suit He concluded that
while price did not affect the perception of product quality in case of all the three
products whether branded or not it did affect the willingness to buy a shirt
Lambert^ says that the Consumer choices regarding price might be influenced by
the following product-specific factors (a) Buyers confidence in the predictive value of
price (b) Perceived consequences of making a poor brand choice (c) Amount of
brand-to-brand variation in product quality (d) Social importance of the product (e)
Difficulty encountered in making quality judgments (f) Ability to assess product quality cry
Shapiro sought to determine whether price would act as a communicator of
quality and ascertain the reasons for consumers judging the product quality by price by
determining the correlates of price reliance It was found that for most of the dimensions
such as quality durability looks or fragrance the number of buyers ranking the high-
priced product better than the low-priced product was greater than the number of buyers
ranking the low-priced product better than the high priced product
In the final opinion of Shivdasani on price and quality is that they are linked
together in the mind of the consumer Price plays different roles in the purchase-decision
process In traditional economic theory since higher price has a negative impact on the
consumers budget price has a negative influence on his buying decision
Monroe and Krishnan opine that a behavioral perspective price may be
perceived as a product quality indicator Therefore price may be viewed either as an
indicator of sacrifice or as an indicator of quality or both
Rao and Monroe ^ found that price increase might play a positive or a negative
role in the purchase-decision process People are more likely to use price as an indicator 47
Chapter 2 Literature Review
of quality for expensive products As price increases the risk of an incorrect decision
increases and the buyer is often less familiar with the product because of the infrequency
of purchase
In the Indian scenario Mehta Parasuraman and Ambarish Kumar^^ conducted an
experimental study to find out the relationship between quality and price and to examine
the consumers brand choice with respect to ready-made shirts The study indicated that a
majority of the buyers perceived some quality difference between the two shirts which
were identical in all respects except for the brand names The study revealed that the name
of a well-known brand induced the consumers to be favourably disposed towards that
brand in terms of quality and price perception and they were willing to pay a higher price
for the well-known brand
24 PROMOTION
According to Kotler^^ sales promotion consists of a diverse collection of incentive
tools mostly short-term designed to stimulate quicker andor greater purchase of
particular productsservices by consumers or the trade
Roger Strang has given a more simplistic definition ie sales promotions are
short-term incentives to encourage purchase or sales of a product or service Hence any
forms of incentives (price cut or value added nature) offered for short period either to
trade or consumers are considered as sales promotion activities
Blattberg and others opine that Sales promotions are action-focused marketing
events whose purpose is to have a direct impact on the behavior of the firms customers
There are three major types of sales promotions consumer promotions retailer
promotions and trade promotions Consumer promotions are promotions offered by
manufacturers directly to consumers Retailer promotions are promotions offered by
retailers to consumers Trade promotions are promotions offered by manufacturers to
retailers or other trade entities
Huff and Alden observe that throughout the world sales promotions offered to
consumers are an integral part of the marketing mix for many consumer products
Marketing managers use price-oriented promotions such as coupons rebates and price
discounts to increase sales and market share entice consumers to trial and encourage
them to switch brands or stores Non-price promotions such as sweepstakes fi-equent user
clubs and premiums add excitement and value to brands and may increase brand
attractiveness In addition consumers like promotions They provide utilitarian benefits
such as monetary savings increased quality (higher quality products become attainable)
48
J
Chapter 2 Literature Review
and convenience as well as hedonistic benefits such as entertainment exploration and
self-expression
Aradhna Krishna and others^ opine that sales promotions have become a vital tool
for marketers and its importance has been increasing significantly over the years In India
sales promotions expenditure by various marketing companies is estimated to be Rs 5000
crore and the emphasis on sales promotion activities by the Indian industry has increased
by 500 to 600 percent during the last 3 to 5 years (Economic Times June 15 2003) In the
year 2001 there were as many as 2050 promotional schemes in the Rs 80000 crore
FMCG Industry
Kotler opine that the given the growing importance of sales promotion there has
been considerable interest in the effect of sales promotion on different dimensions such as
consumers price perceptions brand choice brand switching behaviour evaluation of
brand equity and effect on brand perception and so on One of the purposes of a consumer
promotion is to elicit a direct impact on the purchase behaviour of the firms customers
Blattberg Bnesch and Fox emphasise that research evidence suggests that sales
promotions positively affect shot-term sales Research on price promotion has consistently
reported high sales effect and high price elasticity for brands which are on promotion
Aradhna Krishna says that the studies have shown that price promotions enhance
brand substitution within a product category affect aggregate sales and significantly
affect stock piling and purchase acceleration However there have also been studies that
suggest that sales promotion affects brand perceptions Researchers have found out that
promotions especially price promotions have negative effect on brand equity
In a study Schultz^ argues that over dependence on promotions can erode
consumers price-value equation
The result of a study by Jeddi indicates that in the long term advertising has a
positive effect on brand equity where as price promotions have negative effects
Similarly Yoo and others^ opine that based on structural equation model
suggests that frequent price promotions such as price deals are related to low brand
equity where as high advertising spending high price and high distribution intensity are
related to high brand equity There is also a managerial belief that if a brand is supported
with frequent promotional offers the equity of the brand tends to get diluted
Yoo and others have argued on the contrary that there have also been studies that
indicate brands benefit from promotions Among all the elements of marketing mix sales
promotions have long-term influence on brand equity
49 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mariola amp Elena suggested that monetary and non-monetary promotions are
useful to create brand equity because of their positive effect on brand knowledge
structures
Barbara Khan and Jagmohan Raju^deg encompass that an effect of promotions on
variety seeking and reinforcement behaviour has also been studied The importance of
consumer sales promotion in the marketing mix of the fast moving consumer goods
(FMCG) category throughout the world has increased Companies spend considerable
time in planning such activities However in order to enhance the effectiveness of these
activities manufacturers should understand consumer and retailer perceptions of their
promotional activities
Moreau Aradhana Krishna Bari Harlam^ have given outlook that in India fast
moving consumer goods (FMCG) category has witnessed an outburst of sales promotion
activities in the post-liberalization era and studied differing perceptions with respect to
price promotion from the point of manufacturers retailer and consumers
Campbell and Diamond set up that there have been very few discussions in sales
promotion literature about how different types of promotions may be classified One
dimension which has been suggested to classify different promotions is the price versus
non-price nature of the promotion
Cooke has given the opinion that the Price promotions are defined as
promotions such as coupons cents off refunds and rebates that temporarily reduce the
cost of the goods or service These promotions focus on the reduced economic outlay
required to obtain a good or service
Cooke states that the Non-price promotions has defined as promotions such as
giveaways or contests in which value is temporarily added to the product at full price
Although a wide variety of price and non-price promotions are launched in the market
Blattberg and others view that the most of the academic research on promotions
has focused on price promotions namely price offs and coupon offers
Smith and Sinha presented that the promotional tools such as free gift offers
exfra product offers are increasingly being used in the market place In recent years
researchers have started comparing consumer response to different promotions eg price
promotion versus premium promotion or extra product promotion versus price promotion
These researchers have found that different types of promotions create differential
response from the consumers
50
p
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld and Sasser have originated that the customer retention helps increase
revenue through increases in sales volume andor premium prices as well as reducing the
expenses or costs of generating those revenues An increase in retention rate has been
argued to have led to a corresponding increase in profit
Reichheld has identified six economic benefits of retaining customers (1)
savings on customers acquisition or replacement costs (2) a guarantee of base profits as
existing customers are likely to have a minimum spend per period (3) growth in per-
customer revenue as over a period of time existing customers are likely to earn more
have more varied needs and spend more (4) a reduction in relative operating costs as the
firms can spread the cost over many more customers and over a longer period (5) free of
charge referrals of new customers from existing customers which would otherwise be
costly in terms of commissions or introductory fees and (6) price premiums as existing
customers do not usually wait for promotions or price reductions before deciding to
purchase in particular with new models or versions of existing products
Reichheld has given the opinion that even if not all customers prefer long-term
relationships there are those who prefer stable long-term relationships inherently spend
more pay promptly and require less service Long-serving employees generate several
economic benefits not only that they are much better at finding and recruiting the best
customers but they retain customers by producing better products and value and they are
sources of customer referrals
Reichheld^ offered strategies that measure retention in terms of both crude and
weighted rates This involves interviewing former customers customer complaints and
service data and identifying switching behaviour With the use of computers firms should
have little difficulty in calculating and reporting both crude and weighted rates In
addition to measuring retention firms should consider interviewing former customers in
order to learn their reasons for defecting Customer defections may have been caused not
by the firm itself but by factors beyond its control
Reichheld^ identified six types of defectors (1) price - for a lower price (2)
product -for a superior product (3) service - for a better service (4) market - for a
different market for example a transport company which has moved out of road haulage
and therefore no longer buys trailers (5) technological - a customer that has converted
from using one technology to another and (6) organizational - switches due to political
pressure
5 1 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Rosenberg and Czepiel^^ have orated that it is probably unreaUstic to expect all
customers to stay indefinitely Not only do customers buy on a portfolio basis but firms
have to accept that a proportion of their customers will leave from time to time for a
number of reasons A strategy that would enable firms to cope with this situation is
customer portfolio management It involves an analysis of the firms customer portfolio
with a view to creating a specified balance of customer groups before reorganizing the
firm for customer retention Some examples of retention tactics are giving product extras
reinforcing promotions providing sales force connections providmg specialized
distribution and providing post-purchase communication Reorganization for customer
retention involves setting an acceptable target for customer turnover establishing
executive accountability for keeping customers and improving internal coordination by
targeting promotional strategies towaids repeat usage
25 DISTRIBUTION
Stem El-Ansary and Coughlan have concluded that the distribution intensity has
been commonly defined as the number of intermediaries used by a manufacturer within its
trade areas Ideal distribution intensity would make a brand available widely enough to
satisfy but not exceed target customers needs because over saturation increases
marketing costs without providing benefits The use of too few intermediaries can limit a
brands level of exposure in the marketplace However using too many intermediaries can
be detrimental to the brands image and its competitive position Exclusive distribution
in relation to intensive distribution has been examined in the economics literature In
opposition to traditional economic theory many economists now argue that exclusive
distribution can have pre-competitive effects when intermediary support is critical to the
success of the brand High distribution intensity may promote sales in the short run but
long-term results are less clear
It is evident from the above review that the works on marketing strategies throw
light mainly on general theme of and functional aspect of marketing strategies and
elements of marketing mix
26 MARKET ORIENTATION
There are several studies on consumer orientation of marketing retention of
consumers relationship marketing and consumer involvement and related reports which
52
Chapter 2 Literature Review
have gained a prominent place in formulation of marketing strategies A brief review of
literature on the above aspects is given below
Ruekert has given the opinion that for over 40 years the marketing concept has
been described as being the management philosophy that focuses on satisfying customer
needs and wants based on customer knowledge Recently however within the academic
literature increasing attention has been given to the concept of market orientation This
revival of the attention for a market orientation has been driven by enviroimiental
changes a more competitive international market place increasing pace of changing
technology a shortening of product life cycles and a decrease in customer loyalty
Kohli and others are given the opinion that empirical evidences support that the
market orientation is positively associated with superior performance As a result
businesses recognise that a focus on the customer and the markets they serve may result in
long-run competitive advantage and superior profitability
Days^^ opinion on market orientation is represented in three principal features
ie a set of beliefs that put the customers interest first the ability of the organisation to
generate disseminate and use superior information about customers and competitors and
the coordinated application of inter functional resources to the creation of superior
customer value
In the final opinion of Webster^ on market oriented organisation marketing is no
longer the sole responsibility of specialists Rather everyone in the firm is responsible for
understanding customers and delivering superior customer value
This study has been performed in order to gain insight into the extent to which
KSampDL maintains a marketing orientation in responding to enviroimiental changes and
into the relationship between marketing orientation and performance This project aims at
examining the marketing environment approaches to marketing the organisation and
responsibility for marketing activities and the marketing strategies adopted by KSampDL
Customer retention can be seen as the mirror image of customer defection where a
high retention rate has the same significance as a low defection rate Defining customer
retention in terms of percentage share of customer savings borrowing spending or
purchasing may be more usefial instead of in terms of the absolute numbers of customers OR
Storbacka found that 20 of their customer base accounted for 90 of their total
customer base profitability Hence customers ftom the remaining 80 of the customer
base were either unprofitable or contributed to an insignificant amoimt of profit
53
bdquo ir
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^^ concluded that the high proportion of new customers could bring
down the rate of retention and vice versa Moreover defection rates tend to be much
higher for new customers than long tenure customers
Reichheld^ and Dawkins have found that the tangible advantages of retaining
customers into prominence They claimed that a 5 increase in retention rate led to an
increase in the net present value of customers of between 25 and 85 in a wide range of
industries from credit card to insurance brokerage and from motor services to office
building management Despite its potential benefits customer retention did not obtain
much attention in strategic or marketing plaiming processes
The end goal of a firms marketing activities is making profit Fornell and
Wemerfelt^^ emphasized that marketing resources may be better spent on keeping
existing customers than acquiring new ones This was based on the assumption that
existing customers are profitable and they cost less to keep than to replace Firms
therefore have to be aware of the profitability of not just their products but also their
customers
BlattbergRC and Deighton J ^ Customer retention clearly deserves some
attention and should form a part of a firms strategic marketing goals rather than simply
being seen as the end result of good marketing management
Reichheld^ has given the opinion that the objective of many marketing strategies
in the last 10 years has been building the customers commitment to a brand or a dealer
This has taken three forms (a) Creating customer satisfaction - delivering superior quality
products and services (b) Building brand equity - the sum of the intangible assets of a
brand Factors that contribute to this are name awareness perceived quality brand
loyalty the associations consumers have towards the brand trademarks packaging and
marketing channel presence
Peppers and Rogers opine that creating and maintaining relationships - Success
with any of these strategies will result in high levels of repeat purchase insulation from
price increases and improved responsiveness to marketing communications by customers
Relationship marketing sought to build interdependence between partners and relied on
one-to-one communications historically delivered through the sales force With the
grov^^h of marketing databases and the Internet the ability to reach customers individually
became a viable strategy for a wide range of firms including consumer products
companies
54
r
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^ claimed that even small improvements in customer retention can as
much as double company profits This is because 1 It costs less to serve long-term
customers 2 Loyal customers will pay a price premium 3 Loyal customers will generate
word of-mouth referrals to other prospective customers
Finn^deg^ argues that though consumer involvement can take place at various levels
other than product level of motivation results from product attributes and relatedness of
the product to the consumers psycho social wants and needs It has also been identified
that products which are highly priced having complex features and high perceived risk
generate high involvement levels from the consumers
Saxena^ has concluded that the consumers express low involvement levels for
products which are generally low priced have simple features and low perceived risk
Thus the level of consumer involvement is dependent on the product
Alreck^ in his argument says that the age affects consumers self concept and life
styles and carries with it culturally defined behavioral and attitudinal norms Age
determines the consumption of various products media and shopping centers and has
been used by marketers to segment the markets
Jain and Sharma^ have found that the age also influences the level of consumer
involvement Though age forms a part of ones stage of family life cycle yet it is in itself
an important factor for various Products
Sanjay^deg has argued that men and women possess unique personality traits
interests knowledge judgment capabilities and social status Hence both sexes process
and evaluate products differently
Jain and Sharma^ have initiated that there are differences in the involvement
levels for various products between men and women
Jain and Sharma have concluded that the income of the family combined with
familys accumulated wealth determines the purchasing power However income enables
purchases but does not generally cause or explain them It is likely that the occupation and
education dnectly influence the preferences for products media and activities Income
provides the means to acquire them Occupation is strongly related to education and
income Various studies have found differences in consumption of products with
differences in the occupations
Jain and Sharma have gathered a minimal support for the argument that
consumer involvement differs for differences in consumers occupation However it may
55
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
As per the opine of Beverland and Veryzer Managing design is an aspect of
marketings activities but relatively little is known about the relationship between
marketing and design At one level marketing requires design expertise to meet user
needs and communicate brand values through a series of elements like products packs
corporate identity and advertising Design is fundamental to business success and
competitiveness To exploit new markets to retain or recapture their share of world
markets producers have to develop new products and services that consumers want
Whatever the marketing goals - holding onto market share increasing market share or
entering a new market - it is investment in design and product development that produces
the new or updatedredesigned products or services packaging and communications that
helps to achieve these goals
Olins suggests that design is the visual orientation of marketing and conveys in
particular brand values to the consumer But this is more traditional approach of design
as a functional resource to aid marketing And also design is becoming more broadly
viewed as a creative asset in its own right which can make an independent contribution to
strategy and leadership
Kotler and Rath suggest that good design differentiates companies and makes
products stand out from the crowd Innovative design opens up new markets Clever
design rekindles interest for products in a mature market Well-designed products
commimicate quality and value to the consumer It enhances the products appeal and
attractiveness making selection by the consumer easier a summary of the marketing
benefits of design is as follows (a) Enhances product and service quality (b)
Differentiates products and services (c) Markets products and services and enhances
company image (d) Lowers production andor maintenance costs (e) Adds to the
creativity (f) Intellectual property and competence of the company
Rundh^^ concluded that the Packagings importance as a marketing tool has
increased due to increased importance of buying decisions at the store the role of brand
building by media advertising growing management recognition of packagings ability to
create differentiation and new media habits 9R
Schoorsman and others opine that the packaging research has focused on its
general characteristics and design influence on product evaluation communication
aspects the impact of size on usage use as a source of profit the perceptual processes for
design and visual impact on consumer attention categorisation and evaluation
42
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Sagar and Kumar have drawn the opinion on package which is the face of a
product Packaging involves the activities of designing and producing the container and
wrapper for the product Up to three levels of material may be used in packaging ie
primary package secondary package and shipping package
Kotler argued that the many marketers have called the packaging a fifth P the
other four Ps are Product Price Place and Promotion So packaging is used as a
marketing tool Well-designed packages can create convenience and promotional values
Etzel and others^ opine that the packing serves several purposes such as
protecting the product on its way to the consumer protecting the product after it is
purchased helping to gain acceptance of the product helping to persuade consumers to
buy the product supporting self-service consumer affluence company and brand
recognition and innovation opportunity
Kotler concluded that initially packaging was intended largely to provide
protection to the product With its increasing significance in marketing it has become a
major factor in gaining customers
Etzel and others 2005 opine that the Packaging is criticized largely because of its
environmental impact on depleting natural resources certain form of packages have
health hazards and there is problem of disposal of packages some packages are
deceptive others are expensive Marketing executives have to address these criticisms
They must enhance the positive features of packaging like product protection consumer
convenience and marketing support
Schreiber has drawn the conclusion that to remain competitive in the market
packaging strategies should be reviewed annually
Parker opine that the Packaging is a key component of marketing According to
recent studies by the Point of Purchase and Advertisement Institute (POPAI) which
indicate that 70 of consumers buying decisions are made at the point of sale
Pandey also claims that impulse purchase is increasing rapidly The package is a
very effective tool for influencing impulse purchasing
Further Kundu and Sehrawet showed that consumers feel that the package is
very helpftjl in identifying and distinguishing products As people become time prone
they are more prone to impulsive buying The unplanned purchase is a large source of
revenue The power of the package is an important element of unplanned purchasing no
The study by Sivan has shown that 18 buying decisions are influenced by
advertisements
43
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mehta suggests that the efficiency of traditional approaches appears to be
reducing year by year and the effectiveness of modem marketing tool like packaging is
increasing rapidly
Phillips argues that the modem consumer is more educated more sophisticated
and more cynical As a result of this the consumers are postponing their decision making
until at the point of purchase In turn this has led to an increase in impulse purchase and
brand switching and consequently a decline in the power of branding and traditional
marketing approaches So the importance of marketing communications by making use of
the packaging has increased
Narayanan claims that a large part of the population has started to give higher
importance to health and hygiene which is leading to an increased demand for packaged
goods and a shift from loose buying
The spread of education particularly among housewives has swung the trend in
purchasing from loose to pre-packaged and branded products from tea to ketchup and
noodles The market share of packaged edible oil has increased from 20 in 1998 to 26
in 2005 Todays consumers are finding packagmg as value addition [The Times of India
(TOI)2005]
Ramaswamy and Namakumari ^ conclude that packaging must be able to stand out
from other packages This can be accomplished by the use of colour shape copy
trademark logo or additional features This aspect of packaging was exploited by
Hindustan Levers Le Sancy soap with its unique bean shape which was packaged in
transparent polj^hene to exhibit its shape Customers could experience the unique shape
colour and appearance for the first time in the product of soap This package strongly
influenced the high trail purchases
In their earlier study Alsop and Abrams found that ease of storage is one of the
important features of package in influencing buying decisions
Ajarekar has come with the conclusion that the package must be able to
communicate its message to the buyers All the necessary information must be clearly
visible and highlighted by colour or design to make direct and indirect communication
effective
Ramaswami and Namakumari^ argue that it is necessary to assess the reaction of
consumers to a package periodically and adapt it accordingly Consumers may have their
own preferences covering (a) package size (b) package shape (c) packaging materials
used (d) package graphics etc Marketers must assess consumer preferences on the one
44
Chapter 2 Literature Review
hand and cost and availability aspects on the other hand in order to provide the consumer
with the best possible package An effective package can be an efficient mass-selling
medium and it is often worth more attention and money that are now devoted to it by most
companies
According to the study of Alsop and Abrams 19 of consumers refiised to buy
the brand in a poor package again while 24 said they would buy it cautiously or in a
different type of package Their research further revealed that most important package
characteristics to consumers are storage life of any unused portion the ability to recognize
the contents by looking at the package and its graphics resalability and ease of storage
Shapiro^ has given the opinion that increased competition is forcing brand
managers of consumer goods to alter the portfolio of the package sizes they offer
Although some managers assume that larger package sizes encourage consumers to use
more (per usage occasion) than smaller package sizes and these assumptions are
becoming a source of controversy They suggest that compared to small packages large
packages might be expected to encourage greater use because consumers would be less
concerned about running out of the product The greater the supply of a product (eg
large package) the lower the transaction (replacement) costs for using the product and the
greater the volume people are willing to use Another possible reason that has not yet been
investigated is that unit costs often vary inversely with package size Because products
from large packages are generally less expensive (per unit) than those from small
packages They may be used in greater volume
Hoch has concluded that the large packages of familiar branded products
encourage more use than do small packages The study shows that as the size of a package
increases so does the volume of the product that a person uses And also the notion that
perceptions of a packages imit cost can influence usage and operate independently of the
package size itself
Mitchell^ says that a successful brand could gain impetus from irmovative
products andor process Product innovations may be in the form of product improvements
or development of new products Process innovation is the improvement in the operation
process integration of the operation steps leading to reductions in cycle time or
reductions in the number of process steps that improve the operations efficiency and
effectiveness However the importance of irmovation or simply admiring its usefulness
will not serve the dream of being innovative A firm needs to have a strategic know-how
system in place to put the mnovations into use
45 i
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Fraser^^has argued that the innovation can be one of the ways that marketers can
differentiate themselves from their competitors The creation of an innovative
productservice can potentially provide marketers with a sustainable competitive
advantage
Webster^ draws the conclusion that the innovation refers to the extent of the
unique product service process or approach a firm is able to achieve Innovation is
concerned not only with the finished product but also with the value-creating processes
23 PRICING Shapiro argued that pricing is an important decision area of marketing It is the
only element of the marketing mix that generates revenue and all the other elements
involve cost Price is also one of the most important market place indicators
Lichtenstein Ridgway and Netemeyer opine that the all pervasive influence of
price is due to the fact that the price factor is present in all purchase situations and
represents to all consumers Although it is believed that price serves as an indicator of
quality there exists no general price-perceived quality relationship
Erickson and Johansson in their final conclusion that the price becomes a less
important indicator of quality in the presence of other product quality indicators such as
brand name or store image
Zeithaml^^says that the use of price as an indicator of quality depends on the
following The availability of other indicators to quality (a) The price variation within a
product class (b) The product quality variation within a product category (c) The
level of consumer awareness about price (d) The consumers ability to distinguish quality
variation in a product group
Scitovsky^ argued that the price is identified as an important index of quality In
his view the word cheap usually means inferior quality
Leavitt^^observed that in one of the pioneering studies on price-perceived quality
relationship the buyers tended to have doubts when they chose the lower priced brands
than in the case of higher-priced brands He concluded that a higher price might
sometimes increase the buyers readiness to buy
46
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Gabor and Granger^^ concluded that the price would be an indicator of quality for
commodities such as textile products where quality cannot be ascertained by sight and
where owing to changes in technology and fashion past experience was of little use
McConnell^^ examined the relationship between price and the quality of beer
which is a frequently purchased consumer product He found that the buyers used price as
an indicator of product quality With a homogeneous product and various unknown brand
names buyers perceived the highest-priced brand to be of better quality than the other two
brands He concluded that price without any other indicator was an effective measure for
brand evaluation However Shapiro warned marketers that the concept of price as an
indicator of quality should not be applied indiscriminately in making pricing decisions
In an experimental study Gardener explored the degree of price-quality
relationship for three products toothpaste a mans shirt and a suit He concluded that
while price did not affect the perception of product quality in case of all the three
products whether branded or not it did affect the willingness to buy a shirt
Lambert^ says that the Consumer choices regarding price might be influenced by
the following product-specific factors (a) Buyers confidence in the predictive value of
price (b) Perceived consequences of making a poor brand choice (c) Amount of
brand-to-brand variation in product quality (d) Social importance of the product (e)
Difficulty encountered in making quality judgments (f) Ability to assess product quality cry
Shapiro sought to determine whether price would act as a communicator of
quality and ascertain the reasons for consumers judging the product quality by price by
determining the correlates of price reliance It was found that for most of the dimensions
such as quality durability looks or fragrance the number of buyers ranking the high-
priced product better than the low-priced product was greater than the number of buyers
ranking the low-priced product better than the high priced product
In the final opinion of Shivdasani on price and quality is that they are linked
together in the mind of the consumer Price plays different roles in the purchase-decision
process In traditional economic theory since higher price has a negative impact on the
consumers budget price has a negative influence on his buying decision
Monroe and Krishnan opine that a behavioral perspective price may be
perceived as a product quality indicator Therefore price may be viewed either as an
indicator of sacrifice or as an indicator of quality or both
Rao and Monroe ^ found that price increase might play a positive or a negative
role in the purchase-decision process People are more likely to use price as an indicator 47
Chapter 2 Literature Review
of quality for expensive products As price increases the risk of an incorrect decision
increases and the buyer is often less familiar with the product because of the infrequency
of purchase
In the Indian scenario Mehta Parasuraman and Ambarish Kumar^^ conducted an
experimental study to find out the relationship between quality and price and to examine
the consumers brand choice with respect to ready-made shirts The study indicated that a
majority of the buyers perceived some quality difference between the two shirts which
were identical in all respects except for the brand names The study revealed that the name
of a well-known brand induced the consumers to be favourably disposed towards that
brand in terms of quality and price perception and they were willing to pay a higher price
for the well-known brand
24 PROMOTION
According to Kotler^^ sales promotion consists of a diverse collection of incentive
tools mostly short-term designed to stimulate quicker andor greater purchase of
particular productsservices by consumers or the trade
Roger Strang has given a more simplistic definition ie sales promotions are
short-term incentives to encourage purchase or sales of a product or service Hence any
forms of incentives (price cut or value added nature) offered for short period either to
trade or consumers are considered as sales promotion activities
Blattberg and others opine that Sales promotions are action-focused marketing
events whose purpose is to have a direct impact on the behavior of the firms customers
There are three major types of sales promotions consumer promotions retailer
promotions and trade promotions Consumer promotions are promotions offered by
manufacturers directly to consumers Retailer promotions are promotions offered by
retailers to consumers Trade promotions are promotions offered by manufacturers to
retailers or other trade entities
Huff and Alden observe that throughout the world sales promotions offered to
consumers are an integral part of the marketing mix for many consumer products
Marketing managers use price-oriented promotions such as coupons rebates and price
discounts to increase sales and market share entice consumers to trial and encourage
them to switch brands or stores Non-price promotions such as sweepstakes fi-equent user
clubs and premiums add excitement and value to brands and may increase brand
attractiveness In addition consumers like promotions They provide utilitarian benefits
such as monetary savings increased quality (higher quality products become attainable)
48
J
Chapter 2 Literature Review
and convenience as well as hedonistic benefits such as entertainment exploration and
self-expression
Aradhna Krishna and others^ opine that sales promotions have become a vital tool
for marketers and its importance has been increasing significantly over the years In India
sales promotions expenditure by various marketing companies is estimated to be Rs 5000
crore and the emphasis on sales promotion activities by the Indian industry has increased
by 500 to 600 percent during the last 3 to 5 years (Economic Times June 15 2003) In the
year 2001 there were as many as 2050 promotional schemes in the Rs 80000 crore
FMCG Industry
Kotler opine that the given the growing importance of sales promotion there has
been considerable interest in the effect of sales promotion on different dimensions such as
consumers price perceptions brand choice brand switching behaviour evaluation of
brand equity and effect on brand perception and so on One of the purposes of a consumer
promotion is to elicit a direct impact on the purchase behaviour of the firms customers
Blattberg Bnesch and Fox emphasise that research evidence suggests that sales
promotions positively affect shot-term sales Research on price promotion has consistently
reported high sales effect and high price elasticity for brands which are on promotion
Aradhna Krishna says that the studies have shown that price promotions enhance
brand substitution within a product category affect aggregate sales and significantly
affect stock piling and purchase acceleration However there have also been studies that
suggest that sales promotion affects brand perceptions Researchers have found out that
promotions especially price promotions have negative effect on brand equity
In a study Schultz^ argues that over dependence on promotions can erode
consumers price-value equation
The result of a study by Jeddi indicates that in the long term advertising has a
positive effect on brand equity where as price promotions have negative effects
Similarly Yoo and others^ opine that based on structural equation model
suggests that frequent price promotions such as price deals are related to low brand
equity where as high advertising spending high price and high distribution intensity are
related to high brand equity There is also a managerial belief that if a brand is supported
with frequent promotional offers the equity of the brand tends to get diluted
Yoo and others have argued on the contrary that there have also been studies that
indicate brands benefit from promotions Among all the elements of marketing mix sales
promotions have long-term influence on brand equity
49 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mariola amp Elena suggested that monetary and non-monetary promotions are
useful to create brand equity because of their positive effect on brand knowledge
structures
Barbara Khan and Jagmohan Raju^deg encompass that an effect of promotions on
variety seeking and reinforcement behaviour has also been studied The importance of
consumer sales promotion in the marketing mix of the fast moving consumer goods
(FMCG) category throughout the world has increased Companies spend considerable
time in planning such activities However in order to enhance the effectiveness of these
activities manufacturers should understand consumer and retailer perceptions of their
promotional activities
Moreau Aradhana Krishna Bari Harlam^ have given outlook that in India fast
moving consumer goods (FMCG) category has witnessed an outburst of sales promotion
activities in the post-liberalization era and studied differing perceptions with respect to
price promotion from the point of manufacturers retailer and consumers
Campbell and Diamond set up that there have been very few discussions in sales
promotion literature about how different types of promotions may be classified One
dimension which has been suggested to classify different promotions is the price versus
non-price nature of the promotion
Cooke has given the opinion that the Price promotions are defined as
promotions such as coupons cents off refunds and rebates that temporarily reduce the
cost of the goods or service These promotions focus on the reduced economic outlay
required to obtain a good or service
Cooke states that the Non-price promotions has defined as promotions such as
giveaways or contests in which value is temporarily added to the product at full price
Although a wide variety of price and non-price promotions are launched in the market
Blattberg and others view that the most of the academic research on promotions
has focused on price promotions namely price offs and coupon offers
Smith and Sinha presented that the promotional tools such as free gift offers
exfra product offers are increasingly being used in the market place In recent years
researchers have started comparing consumer response to different promotions eg price
promotion versus premium promotion or extra product promotion versus price promotion
These researchers have found that different types of promotions create differential
response from the consumers
50
p
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld and Sasser have originated that the customer retention helps increase
revenue through increases in sales volume andor premium prices as well as reducing the
expenses or costs of generating those revenues An increase in retention rate has been
argued to have led to a corresponding increase in profit
Reichheld has identified six economic benefits of retaining customers (1)
savings on customers acquisition or replacement costs (2) a guarantee of base profits as
existing customers are likely to have a minimum spend per period (3) growth in per-
customer revenue as over a period of time existing customers are likely to earn more
have more varied needs and spend more (4) a reduction in relative operating costs as the
firms can spread the cost over many more customers and over a longer period (5) free of
charge referrals of new customers from existing customers which would otherwise be
costly in terms of commissions or introductory fees and (6) price premiums as existing
customers do not usually wait for promotions or price reductions before deciding to
purchase in particular with new models or versions of existing products
Reichheld has given the opinion that even if not all customers prefer long-term
relationships there are those who prefer stable long-term relationships inherently spend
more pay promptly and require less service Long-serving employees generate several
economic benefits not only that they are much better at finding and recruiting the best
customers but they retain customers by producing better products and value and they are
sources of customer referrals
Reichheld^ offered strategies that measure retention in terms of both crude and
weighted rates This involves interviewing former customers customer complaints and
service data and identifying switching behaviour With the use of computers firms should
have little difficulty in calculating and reporting both crude and weighted rates In
addition to measuring retention firms should consider interviewing former customers in
order to learn their reasons for defecting Customer defections may have been caused not
by the firm itself but by factors beyond its control
Reichheld^ identified six types of defectors (1) price - for a lower price (2)
product -for a superior product (3) service - for a better service (4) market - for a
different market for example a transport company which has moved out of road haulage
and therefore no longer buys trailers (5) technological - a customer that has converted
from using one technology to another and (6) organizational - switches due to political
pressure
5 1 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Rosenberg and Czepiel^^ have orated that it is probably unreaUstic to expect all
customers to stay indefinitely Not only do customers buy on a portfolio basis but firms
have to accept that a proportion of their customers will leave from time to time for a
number of reasons A strategy that would enable firms to cope with this situation is
customer portfolio management It involves an analysis of the firms customer portfolio
with a view to creating a specified balance of customer groups before reorganizing the
firm for customer retention Some examples of retention tactics are giving product extras
reinforcing promotions providing sales force connections providmg specialized
distribution and providing post-purchase communication Reorganization for customer
retention involves setting an acceptable target for customer turnover establishing
executive accountability for keeping customers and improving internal coordination by
targeting promotional strategies towaids repeat usage
25 DISTRIBUTION
Stem El-Ansary and Coughlan have concluded that the distribution intensity has
been commonly defined as the number of intermediaries used by a manufacturer within its
trade areas Ideal distribution intensity would make a brand available widely enough to
satisfy but not exceed target customers needs because over saturation increases
marketing costs without providing benefits The use of too few intermediaries can limit a
brands level of exposure in the marketplace However using too many intermediaries can
be detrimental to the brands image and its competitive position Exclusive distribution
in relation to intensive distribution has been examined in the economics literature In
opposition to traditional economic theory many economists now argue that exclusive
distribution can have pre-competitive effects when intermediary support is critical to the
success of the brand High distribution intensity may promote sales in the short run but
long-term results are less clear
It is evident from the above review that the works on marketing strategies throw
light mainly on general theme of and functional aspect of marketing strategies and
elements of marketing mix
26 MARKET ORIENTATION
There are several studies on consumer orientation of marketing retention of
consumers relationship marketing and consumer involvement and related reports which
52
Chapter 2 Literature Review
have gained a prominent place in formulation of marketing strategies A brief review of
literature on the above aspects is given below
Ruekert has given the opinion that for over 40 years the marketing concept has
been described as being the management philosophy that focuses on satisfying customer
needs and wants based on customer knowledge Recently however within the academic
literature increasing attention has been given to the concept of market orientation This
revival of the attention for a market orientation has been driven by enviroimiental
changes a more competitive international market place increasing pace of changing
technology a shortening of product life cycles and a decrease in customer loyalty
Kohli and others are given the opinion that empirical evidences support that the
market orientation is positively associated with superior performance As a result
businesses recognise that a focus on the customer and the markets they serve may result in
long-run competitive advantage and superior profitability
Days^^ opinion on market orientation is represented in three principal features
ie a set of beliefs that put the customers interest first the ability of the organisation to
generate disseminate and use superior information about customers and competitors and
the coordinated application of inter functional resources to the creation of superior
customer value
In the final opinion of Webster^ on market oriented organisation marketing is no
longer the sole responsibility of specialists Rather everyone in the firm is responsible for
understanding customers and delivering superior customer value
This study has been performed in order to gain insight into the extent to which
KSampDL maintains a marketing orientation in responding to enviroimiental changes and
into the relationship between marketing orientation and performance This project aims at
examining the marketing environment approaches to marketing the organisation and
responsibility for marketing activities and the marketing strategies adopted by KSampDL
Customer retention can be seen as the mirror image of customer defection where a
high retention rate has the same significance as a low defection rate Defining customer
retention in terms of percentage share of customer savings borrowing spending or
purchasing may be more usefial instead of in terms of the absolute numbers of customers OR
Storbacka found that 20 of their customer base accounted for 90 of their total
customer base profitability Hence customers ftom the remaining 80 of the customer
base were either unprofitable or contributed to an insignificant amoimt of profit
53
bdquo ir
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^^ concluded that the high proportion of new customers could bring
down the rate of retention and vice versa Moreover defection rates tend to be much
higher for new customers than long tenure customers
Reichheld^ and Dawkins have found that the tangible advantages of retaining
customers into prominence They claimed that a 5 increase in retention rate led to an
increase in the net present value of customers of between 25 and 85 in a wide range of
industries from credit card to insurance brokerage and from motor services to office
building management Despite its potential benefits customer retention did not obtain
much attention in strategic or marketing plaiming processes
The end goal of a firms marketing activities is making profit Fornell and
Wemerfelt^^ emphasized that marketing resources may be better spent on keeping
existing customers than acquiring new ones This was based on the assumption that
existing customers are profitable and they cost less to keep than to replace Firms
therefore have to be aware of the profitability of not just their products but also their
customers
BlattbergRC and Deighton J ^ Customer retention clearly deserves some
attention and should form a part of a firms strategic marketing goals rather than simply
being seen as the end result of good marketing management
Reichheld^ has given the opinion that the objective of many marketing strategies
in the last 10 years has been building the customers commitment to a brand or a dealer
This has taken three forms (a) Creating customer satisfaction - delivering superior quality
products and services (b) Building brand equity - the sum of the intangible assets of a
brand Factors that contribute to this are name awareness perceived quality brand
loyalty the associations consumers have towards the brand trademarks packaging and
marketing channel presence
Peppers and Rogers opine that creating and maintaining relationships - Success
with any of these strategies will result in high levels of repeat purchase insulation from
price increases and improved responsiveness to marketing communications by customers
Relationship marketing sought to build interdependence between partners and relied on
one-to-one communications historically delivered through the sales force With the
grov^^h of marketing databases and the Internet the ability to reach customers individually
became a viable strategy for a wide range of firms including consumer products
companies
54
r
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^ claimed that even small improvements in customer retention can as
much as double company profits This is because 1 It costs less to serve long-term
customers 2 Loyal customers will pay a price premium 3 Loyal customers will generate
word of-mouth referrals to other prospective customers
Finn^deg^ argues that though consumer involvement can take place at various levels
other than product level of motivation results from product attributes and relatedness of
the product to the consumers psycho social wants and needs It has also been identified
that products which are highly priced having complex features and high perceived risk
generate high involvement levels from the consumers
Saxena^ has concluded that the consumers express low involvement levels for
products which are generally low priced have simple features and low perceived risk
Thus the level of consumer involvement is dependent on the product
Alreck^ in his argument says that the age affects consumers self concept and life
styles and carries with it culturally defined behavioral and attitudinal norms Age
determines the consumption of various products media and shopping centers and has
been used by marketers to segment the markets
Jain and Sharma^ have found that the age also influences the level of consumer
involvement Though age forms a part of ones stage of family life cycle yet it is in itself
an important factor for various Products
Sanjay^deg has argued that men and women possess unique personality traits
interests knowledge judgment capabilities and social status Hence both sexes process
and evaluate products differently
Jain and Sharma^ have initiated that there are differences in the involvement
levels for various products between men and women
Jain and Sharma have concluded that the income of the family combined with
familys accumulated wealth determines the purchasing power However income enables
purchases but does not generally cause or explain them It is likely that the occupation and
education dnectly influence the preferences for products media and activities Income
provides the means to acquire them Occupation is strongly related to education and
income Various studies have found differences in consumption of products with
differences in the occupations
Jain and Sharma have gathered a minimal support for the argument that
consumer involvement differs for differences in consumers occupation However it may
55
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Sagar and Kumar have drawn the opinion on package which is the face of a
product Packaging involves the activities of designing and producing the container and
wrapper for the product Up to three levels of material may be used in packaging ie
primary package secondary package and shipping package
Kotler argued that the many marketers have called the packaging a fifth P the
other four Ps are Product Price Place and Promotion So packaging is used as a
marketing tool Well-designed packages can create convenience and promotional values
Etzel and others^ opine that the packing serves several purposes such as
protecting the product on its way to the consumer protecting the product after it is
purchased helping to gain acceptance of the product helping to persuade consumers to
buy the product supporting self-service consumer affluence company and brand
recognition and innovation opportunity
Kotler concluded that initially packaging was intended largely to provide
protection to the product With its increasing significance in marketing it has become a
major factor in gaining customers
Etzel and others 2005 opine that the Packaging is criticized largely because of its
environmental impact on depleting natural resources certain form of packages have
health hazards and there is problem of disposal of packages some packages are
deceptive others are expensive Marketing executives have to address these criticisms
They must enhance the positive features of packaging like product protection consumer
convenience and marketing support
Schreiber has drawn the conclusion that to remain competitive in the market
packaging strategies should be reviewed annually
Parker opine that the Packaging is a key component of marketing According to
recent studies by the Point of Purchase and Advertisement Institute (POPAI) which
indicate that 70 of consumers buying decisions are made at the point of sale
Pandey also claims that impulse purchase is increasing rapidly The package is a
very effective tool for influencing impulse purchasing
Further Kundu and Sehrawet showed that consumers feel that the package is
very helpftjl in identifying and distinguishing products As people become time prone
they are more prone to impulsive buying The unplanned purchase is a large source of
revenue The power of the package is an important element of unplanned purchasing no
The study by Sivan has shown that 18 buying decisions are influenced by
advertisements
43
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mehta suggests that the efficiency of traditional approaches appears to be
reducing year by year and the effectiveness of modem marketing tool like packaging is
increasing rapidly
Phillips argues that the modem consumer is more educated more sophisticated
and more cynical As a result of this the consumers are postponing their decision making
until at the point of purchase In turn this has led to an increase in impulse purchase and
brand switching and consequently a decline in the power of branding and traditional
marketing approaches So the importance of marketing communications by making use of
the packaging has increased
Narayanan claims that a large part of the population has started to give higher
importance to health and hygiene which is leading to an increased demand for packaged
goods and a shift from loose buying
The spread of education particularly among housewives has swung the trend in
purchasing from loose to pre-packaged and branded products from tea to ketchup and
noodles The market share of packaged edible oil has increased from 20 in 1998 to 26
in 2005 Todays consumers are finding packagmg as value addition [The Times of India
(TOI)2005]
Ramaswamy and Namakumari ^ conclude that packaging must be able to stand out
from other packages This can be accomplished by the use of colour shape copy
trademark logo or additional features This aspect of packaging was exploited by
Hindustan Levers Le Sancy soap with its unique bean shape which was packaged in
transparent polj^hene to exhibit its shape Customers could experience the unique shape
colour and appearance for the first time in the product of soap This package strongly
influenced the high trail purchases
In their earlier study Alsop and Abrams found that ease of storage is one of the
important features of package in influencing buying decisions
Ajarekar has come with the conclusion that the package must be able to
communicate its message to the buyers All the necessary information must be clearly
visible and highlighted by colour or design to make direct and indirect communication
effective
Ramaswami and Namakumari^ argue that it is necessary to assess the reaction of
consumers to a package periodically and adapt it accordingly Consumers may have their
own preferences covering (a) package size (b) package shape (c) packaging materials
used (d) package graphics etc Marketers must assess consumer preferences on the one
44
Chapter 2 Literature Review
hand and cost and availability aspects on the other hand in order to provide the consumer
with the best possible package An effective package can be an efficient mass-selling
medium and it is often worth more attention and money that are now devoted to it by most
companies
According to the study of Alsop and Abrams 19 of consumers refiised to buy
the brand in a poor package again while 24 said they would buy it cautiously or in a
different type of package Their research further revealed that most important package
characteristics to consumers are storage life of any unused portion the ability to recognize
the contents by looking at the package and its graphics resalability and ease of storage
Shapiro^ has given the opinion that increased competition is forcing brand
managers of consumer goods to alter the portfolio of the package sizes they offer
Although some managers assume that larger package sizes encourage consumers to use
more (per usage occasion) than smaller package sizes and these assumptions are
becoming a source of controversy They suggest that compared to small packages large
packages might be expected to encourage greater use because consumers would be less
concerned about running out of the product The greater the supply of a product (eg
large package) the lower the transaction (replacement) costs for using the product and the
greater the volume people are willing to use Another possible reason that has not yet been
investigated is that unit costs often vary inversely with package size Because products
from large packages are generally less expensive (per unit) than those from small
packages They may be used in greater volume
Hoch has concluded that the large packages of familiar branded products
encourage more use than do small packages The study shows that as the size of a package
increases so does the volume of the product that a person uses And also the notion that
perceptions of a packages imit cost can influence usage and operate independently of the
package size itself
Mitchell^ says that a successful brand could gain impetus from irmovative
products andor process Product innovations may be in the form of product improvements
or development of new products Process innovation is the improvement in the operation
process integration of the operation steps leading to reductions in cycle time or
reductions in the number of process steps that improve the operations efficiency and
effectiveness However the importance of irmovation or simply admiring its usefulness
will not serve the dream of being innovative A firm needs to have a strategic know-how
system in place to put the mnovations into use
45 i
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Fraser^^has argued that the innovation can be one of the ways that marketers can
differentiate themselves from their competitors The creation of an innovative
productservice can potentially provide marketers with a sustainable competitive
advantage
Webster^ draws the conclusion that the innovation refers to the extent of the
unique product service process or approach a firm is able to achieve Innovation is
concerned not only with the finished product but also with the value-creating processes
23 PRICING Shapiro argued that pricing is an important decision area of marketing It is the
only element of the marketing mix that generates revenue and all the other elements
involve cost Price is also one of the most important market place indicators
Lichtenstein Ridgway and Netemeyer opine that the all pervasive influence of
price is due to the fact that the price factor is present in all purchase situations and
represents to all consumers Although it is believed that price serves as an indicator of
quality there exists no general price-perceived quality relationship
Erickson and Johansson in their final conclusion that the price becomes a less
important indicator of quality in the presence of other product quality indicators such as
brand name or store image
Zeithaml^^says that the use of price as an indicator of quality depends on the
following The availability of other indicators to quality (a) The price variation within a
product class (b) The product quality variation within a product category (c) The
level of consumer awareness about price (d) The consumers ability to distinguish quality
variation in a product group
Scitovsky^ argued that the price is identified as an important index of quality In
his view the word cheap usually means inferior quality
Leavitt^^observed that in one of the pioneering studies on price-perceived quality
relationship the buyers tended to have doubts when they chose the lower priced brands
than in the case of higher-priced brands He concluded that a higher price might
sometimes increase the buyers readiness to buy
46
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Gabor and Granger^^ concluded that the price would be an indicator of quality for
commodities such as textile products where quality cannot be ascertained by sight and
where owing to changes in technology and fashion past experience was of little use
McConnell^^ examined the relationship between price and the quality of beer
which is a frequently purchased consumer product He found that the buyers used price as
an indicator of product quality With a homogeneous product and various unknown brand
names buyers perceived the highest-priced brand to be of better quality than the other two
brands He concluded that price without any other indicator was an effective measure for
brand evaluation However Shapiro warned marketers that the concept of price as an
indicator of quality should not be applied indiscriminately in making pricing decisions
In an experimental study Gardener explored the degree of price-quality
relationship for three products toothpaste a mans shirt and a suit He concluded that
while price did not affect the perception of product quality in case of all the three
products whether branded or not it did affect the willingness to buy a shirt
Lambert^ says that the Consumer choices regarding price might be influenced by
the following product-specific factors (a) Buyers confidence in the predictive value of
price (b) Perceived consequences of making a poor brand choice (c) Amount of
brand-to-brand variation in product quality (d) Social importance of the product (e)
Difficulty encountered in making quality judgments (f) Ability to assess product quality cry
Shapiro sought to determine whether price would act as a communicator of
quality and ascertain the reasons for consumers judging the product quality by price by
determining the correlates of price reliance It was found that for most of the dimensions
such as quality durability looks or fragrance the number of buyers ranking the high-
priced product better than the low-priced product was greater than the number of buyers
ranking the low-priced product better than the high priced product
In the final opinion of Shivdasani on price and quality is that they are linked
together in the mind of the consumer Price plays different roles in the purchase-decision
process In traditional economic theory since higher price has a negative impact on the
consumers budget price has a negative influence on his buying decision
Monroe and Krishnan opine that a behavioral perspective price may be
perceived as a product quality indicator Therefore price may be viewed either as an
indicator of sacrifice or as an indicator of quality or both
Rao and Monroe ^ found that price increase might play a positive or a negative
role in the purchase-decision process People are more likely to use price as an indicator 47
Chapter 2 Literature Review
of quality for expensive products As price increases the risk of an incorrect decision
increases and the buyer is often less familiar with the product because of the infrequency
of purchase
In the Indian scenario Mehta Parasuraman and Ambarish Kumar^^ conducted an
experimental study to find out the relationship between quality and price and to examine
the consumers brand choice with respect to ready-made shirts The study indicated that a
majority of the buyers perceived some quality difference between the two shirts which
were identical in all respects except for the brand names The study revealed that the name
of a well-known brand induced the consumers to be favourably disposed towards that
brand in terms of quality and price perception and they were willing to pay a higher price
for the well-known brand
24 PROMOTION
According to Kotler^^ sales promotion consists of a diverse collection of incentive
tools mostly short-term designed to stimulate quicker andor greater purchase of
particular productsservices by consumers or the trade
Roger Strang has given a more simplistic definition ie sales promotions are
short-term incentives to encourage purchase or sales of a product or service Hence any
forms of incentives (price cut or value added nature) offered for short period either to
trade or consumers are considered as sales promotion activities
Blattberg and others opine that Sales promotions are action-focused marketing
events whose purpose is to have a direct impact on the behavior of the firms customers
There are three major types of sales promotions consumer promotions retailer
promotions and trade promotions Consumer promotions are promotions offered by
manufacturers directly to consumers Retailer promotions are promotions offered by
retailers to consumers Trade promotions are promotions offered by manufacturers to
retailers or other trade entities
Huff and Alden observe that throughout the world sales promotions offered to
consumers are an integral part of the marketing mix for many consumer products
Marketing managers use price-oriented promotions such as coupons rebates and price
discounts to increase sales and market share entice consumers to trial and encourage
them to switch brands or stores Non-price promotions such as sweepstakes fi-equent user
clubs and premiums add excitement and value to brands and may increase brand
attractiveness In addition consumers like promotions They provide utilitarian benefits
such as monetary savings increased quality (higher quality products become attainable)
48
J
Chapter 2 Literature Review
and convenience as well as hedonistic benefits such as entertainment exploration and
self-expression
Aradhna Krishna and others^ opine that sales promotions have become a vital tool
for marketers and its importance has been increasing significantly over the years In India
sales promotions expenditure by various marketing companies is estimated to be Rs 5000
crore and the emphasis on sales promotion activities by the Indian industry has increased
by 500 to 600 percent during the last 3 to 5 years (Economic Times June 15 2003) In the
year 2001 there were as many as 2050 promotional schemes in the Rs 80000 crore
FMCG Industry
Kotler opine that the given the growing importance of sales promotion there has
been considerable interest in the effect of sales promotion on different dimensions such as
consumers price perceptions brand choice brand switching behaviour evaluation of
brand equity and effect on brand perception and so on One of the purposes of a consumer
promotion is to elicit a direct impact on the purchase behaviour of the firms customers
Blattberg Bnesch and Fox emphasise that research evidence suggests that sales
promotions positively affect shot-term sales Research on price promotion has consistently
reported high sales effect and high price elasticity for brands which are on promotion
Aradhna Krishna says that the studies have shown that price promotions enhance
brand substitution within a product category affect aggregate sales and significantly
affect stock piling and purchase acceleration However there have also been studies that
suggest that sales promotion affects brand perceptions Researchers have found out that
promotions especially price promotions have negative effect on brand equity
In a study Schultz^ argues that over dependence on promotions can erode
consumers price-value equation
The result of a study by Jeddi indicates that in the long term advertising has a
positive effect on brand equity where as price promotions have negative effects
Similarly Yoo and others^ opine that based on structural equation model
suggests that frequent price promotions such as price deals are related to low brand
equity where as high advertising spending high price and high distribution intensity are
related to high brand equity There is also a managerial belief that if a brand is supported
with frequent promotional offers the equity of the brand tends to get diluted
Yoo and others have argued on the contrary that there have also been studies that
indicate brands benefit from promotions Among all the elements of marketing mix sales
promotions have long-term influence on brand equity
49 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mariola amp Elena suggested that monetary and non-monetary promotions are
useful to create brand equity because of their positive effect on brand knowledge
structures
Barbara Khan and Jagmohan Raju^deg encompass that an effect of promotions on
variety seeking and reinforcement behaviour has also been studied The importance of
consumer sales promotion in the marketing mix of the fast moving consumer goods
(FMCG) category throughout the world has increased Companies spend considerable
time in planning such activities However in order to enhance the effectiveness of these
activities manufacturers should understand consumer and retailer perceptions of their
promotional activities
Moreau Aradhana Krishna Bari Harlam^ have given outlook that in India fast
moving consumer goods (FMCG) category has witnessed an outburst of sales promotion
activities in the post-liberalization era and studied differing perceptions with respect to
price promotion from the point of manufacturers retailer and consumers
Campbell and Diamond set up that there have been very few discussions in sales
promotion literature about how different types of promotions may be classified One
dimension which has been suggested to classify different promotions is the price versus
non-price nature of the promotion
Cooke has given the opinion that the Price promotions are defined as
promotions such as coupons cents off refunds and rebates that temporarily reduce the
cost of the goods or service These promotions focus on the reduced economic outlay
required to obtain a good or service
Cooke states that the Non-price promotions has defined as promotions such as
giveaways or contests in which value is temporarily added to the product at full price
Although a wide variety of price and non-price promotions are launched in the market
Blattberg and others view that the most of the academic research on promotions
has focused on price promotions namely price offs and coupon offers
Smith and Sinha presented that the promotional tools such as free gift offers
exfra product offers are increasingly being used in the market place In recent years
researchers have started comparing consumer response to different promotions eg price
promotion versus premium promotion or extra product promotion versus price promotion
These researchers have found that different types of promotions create differential
response from the consumers
50
p
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld and Sasser have originated that the customer retention helps increase
revenue through increases in sales volume andor premium prices as well as reducing the
expenses or costs of generating those revenues An increase in retention rate has been
argued to have led to a corresponding increase in profit
Reichheld has identified six economic benefits of retaining customers (1)
savings on customers acquisition or replacement costs (2) a guarantee of base profits as
existing customers are likely to have a minimum spend per period (3) growth in per-
customer revenue as over a period of time existing customers are likely to earn more
have more varied needs and spend more (4) a reduction in relative operating costs as the
firms can spread the cost over many more customers and over a longer period (5) free of
charge referrals of new customers from existing customers which would otherwise be
costly in terms of commissions or introductory fees and (6) price premiums as existing
customers do not usually wait for promotions or price reductions before deciding to
purchase in particular with new models or versions of existing products
Reichheld has given the opinion that even if not all customers prefer long-term
relationships there are those who prefer stable long-term relationships inherently spend
more pay promptly and require less service Long-serving employees generate several
economic benefits not only that they are much better at finding and recruiting the best
customers but they retain customers by producing better products and value and they are
sources of customer referrals
Reichheld^ offered strategies that measure retention in terms of both crude and
weighted rates This involves interviewing former customers customer complaints and
service data and identifying switching behaviour With the use of computers firms should
have little difficulty in calculating and reporting both crude and weighted rates In
addition to measuring retention firms should consider interviewing former customers in
order to learn their reasons for defecting Customer defections may have been caused not
by the firm itself but by factors beyond its control
Reichheld^ identified six types of defectors (1) price - for a lower price (2)
product -for a superior product (3) service - for a better service (4) market - for a
different market for example a transport company which has moved out of road haulage
and therefore no longer buys trailers (5) technological - a customer that has converted
from using one technology to another and (6) organizational - switches due to political
pressure
5 1 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Rosenberg and Czepiel^^ have orated that it is probably unreaUstic to expect all
customers to stay indefinitely Not only do customers buy on a portfolio basis but firms
have to accept that a proportion of their customers will leave from time to time for a
number of reasons A strategy that would enable firms to cope with this situation is
customer portfolio management It involves an analysis of the firms customer portfolio
with a view to creating a specified balance of customer groups before reorganizing the
firm for customer retention Some examples of retention tactics are giving product extras
reinforcing promotions providing sales force connections providmg specialized
distribution and providing post-purchase communication Reorganization for customer
retention involves setting an acceptable target for customer turnover establishing
executive accountability for keeping customers and improving internal coordination by
targeting promotional strategies towaids repeat usage
25 DISTRIBUTION
Stem El-Ansary and Coughlan have concluded that the distribution intensity has
been commonly defined as the number of intermediaries used by a manufacturer within its
trade areas Ideal distribution intensity would make a brand available widely enough to
satisfy but not exceed target customers needs because over saturation increases
marketing costs without providing benefits The use of too few intermediaries can limit a
brands level of exposure in the marketplace However using too many intermediaries can
be detrimental to the brands image and its competitive position Exclusive distribution
in relation to intensive distribution has been examined in the economics literature In
opposition to traditional economic theory many economists now argue that exclusive
distribution can have pre-competitive effects when intermediary support is critical to the
success of the brand High distribution intensity may promote sales in the short run but
long-term results are less clear
It is evident from the above review that the works on marketing strategies throw
light mainly on general theme of and functional aspect of marketing strategies and
elements of marketing mix
26 MARKET ORIENTATION
There are several studies on consumer orientation of marketing retention of
consumers relationship marketing and consumer involvement and related reports which
52
Chapter 2 Literature Review
have gained a prominent place in formulation of marketing strategies A brief review of
literature on the above aspects is given below
Ruekert has given the opinion that for over 40 years the marketing concept has
been described as being the management philosophy that focuses on satisfying customer
needs and wants based on customer knowledge Recently however within the academic
literature increasing attention has been given to the concept of market orientation This
revival of the attention for a market orientation has been driven by enviroimiental
changes a more competitive international market place increasing pace of changing
technology a shortening of product life cycles and a decrease in customer loyalty
Kohli and others are given the opinion that empirical evidences support that the
market orientation is positively associated with superior performance As a result
businesses recognise that a focus on the customer and the markets they serve may result in
long-run competitive advantage and superior profitability
Days^^ opinion on market orientation is represented in three principal features
ie a set of beliefs that put the customers interest first the ability of the organisation to
generate disseminate and use superior information about customers and competitors and
the coordinated application of inter functional resources to the creation of superior
customer value
In the final opinion of Webster^ on market oriented organisation marketing is no
longer the sole responsibility of specialists Rather everyone in the firm is responsible for
understanding customers and delivering superior customer value
This study has been performed in order to gain insight into the extent to which
KSampDL maintains a marketing orientation in responding to enviroimiental changes and
into the relationship between marketing orientation and performance This project aims at
examining the marketing environment approaches to marketing the organisation and
responsibility for marketing activities and the marketing strategies adopted by KSampDL
Customer retention can be seen as the mirror image of customer defection where a
high retention rate has the same significance as a low defection rate Defining customer
retention in terms of percentage share of customer savings borrowing spending or
purchasing may be more usefial instead of in terms of the absolute numbers of customers OR
Storbacka found that 20 of their customer base accounted for 90 of their total
customer base profitability Hence customers ftom the remaining 80 of the customer
base were either unprofitable or contributed to an insignificant amoimt of profit
53
bdquo ir
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^^ concluded that the high proportion of new customers could bring
down the rate of retention and vice versa Moreover defection rates tend to be much
higher for new customers than long tenure customers
Reichheld^ and Dawkins have found that the tangible advantages of retaining
customers into prominence They claimed that a 5 increase in retention rate led to an
increase in the net present value of customers of between 25 and 85 in a wide range of
industries from credit card to insurance brokerage and from motor services to office
building management Despite its potential benefits customer retention did not obtain
much attention in strategic or marketing plaiming processes
The end goal of a firms marketing activities is making profit Fornell and
Wemerfelt^^ emphasized that marketing resources may be better spent on keeping
existing customers than acquiring new ones This was based on the assumption that
existing customers are profitable and they cost less to keep than to replace Firms
therefore have to be aware of the profitability of not just their products but also their
customers
BlattbergRC and Deighton J ^ Customer retention clearly deserves some
attention and should form a part of a firms strategic marketing goals rather than simply
being seen as the end result of good marketing management
Reichheld^ has given the opinion that the objective of many marketing strategies
in the last 10 years has been building the customers commitment to a brand or a dealer
This has taken three forms (a) Creating customer satisfaction - delivering superior quality
products and services (b) Building brand equity - the sum of the intangible assets of a
brand Factors that contribute to this are name awareness perceived quality brand
loyalty the associations consumers have towards the brand trademarks packaging and
marketing channel presence
Peppers and Rogers opine that creating and maintaining relationships - Success
with any of these strategies will result in high levels of repeat purchase insulation from
price increases and improved responsiveness to marketing communications by customers
Relationship marketing sought to build interdependence between partners and relied on
one-to-one communications historically delivered through the sales force With the
grov^^h of marketing databases and the Internet the ability to reach customers individually
became a viable strategy for a wide range of firms including consumer products
companies
54
r
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^ claimed that even small improvements in customer retention can as
much as double company profits This is because 1 It costs less to serve long-term
customers 2 Loyal customers will pay a price premium 3 Loyal customers will generate
word of-mouth referrals to other prospective customers
Finn^deg^ argues that though consumer involvement can take place at various levels
other than product level of motivation results from product attributes and relatedness of
the product to the consumers psycho social wants and needs It has also been identified
that products which are highly priced having complex features and high perceived risk
generate high involvement levels from the consumers
Saxena^ has concluded that the consumers express low involvement levels for
products which are generally low priced have simple features and low perceived risk
Thus the level of consumer involvement is dependent on the product
Alreck^ in his argument says that the age affects consumers self concept and life
styles and carries with it culturally defined behavioral and attitudinal norms Age
determines the consumption of various products media and shopping centers and has
been used by marketers to segment the markets
Jain and Sharma^ have found that the age also influences the level of consumer
involvement Though age forms a part of ones stage of family life cycle yet it is in itself
an important factor for various Products
Sanjay^deg has argued that men and women possess unique personality traits
interests knowledge judgment capabilities and social status Hence both sexes process
and evaluate products differently
Jain and Sharma^ have initiated that there are differences in the involvement
levels for various products between men and women
Jain and Sharma have concluded that the income of the family combined with
familys accumulated wealth determines the purchasing power However income enables
purchases but does not generally cause or explain them It is likely that the occupation and
education dnectly influence the preferences for products media and activities Income
provides the means to acquire them Occupation is strongly related to education and
income Various studies have found differences in consumption of products with
differences in the occupations
Jain and Sharma have gathered a minimal support for the argument that
consumer involvement differs for differences in consumers occupation However it may
55
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mehta suggests that the efficiency of traditional approaches appears to be
reducing year by year and the effectiveness of modem marketing tool like packaging is
increasing rapidly
Phillips argues that the modem consumer is more educated more sophisticated
and more cynical As a result of this the consumers are postponing their decision making
until at the point of purchase In turn this has led to an increase in impulse purchase and
brand switching and consequently a decline in the power of branding and traditional
marketing approaches So the importance of marketing communications by making use of
the packaging has increased
Narayanan claims that a large part of the population has started to give higher
importance to health and hygiene which is leading to an increased demand for packaged
goods and a shift from loose buying
The spread of education particularly among housewives has swung the trend in
purchasing from loose to pre-packaged and branded products from tea to ketchup and
noodles The market share of packaged edible oil has increased from 20 in 1998 to 26
in 2005 Todays consumers are finding packagmg as value addition [The Times of India
(TOI)2005]
Ramaswamy and Namakumari ^ conclude that packaging must be able to stand out
from other packages This can be accomplished by the use of colour shape copy
trademark logo or additional features This aspect of packaging was exploited by
Hindustan Levers Le Sancy soap with its unique bean shape which was packaged in
transparent polj^hene to exhibit its shape Customers could experience the unique shape
colour and appearance for the first time in the product of soap This package strongly
influenced the high trail purchases
In their earlier study Alsop and Abrams found that ease of storage is one of the
important features of package in influencing buying decisions
Ajarekar has come with the conclusion that the package must be able to
communicate its message to the buyers All the necessary information must be clearly
visible and highlighted by colour or design to make direct and indirect communication
effective
Ramaswami and Namakumari^ argue that it is necessary to assess the reaction of
consumers to a package periodically and adapt it accordingly Consumers may have their
own preferences covering (a) package size (b) package shape (c) packaging materials
used (d) package graphics etc Marketers must assess consumer preferences on the one
44
Chapter 2 Literature Review
hand and cost and availability aspects on the other hand in order to provide the consumer
with the best possible package An effective package can be an efficient mass-selling
medium and it is often worth more attention and money that are now devoted to it by most
companies
According to the study of Alsop and Abrams 19 of consumers refiised to buy
the brand in a poor package again while 24 said they would buy it cautiously or in a
different type of package Their research further revealed that most important package
characteristics to consumers are storage life of any unused portion the ability to recognize
the contents by looking at the package and its graphics resalability and ease of storage
Shapiro^ has given the opinion that increased competition is forcing brand
managers of consumer goods to alter the portfolio of the package sizes they offer
Although some managers assume that larger package sizes encourage consumers to use
more (per usage occasion) than smaller package sizes and these assumptions are
becoming a source of controversy They suggest that compared to small packages large
packages might be expected to encourage greater use because consumers would be less
concerned about running out of the product The greater the supply of a product (eg
large package) the lower the transaction (replacement) costs for using the product and the
greater the volume people are willing to use Another possible reason that has not yet been
investigated is that unit costs often vary inversely with package size Because products
from large packages are generally less expensive (per unit) than those from small
packages They may be used in greater volume
Hoch has concluded that the large packages of familiar branded products
encourage more use than do small packages The study shows that as the size of a package
increases so does the volume of the product that a person uses And also the notion that
perceptions of a packages imit cost can influence usage and operate independently of the
package size itself
Mitchell^ says that a successful brand could gain impetus from irmovative
products andor process Product innovations may be in the form of product improvements
or development of new products Process innovation is the improvement in the operation
process integration of the operation steps leading to reductions in cycle time or
reductions in the number of process steps that improve the operations efficiency and
effectiveness However the importance of irmovation or simply admiring its usefulness
will not serve the dream of being innovative A firm needs to have a strategic know-how
system in place to put the mnovations into use
45 i
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Fraser^^has argued that the innovation can be one of the ways that marketers can
differentiate themselves from their competitors The creation of an innovative
productservice can potentially provide marketers with a sustainable competitive
advantage
Webster^ draws the conclusion that the innovation refers to the extent of the
unique product service process or approach a firm is able to achieve Innovation is
concerned not only with the finished product but also with the value-creating processes
23 PRICING Shapiro argued that pricing is an important decision area of marketing It is the
only element of the marketing mix that generates revenue and all the other elements
involve cost Price is also one of the most important market place indicators
Lichtenstein Ridgway and Netemeyer opine that the all pervasive influence of
price is due to the fact that the price factor is present in all purchase situations and
represents to all consumers Although it is believed that price serves as an indicator of
quality there exists no general price-perceived quality relationship
Erickson and Johansson in their final conclusion that the price becomes a less
important indicator of quality in the presence of other product quality indicators such as
brand name or store image
Zeithaml^^says that the use of price as an indicator of quality depends on the
following The availability of other indicators to quality (a) The price variation within a
product class (b) The product quality variation within a product category (c) The
level of consumer awareness about price (d) The consumers ability to distinguish quality
variation in a product group
Scitovsky^ argued that the price is identified as an important index of quality In
his view the word cheap usually means inferior quality
Leavitt^^observed that in one of the pioneering studies on price-perceived quality
relationship the buyers tended to have doubts when they chose the lower priced brands
than in the case of higher-priced brands He concluded that a higher price might
sometimes increase the buyers readiness to buy
46
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Gabor and Granger^^ concluded that the price would be an indicator of quality for
commodities such as textile products where quality cannot be ascertained by sight and
where owing to changes in technology and fashion past experience was of little use
McConnell^^ examined the relationship between price and the quality of beer
which is a frequently purchased consumer product He found that the buyers used price as
an indicator of product quality With a homogeneous product and various unknown brand
names buyers perceived the highest-priced brand to be of better quality than the other two
brands He concluded that price without any other indicator was an effective measure for
brand evaluation However Shapiro warned marketers that the concept of price as an
indicator of quality should not be applied indiscriminately in making pricing decisions
In an experimental study Gardener explored the degree of price-quality
relationship for three products toothpaste a mans shirt and a suit He concluded that
while price did not affect the perception of product quality in case of all the three
products whether branded or not it did affect the willingness to buy a shirt
Lambert^ says that the Consumer choices regarding price might be influenced by
the following product-specific factors (a) Buyers confidence in the predictive value of
price (b) Perceived consequences of making a poor brand choice (c) Amount of
brand-to-brand variation in product quality (d) Social importance of the product (e)
Difficulty encountered in making quality judgments (f) Ability to assess product quality cry
Shapiro sought to determine whether price would act as a communicator of
quality and ascertain the reasons for consumers judging the product quality by price by
determining the correlates of price reliance It was found that for most of the dimensions
such as quality durability looks or fragrance the number of buyers ranking the high-
priced product better than the low-priced product was greater than the number of buyers
ranking the low-priced product better than the high priced product
In the final opinion of Shivdasani on price and quality is that they are linked
together in the mind of the consumer Price plays different roles in the purchase-decision
process In traditional economic theory since higher price has a negative impact on the
consumers budget price has a negative influence on his buying decision
Monroe and Krishnan opine that a behavioral perspective price may be
perceived as a product quality indicator Therefore price may be viewed either as an
indicator of sacrifice or as an indicator of quality or both
Rao and Monroe ^ found that price increase might play a positive or a negative
role in the purchase-decision process People are more likely to use price as an indicator 47
Chapter 2 Literature Review
of quality for expensive products As price increases the risk of an incorrect decision
increases and the buyer is often less familiar with the product because of the infrequency
of purchase
In the Indian scenario Mehta Parasuraman and Ambarish Kumar^^ conducted an
experimental study to find out the relationship between quality and price and to examine
the consumers brand choice with respect to ready-made shirts The study indicated that a
majority of the buyers perceived some quality difference between the two shirts which
were identical in all respects except for the brand names The study revealed that the name
of a well-known brand induced the consumers to be favourably disposed towards that
brand in terms of quality and price perception and they were willing to pay a higher price
for the well-known brand
24 PROMOTION
According to Kotler^^ sales promotion consists of a diverse collection of incentive
tools mostly short-term designed to stimulate quicker andor greater purchase of
particular productsservices by consumers or the trade
Roger Strang has given a more simplistic definition ie sales promotions are
short-term incentives to encourage purchase or sales of a product or service Hence any
forms of incentives (price cut or value added nature) offered for short period either to
trade or consumers are considered as sales promotion activities
Blattberg and others opine that Sales promotions are action-focused marketing
events whose purpose is to have a direct impact on the behavior of the firms customers
There are three major types of sales promotions consumer promotions retailer
promotions and trade promotions Consumer promotions are promotions offered by
manufacturers directly to consumers Retailer promotions are promotions offered by
retailers to consumers Trade promotions are promotions offered by manufacturers to
retailers or other trade entities
Huff and Alden observe that throughout the world sales promotions offered to
consumers are an integral part of the marketing mix for many consumer products
Marketing managers use price-oriented promotions such as coupons rebates and price
discounts to increase sales and market share entice consumers to trial and encourage
them to switch brands or stores Non-price promotions such as sweepstakes fi-equent user
clubs and premiums add excitement and value to brands and may increase brand
attractiveness In addition consumers like promotions They provide utilitarian benefits
such as monetary savings increased quality (higher quality products become attainable)
48
J
Chapter 2 Literature Review
and convenience as well as hedonistic benefits such as entertainment exploration and
self-expression
Aradhna Krishna and others^ opine that sales promotions have become a vital tool
for marketers and its importance has been increasing significantly over the years In India
sales promotions expenditure by various marketing companies is estimated to be Rs 5000
crore and the emphasis on sales promotion activities by the Indian industry has increased
by 500 to 600 percent during the last 3 to 5 years (Economic Times June 15 2003) In the
year 2001 there were as many as 2050 promotional schemes in the Rs 80000 crore
FMCG Industry
Kotler opine that the given the growing importance of sales promotion there has
been considerable interest in the effect of sales promotion on different dimensions such as
consumers price perceptions brand choice brand switching behaviour evaluation of
brand equity and effect on brand perception and so on One of the purposes of a consumer
promotion is to elicit a direct impact on the purchase behaviour of the firms customers
Blattberg Bnesch and Fox emphasise that research evidence suggests that sales
promotions positively affect shot-term sales Research on price promotion has consistently
reported high sales effect and high price elasticity for brands which are on promotion
Aradhna Krishna says that the studies have shown that price promotions enhance
brand substitution within a product category affect aggregate sales and significantly
affect stock piling and purchase acceleration However there have also been studies that
suggest that sales promotion affects brand perceptions Researchers have found out that
promotions especially price promotions have negative effect on brand equity
In a study Schultz^ argues that over dependence on promotions can erode
consumers price-value equation
The result of a study by Jeddi indicates that in the long term advertising has a
positive effect on brand equity where as price promotions have negative effects
Similarly Yoo and others^ opine that based on structural equation model
suggests that frequent price promotions such as price deals are related to low brand
equity where as high advertising spending high price and high distribution intensity are
related to high brand equity There is also a managerial belief that if a brand is supported
with frequent promotional offers the equity of the brand tends to get diluted
Yoo and others have argued on the contrary that there have also been studies that
indicate brands benefit from promotions Among all the elements of marketing mix sales
promotions have long-term influence on brand equity
49 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mariola amp Elena suggested that monetary and non-monetary promotions are
useful to create brand equity because of their positive effect on brand knowledge
structures
Barbara Khan and Jagmohan Raju^deg encompass that an effect of promotions on
variety seeking and reinforcement behaviour has also been studied The importance of
consumer sales promotion in the marketing mix of the fast moving consumer goods
(FMCG) category throughout the world has increased Companies spend considerable
time in planning such activities However in order to enhance the effectiveness of these
activities manufacturers should understand consumer and retailer perceptions of their
promotional activities
Moreau Aradhana Krishna Bari Harlam^ have given outlook that in India fast
moving consumer goods (FMCG) category has witnessed an outburst of sales promotion
activities in the post-liberalization era and studied differing perceptions with respect to
price promotion from the point of manufacturers retailer and consumers
Campbell and Diamond set up that there have been very few discussions in sales
promotion literature about how different types of promotions may be classified One
dimension which has been suggested to classify different promotions is the price versus
non-price nature of the promotion
Cooke has given the opinion that the Price promotions are defined as
promotions such as coupons cents off refunds and rebates that temporarily reduce the
cost of the goods or service These promotions focus on the reduced economic outlay
required to obtain a good or service
Cooke states that the Non-price promotions has defined as promotions such as
giveaways or contests in which value is temporarily added to the product at full price
Although a wide variety of price and non-price promotions are launched in the market
Blattberg and others view that the most of the academic research on promotions
has focused on price promotions namely price offs and coupon offers
Smith and Sinha presented that the promotional tools such as free gift offers
exfra product offers are increasingly being used in the market place In recent years
researchers have started comparing consumer response to different promotions eg price
promotion versus premium promotion or extra product promotion versus price promotion
These researchers have found that different types of promotions create differential
response from the consumers
50
p
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld and Sasser have originated that the customer retention helps increase
revenue through increases in sales volume andor premium prices as well as reducing the
expenses or costs of generating those revenues An increase in retention rate has been
argued to have led to a corresponding increase in profit
Reichheld has identified six economic benefits of retaining customers (1)
savings on customers acquisition or replacement costs (2) a guarantee of base profits as
existing customers are likely to have a minimum spend per period (3) growth in per-
customer revenue as over a period of time existing customers are likely to earn more
have more varied needs and spend more (4) a reduction in relative operating costs as the
firms can spread the cost over many more customers and over a longer period (5) free of
charge referrals of new customers from existing customers which would otherwise be
costly in terms of commissions or introductory fees and (6) price premiums as existing
customers do not usually wait for promotions or price reductions before deciding to
purchase in particular with new models or versions of existing products
Reichheld has given the opinion that even if not all customers prefer long-term
relationships there are those who prefer stable long-term relationships inherently spend
more pay promptly and require less service Long-serving employees generate several
economic benefits not only that they are much better at finding and recruiting the best
customers but they retain customers by producing better products and value and they are
sources of customer referrals
Reichheld^ offered strategies that measure retention in terms of both crude and
weighted rates This involves interviewing former customers customer complaints and
service data and identifying switching behaviour With the use of computers firms should
have little difficulty in calculating and reporting both crude and weighted rates In
addition to measuring retention firms should consider interviewing former customers in
order to learn their reasons for defecting Customer defections may have been caused not
by the firm itself but by factors beyond its control
Reichheld^ identified six types of defectors (1) price - for a lower price (2)
product -for a superior product (3) service - for a better service (4) market - for a
different market for example a transport company which has moved out of road haulage
and therefore no longer buys trailers (5) technological - a customer that has converted
from using one technology to another and (6) organizational - switches due to political
pressure
5 1 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Rosenberg and Czepiel^^ have orated that it is probably unreaUstic to expect all
customers to stay indefinitely Not only do customers buy on a portfolio basis but firms
have to accept that a proportion of their customers will leave from time to time for a
number of reasons A strategy that would enable firms to cope with this situation is
customer portfolio management It involves an analysis of the firms customer portfolio
with a view to creating a specified balance of customer groups before reorganizing the
firm for customer retention Some examples of retention tactics are giving product extras
reinforcing promotions providing sales force connections providmg specialized
distribution and providing post-purchase communication Reorganization for customer
retention involves setting an acceptable target for customer turnover establishing
executive accountability for keeping customers and improving internal coordination by
targeting promotional strategies towaids repeat usage
25 DISTRIBUTION
Stem El-Ansary and Coughlan have concluded that the distribution intensity has
been commonly defined as the number of intermediaries used by a manufacturer within its
trade areas Ideal distribution intensity would make a brand available widely enough to
satisfy but not exceed target customers needs because over saturation increases
marketing costs without providing benefits The use of too few intermediaries can limit a
brands level of exposure in the marketplace However using too many intermediaries can
be detrimental to the brands image and its competitive position Exclusive distribution
in relation to intensive distribution has been examined in the economics literature In
opposition to traditional economic theory many economists now argue that exclusive
distribution can have pre-competitive effects when intermediary support is critical to the
success of the brand High distribution intensity may promote sales in the short run but
long-term results are less clear
It is evident from the above review that the works on marketing strategies throw
light mainly on general theme of and functional aspect of marketing strategies and
elements of marketing mix
26 MARKET ORIENTATION
There are several studies on consumer orientation of marketing retention of
consumers relationship marketing and consumer involvement and related reports which
52
Chapter 2 Literature Review
have gained a prominent place in formulation of marketing strategies A brief review of
literature on the above aspects is given below
Ruekert has given the opinion that for over 40 years the marketing concept has
been described as being the management philosophy that focuses on satisfying customer
needs and wants based on customer knowledge Recently however within the academic
literature increasing attention has been given to the concept of market orientation This
revival of the attention for a market orientation has been driven by enviroimiental
changes a more competitive international market place increasing pace of changing
technology a shortening of product life cycles and a decrease in customer loyalty
Kohli and others are given the opinion that empirical evidences support that the
market orientation is positively associated with superior performance As a result
businesses recognise that a focus on the customer and the markets they serve may result in
long-run competitive advantage and superior profitability
Days^^ opinion on market orientation is represented in three principal features
ie a set of beliefs that put the customers interest first the ability of the organisation to
generate disseminate and use superior information about customers and competitors and
the coordinated application of inter functional resources to the creation of superior
customer value
In the final opinion of Webster^ on market oriented organisation marketing is no
longer the sole responsibility of specialists Rather everyone in the firm is responsible for
understanding customers and delivering superior customer value
This study has been performed in order to gain insight into the extent to which
KSampDL maintains a marketing orientation in responding to enviroimiental changes and
into the relationship between marketing orientation and performance This project aims at
examining the marketing environment approaches to marketing the organisation and
responsibility for marketing activities and the marketing strategies adopted by KSampDL
Customer retention can be seen as the mirror image of customer defection where a
high retention rate has the same significance as a low defection rate Defining customer
retention in terms of percentage share of customer savings borrowing spending or
purchasing may be more usefial instead of in terms of the absolute numbers of customers OR
Storbacka found that 20 of their customer base accounted for 90 of their total
customer base profitability Hence customers ftom the remaining 80 of the customer
base were either unprofitable or contributed to an insignificant amoimt of profit
53
bdquo ir
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^^ concluded that the high proportion of new customers could bring
down the rate of retention and vice versa Moreover defection rates tend to be much
higher for new customers than long tenure customers
Reichheld^ and Dawkins have found that the tangible advantages of retaining
customers into prominence They claimed that a 5 increase in retention rate led to an
increase in the net present value of customers of between 25 and 85 in a wide range of
industries from credit card to insurance brokerage and from motor services to office
building management Despite its potential benefits customer retention did not obtain
much attention in strategic or marketing plaiming processes
The end goal of a firms marketing activities is making profit Fornell and
Wemerfelt^^ emphasized that marketing resources may be better spent on keeping
existing customers than acquiring new ones This was based on the assumption that
existing customers are profitable and they cost less to keep than to replace Firms
therefore have to be aware of the profitability of not just their products but also their
customers
BlattbergRC and Deighton J ^ Customer retention clearly deserves some
attention and should form a part of a firms strategic marketing goals rather than simply
being seen as the end result of good marketing management
Reichheld^ has given the opinion that the objective of many marketing strategies
in the last 10 years has been building the customers commitment to a brand or a dealer
This has taken three forms (a) Creating customer satisfaction - delivering superior quality
products and services (b) Building brand equity - the sum of the intangible assets of a
brand Factors that contribute to this are name awareness perceived quality brand
loyalty the associations consumers have towards the brand trademarks packaging and
marketing channel presence
Peppers and Rogers opine that creating and maintaining relationships - Success
with any of these strategies will result in high levels of repeat purchase insulation from
price increases and improved responsiveness to marketing communications by customers
Relationship marketing sought to build interdependence between partners and relied on
one-to-one communications historically delivered through the sales force With the
grov^^h of marketing databases and the Internet the ability to reach customers individually
became a viable strategy for a wide range of firms including consumer products
companies
54
r
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^ claimed that even small improvements in customer retention can as
much as double company profits This is because 1 It costs less to serve long-term
customers 2 Loyal customers will pay a price premium 3 Loyal customers will generate
word of-mouth referrals to other prospective customers
Finn^deg^ argues that though consumer involvement can take place at various levels
other than product level of motivation results from product attributes and relatedness of
the product to the consumers psycho social wants and needs It has also been identified
that products which are highly priced having complex features and high perceived risk
generate high involvement levels from the consumers
Saxena^ has concluded that the consumers express low involvement levels for
products which are generally low priced have simple features and low perceived risk
Thus the level of consumer involvement is dependent on the product
Alreck^ in his argument says that the age affects consumers self concept and life
styles and carries with it culturally defined behavioral and attitudinal norms Age
determines the consumption of various products media and shopping centers and has
been used by marketers to segment the markets
Jain and Sharma^ have found that the age also influences the level of consumer
involvement Though age forms a part of ones stage of family life cycle yet it is in itself
an important factor for various Products
Sanjay^deg has argued that men and women possess unique personality traits
interests knowledge judgment capabilities and social status Hence both sexes process
and evaluate products differently
Jain and Sharma^ have initiated that there are differences in the involvement
levels for various products between men and women
Jain and Sharma have concluded that the income of the family combined with
familys accumulated wealth determines the purchasing power However income enables
purchases but does not generally cause or explain them It is likely that the occupation and
education dnectly influence the preferences for products media and activities Income
provides the means to acquire them Occupation is strongly related to education and
income Various studies have found differences in consumption of products with
differences in the occupations
Jain and Sharma have gathered a minimal support for the argument that
consumer involvement differs for differences in consumers occupation However it may
55
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
hand and cost and availability aspects on the other hand in order to provide the consumer
with the best possible package An effective package can be an efficient mass-selling
medium and it is often worth more attention and money that are now devoted to it by most
companies
According to the study of Alsop and Abrams 19 of consumers refiised to buy
the brand in a poor package again while 24 said they would buy it cautiously or in a
different type of package Their research further revealed that most important package
characteristics to consumers are storage life of any unused portion the ability to recognize
the contents by looking at the package and its graphics resalability and ease of storage
Shapiro^ has given the opinion that increased competition is forcing brand
managers of consumer goods to alter the portfolio of the package sizes they offer
Although some managers assume that larger package sizes encourage consumers to use
more (per usage occasion) than smaller package sizes and these assumptions are
becoming a source of controversy They suggest that compared to small packages large
packages might be expected to encourage greater use because consumers would be less
concerned about running out of the product The greater the supply of a product (eg
large package) the lower the transaction (replacement) costs for using the product and the
greater the volume people are willing to use Another possible reason that has not yet been
investigated is that unit costs often vary inversely with package size Because products
from large packages are generally less expensive (per unit) than those from small
packages They may be used in greater volume
Hoch has concluded that the large packages of familiar branded products
encourage more use than do small packages The study shows that as the size of a package
increases so does the volume of the product that a person uses And also the notion that
perceptions of a packages imit cost can influence usage and operate independently of the
package size itself
Mitchell^ says that a successful brand could gain impetus from irmovative
products andor process Product innovations may be in the form of product improvements
or development of new products Process innovation is the improvement in the operation
process integration of the operation steps leading to reductions in cycle time or
reductions in the number of process steps that improve the operations efficiency and
effectiveness However the importance of irmovation or simply admiring its usefulness
will not serve the dream of being innovative A firm needs to have a strategic know-how
system in place to put the mnovations into use
45 i
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Fraser^^has argued that the innovation can be one of the ways that marketers can
differentiate themselves from their competitors The creation of an innovative
productservice can potentially provide marketers with a sustainable competitive
advantage
Webster^ draws the conclusion that the innovation refers to the extent of the
unique product service process or approach a firm is able to achieve Innovation is
concerned not only with the finished product but also with the value-creating processes
23 PRICING Shapiro argued that pricing is an important decision area of marketing It is the
only element of the marketing mix that generates revenue and all the other elements
involve cost Price is also one of the most important market place indicators
Lichtenstein Ridgway and Netemeyer opine that the all pervasive influence of
price is due to the fact that the price factor is present in all purchase situations and
represents to all consumers Although it is believed that price serves as an indicator of
quality there exists no general price-perceived quality relationship
Erickson and Johansson in their final conclusion that the price becomes a less
important indicator of quality in the presence of other product quality indicators such as
brand name or store image
Zeithaml^^says that the use of price as an indicator of quality depends on the
following The availability of other indicators to quality (a) The price variation within a
product class (b) The product quality variation within a product category (c) The
level of consumer awareness about price (d) The consumers ability to distinguish quality
variation in a product group
Scitovsky^ argued that the price is identified as an important index of quality In
his view the word cheap usually means inferior quality
Leavitt^^observed that in one of the pioneering studies on price-perceived quality
relationship the buyers tended to have doubts when they chose the lower priced brands
than in the case of higher-priced brands He concluded that a higher price might
sometimes increase the buyers readiness to buy
46
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Gabor and Granger^^ concluded that the price would be an indicator of quality for
commodities such as textile products where quality cannot be ascertained by sight and
where owing to changes in technology and fashion past experience was of little use
McConnell^^ examined the relationship between price and the quality of beer
which is a frequently purchased consumer product He found that the buyers used price as
an indicator of product quality With a homogeneous product and various unknown brand
names buyers perceived the highest-priced brand to be of better quality than the other two
brands He concluded that price without any other indicator was an effective measure for
brand evaluation However Shapiro warned marketers that the concept of price as an
indicator of quality should not be applied indiscriminately in making pricing decisions
In an experimental study Gardener explored the degree of price-quality
relationship for three products toothpaste a mans shirt and a suit He concluded that
while price did not affect the perception of product quality in case of all the three
products whether branded or not it did affect the willingness to buy a shirt
Lambert^ says that the Consumer choices regarding price might be influenced by
the following product-specific factors (a) Buyers confidence in the predictive value of
price (b) Perceived consequences of making a poor brand choice (c) Amount of
brand-to-brand variation in product quality (d) Social importance of the product (e)
Difficulty encountered in making quality judgments (f) Ability to assess product quality cry
Shapiro sought to determine whether price would act as a communicator of
quality and ascertain the reasons for consumers judging the product quality by price by
determining the correlates of price reliance It was found that for most of the dimensions
such as quality durability looks or fragrance the number of buyers ranking the high-
priced product better than the low-priced product was greater than the number of buyers
ranking the low-priced product better than the high priced product
In the final opinion of Shivdasani on price and quality is that they are linked
together in the mind of the consumer Price plays different roles in the purchase-decision
process In traditional economic theory since higher price has a negative impact on the
consumers budget price has a negative influence on his buying decision
Monroe and Krishnan opine that a behavioral perspective price may be
perceived as a product quality indicator Therefore price may be viewed either as an
indicator of sacrifice or as an indicator of quality or both
Rao and Monroe ^ found that price increase might play a positive or a negative
role in the purchase-decision process People are more likely to use price as an indicator 47
Chapter 2 Literature Review
of quality for expensive products As price increases the risk of an incorrect decision
increases and the buyer is often less familiar with the product because of the infrequency
of purchase
In the Indian scenario Mehta Parasuraman and Ambarish Kumar^^ conducted an
experimental study to find out the relationship between quality and price and to examine
the consumers brand choice with respect to ready-made shirts The study indicated that a
majority of the buyers perceived some quality difference between the two shirts which
were identical in all respects except for the brand names The study revealed that the name
of a well-known brand induced the consumers to be favourably disposed towards that
brand in terms of quality and price perception and they were willing to pay a higher price
for the well-known brand
24 PROMOTION
According to Kotler^^ sales promotion consists of a diverse collection of incentive
tools mostly short-term designed to stimulate quicker andor greater purchase of
particular productsservices by consumers or the trade
Roger Strang has given a more simplistic definition ie sales promotions are
short-term incentives to encourage purchase or sales of a product or service Hence any
forms of incentives (price cut or value added nature) offered for short period either to
trade or consumers are considered as sales promotion activities
Blattberg and others opine that Sales promotions are action-focused marketing
events whose purpose is to have a direct impact on the behavior of the firms customers
There are three major types of sales promotions consumer promotions retailer
promotions and trade promotions Consumer promotions are promotions offered by
manufacturers directly to consumers Retailer promotions are promotions offered by
retailers to consumers Trade promotions are promotions offered by manufacturers to
retailers or other trade entities
Huff and Alden observe that throughout the world sales promotions offered to
consumers are an integral part of the marketing mix for many consumer products
Marketing managers use price-oriented promotions such as coupons rebates and price
discounts to increase sales and market share entice consumers to trial and encourage
them to switch brands or stores Non-price promotions such as sweepstakes fi-equent user
clubs and premiums add excitement and value to brands and may increase brand
attractiveness In addition consumers like promotions They provide utilitarian benefits
such as monetary savings increased quality (higher quality products become attainable)
48
J
Chapter 2 Literature Review
and convenience as well as hedonistic benefits such as entertainment exploration and
self-expression
Aradhna Krishna and others^ opine that sales promotions have become a vital tool
for marketers and its importance has been increasing significantly over the years In India
sales promotions expenditure by various marketing companies is estimated to be Rs 5000
crore and the emphasis on sales promotion activities by the Indian industry has increased
by 500 to 600 percent during the last 3 to 5 years (Economic Times June 15 2003) In the
year 2001 there were as many as 2050 promotional schemes in the Rs 80000 crore
FMCG Industry
Kotler opine that the given the growing importance of sales promotion there has
been considerable interest in the effect of sales promotion on different dimensions such as
consumers price perceptions brand choice brand switching behaviour evaluation of
brand equity and effect on brand perception and so on One of the purposes of a consumer
promotion is to elicit a direct impact on the purchase behaviour of the firms customers
Blattberg Bnesch and Fox emphasise that research evidence suggests that sales
promotions positively affect shot-term sales Research on price promotion has consistently
reported high sales effect and high price elasticity for brands which are on promotion
Aradhna Krishna says that the studies have shown that price promotions enhance
brand substitution within a product category affect aggregate sales and significantly
affect stock piling and purchase acceleration However there have also been studies that
suggest that sales promotion affects brand perceptions Researchers have found out that
promotions especially price promotions have negative effect on brand equity
In a study Schultz^ argues that over dependence on promotions can erode
consumers price-value equation
The result of a study by Jeddi indicates that in the long term advertising has a
positive effect on brand equity where as price promotions have negative effects
Similarly Yoo and others^ opine that based on structural equation model
suggests that frequent price promotions such as price deals are related to low brand
equity where as high advertising spending high price and high distribution intensity are
related to high brand equity There is also a managerial belief that if a brand is supported
with frequent promotional offers the equity of the brand tends to get diluted
Yoo and others have argued on the contrary that there have also been studies that
indicate brands benefit from promotions Among all the elements of marketing mix sales
promotions have long-term influence on brand equity
49 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mariola amp Elena suggested that monetary and non-monetary promotions are
useful to create brand equity because of their positive effect on brand knowledge
structures
Barbara Khan and Jagmohan Raju^deg encompass that an effect of promotions on
variety seeking and reinforcement behaviour has also been studied The importance of
consumer sales promotion in the marketing mix of the fast moving consumer goods
(FMCG) category throughout the world has increased Companies spend considerable
time in planning such activities However in order to enhance the effectiveness of these
activities manufacturers should understand consumer and retailer perceptions of their
promotional activities
Moreau Aradhana Krishna Bari Harlam^ have given outlook that in India fast
moving consumer goods (FMCG) category has witnessed an outburst of sales promotion
activities in the post-liberalization era and studied differing perceptions with respect to
price promotion from the point of manufacturers retailer and consumers
Campbell and Diamond set up that there have been very few discussions in sales
promotion literature about how different types of promotions may be classified One
dimension which has been suggested to classify different promotions is the price versus
non-price nature of the promotion
Cooke has given the opinion that the Price promotions are defined as
promotions such as coupons cents off refunds and rebates that temporarily reduce the
cost of the goods or service These promotions focus on the reduced economic outlay
required to obtain a good or service
Cooke states that the Non-price promotions has defined as promotions such as
giveaways or contests in which value is temporarily added to the product at full price
Although a wide variety of price and non-price promotions are launched in the market
Blattberg and others view that the most of the academic research on promotions
has focused on price promotions namely price offs and coupon offers
Smith and Sinha presented that the promotional tools such as free gift offers
exfra product offers are increasingly being used in the market place In recent years
researchers have started comparing consumer response to different promotions eg price
promotion versus premium promotion or extra product promotion versus price promotion
These researchers have found that different types of promotions create differential
response from the consumers
50
p
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld and Sasser have originated that the customer retention helps increase
revenue through increases in sales volume andor premium prices as well as reducing the
expenses or costs of generating those revenues An increase in retention rate has been
argued to have led to a corresponding increase in profit
Reichheld has identified six economic benefits of retaining customers (1)
savings on customers acquisition or replacement costs (2) a guarantee of base profits as
existing customers are likely to have a minimum spend per period (3) growth in per-
customer revenue as over a period of time existing customers are likely to earn more
have more varied needs and spend more (4) a reduction in relative operating costs as the
firms can spread the cost over many more customers and over a longer period (5) free of
charge referrals of new customers from existing customers which would otherwise be
costly in terms of commissions or introductory fees and (6) price premiums as existing
customers do not usually wait for promotions or price reductions before deciding to
purchase in particular with new models or versions of existing products
Reichheld has given the opinion that even if not all customers prefer long-term
relationships there are those who prefer stable long-term relationships inherently spend
more pay promptly and require less service Long-serving employees generate several
economic benefits not only that they are much better at finding and recruiting the best
customers but they retain customers by producing better products and value and they are
sources of customer referrals
Reichheld^ offered strategies that measure retention in terms of both crude and
weighted rates This involves interviewing former customers customer complaints and
service data and identifying switching behaviour With the use of computers firms should
have little difficulty in calculating and reporting both crude and weighted rates In
addition to measuring retention firms should consider interviewing former customers in
order to learn their reasons for defecting Customer defections may have been caused not
by the firm itself but by factors beyond its control
Reichheld^ identified six types of defectors (1) price - for a lower price (2)
product -for a superior product (3) service - for a better service (4) market - for a
different market for example a transport company which has moved out of road haulage
and therefore no longer buys trailers (5) technological - a customer that has converted
from using one technology to another and (6) organizational - switches due to political
pressure
5 1 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Rosenberg and Czepiel^^ have orated that it is probably unreaUstic to expect all
customers to stay indefinitely Not only do customers buy on a portfolio basis but firms
have to accept that a proportion of their customers will leave from time to time for a
number of reasons A strategy that would enable firms to cope with this situation is
customer portfolio management It involves an analysis of the firms customer portfolio
with a view to creating a specified balance of customer groups before reorganizing the
firm for customer retention Some examples of retention tactics are giving product extras
reinforcing promotions providing sales force connections providmg specialized
distribution and providing post-purchase communication Reorganization for customer
retention involves setting an acceptable target for customer turnover establishing
executive accountability for keeping customers and improving internal coordination by
targeting promotional strategies towaids repeat usage
25 DISTRIBUTION
Stem El-Ansary and Coughlan have concluded that the distribution intensity has
been commonly defined as the number of intermediaries used by a manufacturer within its
trade areas Ideal distribution intensity would make a brand available widely enough to
satisfy but not exceed target customers needs because over saturation increases
marketing costs without providing benefits The use of too few intermediaries can limit a
brands level of exposure in the marketplace However using too many intermediaries can
be detrimental to the brands image and its competitive position Exclusive distribution
in relation to intensive distribution has been examined in the economics literature In
opposition to traditional economic theory many economists now argue that exclusive
distribution can have pre-competitive effects when intermediary support is critical to the
success of the brand High distribution intensity may promote sales in the short run but
long-term results are less clear
It is evident from the above review that the works on marketing strategies throw
light mainly on general theme of and functional aspect of marketing strategies and
elements of marketing mix
26 MARKET ORIENTATION
There are several studies on consumer orientation of marketing retention of
consumers relationship marketing and consumer involvement and related reports which
52
Chapter 2 Literature Review
have gained a prominent place in formulation of marketing strategies A brief review of
literature on the above aspects is given below
Ruekert has given the opinion that for over 40 years the marketing concept has
been described as being the management philosophy that focuses on satisfying customer
needs and wants based on customer knowledge Recently however within the academic
literature increasing attention has been given to the concept of market orientation This
revival of the attention for a market orientation has been driven by enviroimiental
changes a more competitive international market place increasing pace of changing
technology a shortening of product life cycles and a decrease in customer loyalty
Kohli and others are given the opinion that empirical evidences support that the
market orientation is positively associated with superior performance As a result
businesses recognise that a focus on the customer and the markets they serve may result in
long-run competitive advantage and superior profitability
Days^^ opinion on market orientation is represented in three principal features
ie a set of beliefs that put the customers interest first the ability of the organisation to
generate disseminate and use superior information about customers and competitors and
the coordinated application of inter functional resources to the creation of superior
customer value
In the final opinion of Webster^ on market oriented organisation marketing is no
longer the sole responsibility of specialists Rather everyone in the firm is responsible for
understanding customers and delivering superior customer value
This study has been performed in order to gain insight into the extent to which
KSampDL maintains a marketing orientation in responding to enviroimiental changes and
into the relationship between marketing orientation and performance This project aims at
examining the marketing environment approaches to marketing the organisation and
responsibility for marketing activities and the marketing strategies adopted by KSampDL
Customer retention can be seen as the mirror image of customer defection where a
high retention rate has the same significance as a low defection rate Defining customer
retention in terms of percentage share of customer savings borrowing spending or
purchasing may be more usefial instead of in terms of the absolute numbers of customers OR
Storbacka found that 20 of their customer base accounted for 90 of their total
customer base profitability Hence customers ftom the remaining 80 of the customer
base were either unprofitable or contributed to an insignificant amoimt of profit
53
bdquo ir
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^^ concluded that the high proportion of new customers could bring
down the rate of retention and vice versa Moreover defection rates tend to be much
higher for new customers than long tenure customers
Reichheld^ and Dawkins have found that the tangible advantages of retaining
customers into prominence They claimed that a 5 increase in retention rate led to an
increase in the net present value of customers of between 25 and 85 in a wide range of
industries from credit card to insurance brokerage and from motor services to office
building management Despite its potential benefits customer retention did not obtain
much attention in strategic or marketing plaiming processes
The end goal of a firms marketing activities is making profit Fornell and
Wemerfelt^^ emphasized that marketing resources may be better spent on keeping
existing customers than acquiring new ones This was based on the assumption that
existing customers are profitable and they cost less to keep than to replace Firms
therefore have to be aware of the profitability of not just their products but also their
customers
BlattbergRC and Deighton J ^ Customer retention clearly deserves some
attention and should form a part of a firms strategic marketing goals rather than simply
being seen as the end result of good marketing management
Reichheld^ has given the opinion that the objective of many marketing strategies
in the last 10 years has been building the customers commitment to a brand or a dealer
This has taken three forms (a) Creating customer satisfaction - delivering superior quality
products and services (b) Building brand equity - the sum of the intangible assets of a
brand Factors that contribute to this are name awareness perceived quality brand
loyalty the associations consumers have towards the brand trademarks packaging and
marketing channel presence
Peppers and Rogers opine that creating and maintaining relationships - Success
with any of these strategies will result in high levels of repeat purchase insulation from
price increases and improved responsiveness to marketing communications by customers
Relationship marketing sought to build interdependence between partners and relied on
one-to-one communications historically delivered through the sales force With the
grov^^h of marketing databases and the Internet the ability to reach customers individually
became a viable strategy for a wide range of firms including consumer products
companies
54
r
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^ claimed that even small improvements in customer retention can as
much as double company profits This is because 1 It costs less to serve long-term
customers 2 Loyal customers will pay a price premium 3 Loyal customers will generate
word of-mouth referrals to other prospective customers
Finn^deg^ argues that though consumer involvement can take place at various levels
other than product level of motivation results from product attributes and relatedness of
the product to the consumers psycho social wants and needs It has also been identified
that products which are highly priced having complex features and high perceived risk
generate high involvement levels from the consumers
Saxena^ has concluded that the consumers express low involvement levels for
products which are generally low priced have simple features and low perceived risk
Thus the level of consumer involvement is dependent on the product
Alreck^ in his argument says that the age affects consumers self concept and life
styles and carries with it culturally defined behavioral and attitudinal norms Age
determines the consumption of various products media and shopping centers and has
been used by marketers to segment the markets
Jain and Sharma^ have found that the age also influences the level of consumer
involvement Though age forms a part of ones stage of family life cycle yet it is in itself
an important factor for various Products
Sanjay^deg has argued that men and women possess unique personality traits
interests knowledge judgment capabilities and social status Hence both sexes process
and evaluate products differently
Jain and Sharma^ have initiated that there are differences in the involvement
levels for various products between men and women
Jain and Sharma have concluded that the income of the family combined with
familys accumulated wealth determines the purchasing power However income enables
purchases but does not generally cause or explain them It is likely that the occupation and
education dnectly influence the preferences for products media and activities Income
provides the means to acquire them Occupation is strongly related to education and
income Various studies have found differences in consumption of products with
differences in the occupations
Jain and Sharma have gathered a minimal support for the argument that
consumer involvement differs for differences in consumers occupation However it may
55
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Fraser^^has argued that the innovation can be one of the ways that marketers can
differentiate themselves from their competitors The creation of an innovative
productservice can potentially provide marketers with a sustainable competitive
advantage
Webster^ draws the conclusion that the innovation refers to the extent of the
unique product service process or approach a firm is able to achieve Innovation is
concerned not only with the finished product but also with the value-creating processes
23 PRICING Shapiro argued that pricing is an important decision area of marketing It is the
only element of the marketing mix that generates revenue and all the other elements
involve cost Price is also one of the most important market place indicators
Lichtenstein Ridgway and Netemeyer opine that the all pervasive influence of
price is due to the fact that the price factor is present in all purchase situations and
represents to all consumers Although it is believed that price serves as an indicator of
quality there exists no general price-perceived quality relationship
Erickson and Johansson in their final conclusion that the price becomes a less
important indicator of quality in the presence of other product quality indicators such as
brand name or store image
Zeithaml^^says that the use of price as an indicator of quality depends on the
following The availability of other indicators to quality (a) The price variation within a
product class (b) The product quality variation within a product category (c) The
level of consumer awareness about price (d) The consumers ability to distinguish quality
variation in a product group
Scitovsky^ argued that the price is identified as an important index of quality In
his view the word cheap usually means inferior quality
Leavitt^^observed that in one of the pioneering studies on price-perceived quality
relationship the buyers tended to have doubts when they chose the lower priced brands
than in the case of higher-priced brands He concluded that a higher price might
sometimes increase the buyers readiness to buy
46
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Gabor and Granger^^ concluded that the price would be an indicator of quality for
commodities such as textile products where quality cannot be ascertained by sight and
where owing to changes in technology and fashion past experience was of little use
McConnell^^ examined the relationship between price and the quality of beer
which is a frequently purchased consumer product He found that the buyers used price as
an indicator of product quality With a homogeneous product and various unknown brand
names buyers perceived the highest-priced brand to be of better quality than the other two
brands He concluded that price without any other indicator was an effective measure for
brand evaluation However Shapiro warned marketers that the concept of price as an
indicator of quality should not be applied indiscriminately in making pricing decisions
In an experimental study Gardener explored the degree of price-quality
relationship for three products toothpaste a mans shirt and a suit He concluded that
while price did not affect the perception of product quality in case of all the three
products whether branded or not it did affect the willingness to buy a shirt
Lambert^ says that the Consumer choices regarding price might be influenced by
the following product-specific factors (a) Buyers confidence in the predictive value of
price (b) Perceived consequences of making a poor brand choice (c) Amount of
brand-to-brand variation in product quality (d) Social importance of the product (e)
Difficulty encountered in making quality judgments (f) Ability to assess product quality cry
Shapiro sought to determine whether price would act as a communicator of
quality and ascertain the reasons for consumers judging the product quality by price by
determining the correlates of price reliance It was found that for most of the dimensions
such as quality durability looks or fragrance the number of buyers ranking the high-
priced product better than the low-priced product was greater than the number of buyers
ranking the low-priced product better than the high priced product
In the final opinion of Shivdasani on price and quality is that they are linked
together in the mind of the consumer Price plays different roles in the purchase-decision
process In traditional economic theory since higher price has a negative impact on the
consumers budget price has a negative influence on his buying decision
Monroe and Krishnan opine that a behavioral perspective price may be
perceived as a product quality indicator Therefore price may be viewed either as an
indicator of sacrifice or as an indicator of quality or both
Rao and Monroe ^ found that price increase might play a positive or a negative
role in the purchase-decision process People are more likely to use price as an indicator 47
Chapter 2 Literature Review
of quality for expensive products As price increases the risk of an incorrect decision
increases and the buyer is often less familiar with the product because of the infrequency
of purchase
In the Indian scenario Mehta Parasuraman and Ambarish Kumar^^ conducted an
experimental study to find out the relationship between quality and price and to examine
the consumers brand choice with respect to ready-made shirts The study indicated that a
majority of the buyers perceived some quality difference between the two shirts which
were identical in all respects except for the brand names The study revealed that the name
of a well-known brand induced the consumers to be favourably disposed towards that
brand in terms of quality and price perception and they were willing to pay a higher price
for the well-known brand
24 PROMOTION
According to Kotler^^ sales promotion consists of a diverse collection of incentive
tools mostly short-term designed to stimulate quicker andor greater purchase of
particular productsservices by consumers or the trade
Roger Strang has given a more simplistic definition ie sales promotions are
short-term incentives to encourage purchase or sales of a product or service Hence any
forms of incentives (price cut or value added nature) offered for short period either to
trade or consumers are considered as sales promotion activities
Blattberg and others opine that Sales promotions are action-focused marketing
events whose purpose is to have a direct impact on the behavior of the firms customers
There are three major types of sales promotions consumer promotions retailer
promotions and trade promotions Consumer promotions are promotions offered by
manufacturers directly to consumers Retailer promotions are promotions offered by
retailers to consumers Trade promotions are promotions offered by manufacturers to
retailers or other trade entities
Huff and Alden observe that throughout the world sales promotions offered to
consumers are an integral part of the marketing mix for many consumer products
Marketing managers use price-oriented promotions such as coupons rebates and price
discounts to increase sales and market share entice consumers to trial and encourage
them to switch brands or stores Non-price promotions such as sweepstakes fi-equent user
clubs and premiums add excitement and value to brands and may increase brand
attractiveness In addition consumers like promotions They provide utilitarian benefits
such as monetary savings increased quality (higher quality products become attainable)
48
J
Chapter 2 Literature Review
and convenience as well as hedonistic benefits such as entertainment exploration and
self-expression
Aradhna Krishna and others^ opine that sales promotions have become a vital tool
for marketers and its importance has been increasing significantly over the years In India
sales promotions expenditure by various marketing companies is estimated to be Rs 5000
crore and the emphasis on sales promotion activities by the Indian industry has increased
by 500 to 600 percent during the last 3 to 5 years (Economic Times June 15 2003) In the
year 2001 there were as many as 2050 promotional schemes in the Rs 80000 crore
FMCG Industry
Kotler opine that the given the growing importance of sales promotion there has
been considerable interest in the effect of sales promotion on different dimensions such as
consumers price perceptions brand choice brand switching behaviour evaluation of
brand equity and effect on brand perception and so on One of the purposes of a consumer
promotion is to elicit a direct impact on the purchase behaviour of the firms customers
Blattberg Bnesch and Fox emphasise that research evidence suggests that sales
promotions positively affect shot-term sales Research on price promotion has consistently
reported high sales effect and high price elasticity for brands which are on promotion
Aradhna Krishna says that the studies have shown that price promotions enhance
brand substitution within a product category affect aggregate sales and significantly
affect stock piling and purchase acceleration However there have also been studies that
suggest that sales promotion affects brand perceptions Researchers have found out that
promotions especially price promotions have negative effect on brand equity
In a study Schultz^ argues that over dependence on promotions can erode
consumers price-value equation
The result of a study by Jeddi indicates that in the long term advertising has a
positive effect on brand equity where as price promotions have negative effects
Similarly Yoo and others^ opine that based on structural equation model
suggests that frequent price promotions such as price deals are related to low brand
equity where as high advertising spending high price and high distribution intensity are
related to high brand equity There is also a managerial belief that if a brand is supported
with frequent promotional offers the equity of the brand tends to get diluted
Yoo and others have argued on the contrary that there have also been studies that
indicate brands benefit from promotions Among all the elements of marketing mix sales
promotions have long-term influence on brand equity
49 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mariola amp Elena suggested that monetary and non-monetary promotions are
useful to create brand equity because of their positive effect on brand knowledge
structures
Barbara Khan and Jagmohan Raju^deg encompass that an effect of promotions on
variety seeking and reinforcement behaviour has also been studied The importance of
consumer sales promotion in the marketing mix of the fast moving consumer goods
(FMCG) category throughout the world has increased Companies spend considerable
time in planning such activities However in order to enhance the effectiveness of these
activities manufacturers should understand consumer and retailer perceptions of their
promotional activities
Moreau Aradhana Krishna Bari Harlam^ have given outlook that in India fast
moving consumer goods (FMCG) category has witnessed an outburst of sales promotion
activities in the post-liberalization era and studied differing perceptions with respect to
price promotion from the point of manufacturers retailer and consumers
Campbell and Diamond set up that there have been very few discussions in sales
promotion literature about how different types of promotions may be classified One
dimension which has been suggested to classify different promotions is the price versus
non-price nature of the promotion
Cooke has given the opinion that the Price promotions are defined as
promotions such as coupons cents off refunds and rebates that temporarily reduce the
cost of the goods or service These promotions focus on the reduced economic outlay
required to obtain a good or service
Cooke states that the Non-price promotions has defined as promotions such as
giveaways or contests in which value is temporarily added to the product at full price
Although a wide variety of price and non-price promotions are launched in the market
Blattberg and others view that the most of the academic research on promotions
has focused on price promotions namely price offs and coupon offers
Smith and Sinha presented that the promotional tools such as free gift offers
exfra product offers are increasingly being used in the market place In recent years
researchers have started comparing consumer response to different promotions eg price
promotion versus premium promotion or extra product promotion versus price promotion
These researchers have found that different types of promotions create differential
response from the consumers
50
p
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld and Sasser have originated that the customer retention helps increase
revenue through increases in sales volume andor premium prices as well as reducing the
expenses or costs of generating those revenues An increase in retention rate has been
argued to have led to a corresponding increase in profit
Reichheld has identified six economic benefits of retaining customers (1)
savings on customers acquisition or replacement costs (2) a guarantee of base profits as
existing customers are likely to have a minimum spend per period (3) growth in per-
customer revenue as over a period of time existing customers are likely to earn more
have more varied needs and spend more (4) a reduction in relative operating costs as the
firms can spread the cost over many more customers and over a longer period (5) free of
charge referrals of new customers from existing customers which would otherwise be
costly in terms of commissions or introductory fees and (6) price premiums as existing
customers do not usually wait for promotions or price reductions before deciding to
purchase in particular with new models or versions of existing products
Reichheld has given the opinion that even if not all customers prefer long-term
relationships there are those who prefer stable long-term relationships inherently spend
more pay promptly and require less service Long-serving employees generate several
economic benefits not only that they are much better at finding and recruiting the best
customers but they retain customers by producing better products and value and they are
sources of customer referrals
Reichheld^ offered strategies that measure retention in terms of both crude and
weighted rates This involves interviewing former customers customer complaints and
service data and identifying switching behaviour With the use of computers firms should
have little difficulty in calculating and reporting both crude and weighted rates In
addition to measuring retention firms should consider interviewing former customers in
order to learn their reasons for defecting Customer defections may have been caused not
by the firm itself but by factors beyond its control
Reichheld^ identified six types of defectors (1) price - for a lower price (2)
product -for a superior product (3) service - for a better service (4) market - for a
different market for example a transport company which has moved out of road haulage
and therefore no longer buys trailers (5) technological - a customer that has converted
from using one technology to another and (6) organizational - switches due to political
pressure
5 1 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Rosenberg and Czepiel^^ have orated that it is probably unreaUstic to expect all
customers to stay indefinitely Not only do customers buy on a portfolio basis but firms
have to accept that a proportion of their customers will leave from time to time for a
number of reasons A strategy that would enable firms to cope with this situation is
customer portfolio management It involves an analysis of the firms customer portfolio
with a view to creating a specified balance of customer groups before reorganizing the
firm for customer retention Some examples of retention tactics are giving product extras
reinforcing promotions providing sales force connections providmg specialized
distribution and providing post-purchase communication Reorganization for customer
retention involves setting an acceptable target for customer turnover establishing
executive accountability for keeping customers and improving internal coordination by
targeting promotional strategies towaids repeat usage
25 DISTRIBUTION
Stem El-Ansary and Coughlan have concluded that the distribution intensity has
been commonly defined as the number of intermediaries used by a manufacturer within its
trade areas Ideal distribution intensity would make a brand available widely enough to
satisfy but not exceed target customers needs because over saturation increases
marketing costs without providing benefits The use of too few intermediaries can limit a
brands level of exposure in the marketplace However using too many intermediaries can
be detrimental to the brands image and its competitive position Exclusive distribution
in relation to intensive distribution has been examined in the economics literature In
opposition to traditional economic theory many economists now argue that exclusive
distribution can have pre-competitive effects when intermediary support is critical to the
success of the brand High distribution intensity may promote sales in the short run but
long-term results are less clear
It is evident from the above review that the works on marketing strategies throw
light mainly on general theme of and functional aspect of marketing strategies and
elements of marketing mix
26 MARKET ORIENTATION
There are several studies on consumer orientation of marketing retention of
consumers relationship marketing and consumer involvement and related reports which
52
Chapter 2 Literature Review
have gained a prominent place in formulation of marketing strategies A brief review of
literature on the above aspects is given below
Ruekert has given the opinion that for over 40 years the marketing concept has
been described as being the management philosophy that focuses on satisfying customer
needs and wants based on customer knowledge Recently however within the academic
literature increasing attention has been given to the concept of market orientation This
revival of the attention for a market orientation has been driven by enviroimiental
changes a more competitive international market place increasing pace of changing
technology a shortening of product life cycles and a decrease in customer loyalty
Kohli and others are given the opinion that empirical evidences support that the
market orientation is positively associated with superior performance As a result
businesses recognise that a focus on the customer and the markets they serve may result in
long-run competitive advantage and superior profitability
Days^^ opinion on market orientation is represented in three principal features
ie a set of beliefs that put the customers interest first the ability of the organisation to
generate disseminate and use superior information about customers and competitors and
the coordinated application of inter functional resources to the creation of superior
customer value
In the final opinion of Webster^ on market oriented organisation marketing is no
longer the sole responsibility of specialists Rather everyone in the firm is responsible for
understanding customers and delivering superior customer value
This study has been performed in order to gain insight into the extent to which
KSampDL maintains a marketing orientation in responding to enviroimiental changes and
into the relationship between marketing orientation and performance This project aims at
examining the marketing environment approaches to marketing the organisation and
responsibility for marketing activities and the marketing strategies adopted by KSampDL
Customer retention can be seen as the mirror image of customer defection where a
high retention rate has the same significance as a low defection rate Defining customer
retention in terms of percentage share of customer savings borrowing spending or
purchasing may be more usefial instead of in terms of the absolute numbers of customers OR
Storbacka found that 20 of their customer base accounted for 90 of their total
customer base profitability Hence customers ftom the remaining 80 of the customer
base were either unprofitable or contributed to an insignificant amoimt of profit
53
bdquo ir
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^^ concluded that the high proportion of new customers could bring
down the rate of retention and vice versa Moreover defection rates tend to be much
higher for new customers than long tenure customers
Reichheld^ and Dawkins have found that the tangible advantages of retaining
customers into prominence They claimed that a 5 increase in retention rate led to an
increase in the net present value of customers of between 25 and 85 in a wide range of
industries from credit card to insurance brokerage and from motor services to office
building management Despite its potential benefits customer retention did not obtain
much attention in strategic or marketing plaiming processes
The end goal of a firms marketing activities is making profit Fornell and
Wemerfelt^^ emphasized that marketing resources may be better spent on keeping
existing customers than acquiring new ones This was based on the assumption that
existing customers are profitable and they cost less to keep than to replace Firms
therefore have to be aware of the profitability of not just their products but also their
customers
BlattbergRC and Deighton J ^ Customer retention clearly deserves some
attention and should form a part of a firms strategic marketing goals rather than simply
being seen as the end result of good marketing management
Reichheld^ has given the opinion that the objective of many marketing strategies
in the last 10 years has been building the customers commitment to a brand or a dealer
This has taken three forms (a) Creating customer satisfaction - delivering superior quality
products and services (b) Building brand equity - the sum of the intangible assets of a
brand Factors that contribute to this are name awareness perceived quality brand
loyalty the associations consumers have towards the brand trademarks packaging and
marketing channel presence
Peppers and Rogers opine that creating and maintaining relationships - Success
with any of these strategies will result in high levels of repeat purchase insulation from
price increases and improved responsiveness to marketing communications by customers
Relationship marketing sought to build interdependence between partners and relied on
one-to-one communications historically delivered through the sales force With the
grov^^h of marketing databases and the Internet the ability to reach customers individually
became a viable strategy for a wide range of firms including consumer products
companies
54
r
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^ claimed that even small improvements in customer retention can as
much as double company profits This is because 1 It costs less to serve long-term
customers 2 Loyal customers will pay a price premium 3 Loyal customers will generate
word of-mouth referrals to other prospective customers
Finn^deg^ argues that though consumer involvement can take place at various levels
other than product level of motivation results from product attributes and relatedness of
the product to the consumers psycho social wants and needs It has also been identified
that products which are highly priced having complex features and high perceived risk
generate high involvement levels from the consumers
Saxena^ has concluded that the consumers express low involvement levels for
products which are generally low priced have simple features and low perceived risk
Thus the level of consumer involvement is dependent on the product
Alreck^ in his argument says that the age affects consumers self concept and life
styles and carries with it culturally defined behavioral and attitudinal norms Age
determines the consumption of various products media and shopping centers and has
been used by marketers to segment the markets
Jain and Sharma^ have found that the age also influences the level of consumer
involvement Though age forms a part of ones stage of family life cycle yet it is in itself
an important factor for various Products
Sanjay^deg has argued that men and women possess unique personality traits
interests knowledge judgment capabilities and social status Hence both sexes process
and evaluate products differently
Jain and Sharma^ have initiated that there are differences in the involvement
levels for various products between men and women
Jain and Sharma have concluded that the income of the family combined with
familys accumulated wealth determines the purchasing power However income enables
purchases but does not generally cause or explain them It is likely that the occupation and
education dnectly influence the preferences for products media and activities Income
provides the means to acquire them Occupation is strongly related to education and
income Various studies have found differences in consumption of products with
differences in the occupations
Jain and Sharma have gathered a minimal support for the argument that
consumer involvement differs for differences in consumers occupation However it may
55
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Gabor and Granger^^ concluded that the price would be an indicator of quality for
commodities such as textile products where quality cannot be ascertained by sight and
where owing to changes in technology and fashion past experience was of little use
McConnell^^ examined the relationship between price and the quality of beer
which is a frequently purchased consumer product He found that the buyers used price as
an indicator of product quality With a homogeneous product and various unknown brand
names buyers perceived the highest-priced brand to be of better quality than the other two
brands He concluded that price without any other indicator was an effective measure for
brand evaluation However Shapiro warned marketers that the concept of price as an
indicator of quality should not be applied indiscriminately in making pricing decisions
In an experimental study Gardener explored the degree of price-quality
relationship for three products toothpaste a mans shirt and a suit He concluded that
while price did not affect the perception of product quality in case of all the three
products whether branded or not it did affect the willingness to buy a shirt
Lambert^ says that the Consumer choices regarding price might be influenced by
the following product-specific factors (a) Buyers confidence in the predictive value of
price (b) Perceived consequences of making a poor brand choice (c) Amount of
brand-to-brand variation in product quality (d) Social importance of the product (e)
Difficulty encountered in making quality judgments (f) Ability to assess product quality cry
Shapiro sought to determine whether price would act as a communicator of
quality and ascertain the reasons for consumers judging the product quality by price by
determining the correlates of price reliance It was found that for most of the dimensions
such as quality durability looks or fragrance the number of buyers ranking the high-
priced product better than the low-priced product was greater than the number of buyers
ranking the low-priced product better than the high priced product
In the final opinion of Shivdasani on price and quality is that they are linked
together in the mind of the consumer Price plays different roles in the purchase-decision
process In traditional economic theory since higher price has a negative impact on the
consumers budget price has a negative influence on his buying decision
Monroe and Krishnan opine that a behavioral perspective price may be
perceived as a product quality indicator Therefore price may be viewed either as an
indicator of sacrifice or as an indicator of quality or both
Rao and Monroe ^ found that price increase might play a positive or a negative
role in the purchase-decision process People are more likely to use price as an indicator 47
Chapter 2 Literature Review
of quality for expensive products As price increases the risk of an incorrect decision
increases and the buyer is often less familiar with the product because of the infrequency
of purchase
In the Indian scenario Mehta Parasuraman and Ambarish Kumar^^ conducted an
experimental study to find out the relationship between quality and price and to examine
the consumers brand choice with respect to ready-made shirts The study indicated that a
majority of the buyers perceived some quality difference between the two shirts which
were identical in all respects except for the brand names The study revealed that the name
of a well-known brand induced the consumers to be favourably disposed towards that
brand in terms of quality and price perception and they were willing to pay a higher price
for the well-known brand
24 PROMOTION
According to Kotler^^ sales promotion consists of a diverse collection of incentive
tools mostly short-term designed to stimulate quicker andor greater purchase of
particular productsservices by consumers or the trade
Roger Strang has given a more simplistic definition ie sales promotions are
short-term incentives to encourage purchase or sales of a product or service Hence any
forms of incentives (price cut or value added nature) offered for short period either to
trade or consumers are considered as sales promotion activities
Blattberg and others opine that Sales promotions are action-focused marketing
events whose purpose is to have a direct impact on the behavior of the firms customers
There are three major types of sales promotions consumer promotions retailer
promotions and trade promotions Consumer promotions are promotions offered by
manufacturers directly to consumers Retailer promotions are promotions offered by
retailers to consumers Trade promotions are promotions offered by manufacturers to
retailers or other trade entities
Huff and Alden observe that throughout the world sales promotions offered to
consumers are an integral part of the marketing mix for many consumer products
Marketing managers use price-oriented promotions such as coupons rebates and price
discounts to increase sales and market share entice consumers to trial and encourage
them to switch brands or stores Non-price promotions such as sweepstakes fi-equent user
clubs and premiums add excitement and value to brands and may increase brand
attractiveness In addition consumers like promotions They provide utilitarian benefits
such as monetary savings increased quality (higher quality products become attainable)
48
J
Chapter 2 Literature Review
and convenience as well as hedonistic benefits such as entertainment exploration and
self-expression
Aradhna Krishna and others^ opine that sales promotions have become a vital tool
for marketers and its importance has been increasing significantly over the years In India
sales promotions expenditure by various marketing companies is estimated to be Rs 5000
crore and the emphasis on sales promotion activities by the Indian industry has increased
by 500 to 600 percent during the last 3 to 5 years (Economic Times June 15 2003) In the
year 2001 there were as many as 2050 promotional schemes in the Rs 80000 crore
FMCG Industry
Kotler opine that the given the growing importance of sales promotion there has
been considerable interest in the effect of sales promotion on different dimensions such as
consumers price perceptions brand choice brand switching behaviour evaluation of
brand equity and effect on brand perception and so on One of the purposes of a consumer
promotion is to elicit a direct impact on the purchase behaviour of the firms customers
Blattberg Bnesch and Fox emphasise that research evidence suggests that sales
promotions positively affect shot-term sales Research on price promotion has consistently
reported high sales effect and high price elasticity for brands which are on promotion
Aradhna Krishna says that the studies have shown that price promotions enhance
brand substitution within a product category affect aggregate sales and significantly
affect stock piling and purchase acceleration However there have also been studies that
suggest that sales promotion affects brand perceptions Researchers have found out that
promotions especially price promotions have negative effect on brand equity
In a study Schultz^ argues that over dependence on promotions can erode
consumers price-value equation
The result of a study by Jeddi indicates that in the long term advertising has a
positive effect on brand equity where as price promotions have negative effects
Similarly Yoo and others^ opine that based on structural equation model
suggests that frequent price promotions such as price deals are related to low brand
equity where as high advertising spending high price and high distribution intensity are
related to high brand equity There is also a managerial belief that if a brand is supported
with frequent promotional offers the equity of the brand tends to get diluted
Yoo and others have argued on the contrary that there have also been studies that
indicate brands benefit from promotions Among all the elements of marketing mix sales
promotions have long-term influence on brand equity
49 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mariola amp Elena suggested that monetary and non-monetary promotions are
useful to create brand equity because of their positive effect on brand knowledge
structures
Barbara Khan and Jagmohan Raju^deg encompass that an effect of promotions on
variety seeking and reinforcement behaviour has also been studied The importance of
consumer sales promotion in the marketing mix of the fast moving consumer goods
(FMCG) category throughout the world has increased Companies spend considerable
time in planning such activities However in order to enhance the effectiveness of these
activities manufacturers should understand consumer and retailer perceptions of their
promotional activities
Moreau Aradhana Krishna Bari Harlam^ have given outlook that in India fast
moving consumer goods (FMCG) category has witnessed an outburst of sales promotion
activities in the post-liberalization era and studied differing perceptions with respect to
price promotion from the point of manufacturers retailer and consumers
Campbell and Diamond set up that there have been very few discussions in sales
promotion literature about how different types of promotions may be classified One
dimension which has been suggested to classify different promotions is the price versus
non-price nature of the promotion
Cooke has given the opinion that the Price promotions are defined as
promotions such as coupons cents off refunds and rebates that temporarily reduce the
cost of the goods or service These promotions focus on the reduced economic outlay
required to obtain a good or service
Cooke states that the Non-price promotions has defined as promotions such as
giveaways or contests in which value is temporarily added to the product at full price
Although a wide variety of price and non-price promotions are launched in the market
Blattberg and others view that the most of the academic research on promotions
has focused on price promotions namely price offs and coupon offers
Smith and Sinha presented that the promotional tools such as free gift offers
exfra product offers are increasingly being used in the market place In recent years
researchers have started comparing consumer response to different promotions eg price
promotion versus premium promotion or extra product promotion versus price promotion
These researchers have found that different types of promotions create differential
response from the consumers
50
p
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld and Sasser have originated that the customer retention helps increase
revenue through increases in sales volume andor premium prices as well as reducing the
expenses or costs of generating those revenues An increase in retention rate has been
argued to have led to a corresponding increase in profit
Reichheld has identified six economic benefits of retaining customers (1)
savings on customers acquisition or replacement costs (2) a guarantee of base profits as
existing customers are likely to have a minimum spend per period (3) growth in per-
customer revenue as over a period of time existing customers are likely to earn more
have more varied needs and spend more (4) a reduction in relative operating costs as the
firms can spread the cost over many more customers and over a longer period (5) free of
charge referrals of new customers from existing customers which would otherwise be
costly in terms of commissions or introductory fees and (6) price premiums as existing
customers do not usually wait for promotions or price reductions before deciding to
purchase in particular with new models or versions of existing products
Reichheld has given the opinion that even if not all customers prefer long-term
relationships there are those who prefer stable long-term relationships inherently spend
more pay promptly and require less service Long-serving employees generate several
economic benefits not only that they are much better at finding and recruiting the best
customers but they retain customers by producing better products and value and they are
sources of customer referrals
Reichheld^ offered strategies that measure retention in terms of both crude and
weighted rates This involves interviewing former customers customer complaints and
service data and identifying switching behaviour With the use of computers firms should
have little difficulty in calculating and reporting both crude and weighted rates In
addition to measuring retention firms should consider interviewing former customers in
order to learn their reasons for defecting Customer defections may have been caused not
by the firm itself but by factors beyond its control
Reichheld^ identified six types of defectors (1) price - for a lower price (2)
product -for a superior product (3) service - for a better service (4) market - for a
different market for example a transport company which has moved out of road haulage
and therefore no longer buys trailers (5) technological - a customer that has converted
from using one technology to another and (6) organizational - switches due to political
pressure
5 1 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Rosenberg and Czepiel^^ have orated that it is probably unreaUstic to expect all
customers to stay indefinitely Not only do customers buy on a portfolio basis but firms
have to accept that a proportion of their customers will leave from time to time for a
number of reasons A strategy that would enable firms to cope with this situation is
customer portfolio management It involves an analysis of the firms customer portfolio
with a view to creating a specified balance of customer groups before reorganizing the
firm for customer retention Some examples of retention tactics are giving product extras
reinforcing promotions providing sales force connections providmg specialized
distribution and providing post-purchase communication Reorganization for customer
retention involves setting an acceptable target for customer turnover establishing
executive accountability for keeping customers and improving internal coordination by
targeting promotional strategies towaids repeat usage
25 DISTRIBUTION
Stem El-Ansary and Coughlan have concluded that the distribution intensity has
been commonly defined as the number of intermediaries used by a manufacturer within its
trade areas Ideal distribution intensity would make a brand available widely enough to
satisfy but not exceed target customers needs because over saturation increases
marketing costs without providing benefits The use of too few intermediaries can limit a
brands level of exposure in the marketplace However using too many intermediaries can
be detrimental to the brands image and its competitive position Exclusive distribution
in relation to intensive distribution has been examined in the economics literature In
opposition to traditional economic theory many economists now argue that exclusive
distribution can have pre-competitive effects when intermediary support is critical to the
success of the brand High distribution intensity may promote sales in the short run but
long-term results are less clear
It is evident from the above review that the works on marketing strategies throw
light mainly on general theme of and functional aspect of marketing strategies and
elements of marketing mix
26 MARKET ORIENTATION
There are several studies on consumer orientation of marketing retention of
consumers relationship marketing and consumer involvement and related reports which
52
Chapter 2 Literature Review
have gained a prominent place in formulation of marketing strategies A brief review of
literature on the above aspects is given below
Ruekert has given the opinion that for over 40 years the marketing concept has
been described as being the management philosophy that focuses on satisfying customer
needs and wants based on customer knowledge Recently however within the academic
literature increasing attention has been given to the concept of market orientation This
revival of the attention for a market orientation has been driven by enviroimiental
changes a more competitive international market place increasing pace of changing
technology a shortening of product life cycles and a decrease in customer loyalty
Kohli and others are given the opinion that empirical evidences support that the
market orientation is positively associated with superior performance As a result
businesses recognise that a focus on the customer and the markets they serve may result in
long-run competitive advantage and superior profitability
Days^^ opinion on market orientation is represented in three principal features
ie a set of beliefs that put the customers interest first the ability of the organisation to
generate disseminate and use superior information about customers and competitors and
the coordinated application of inter functional resources to the creation of superior
customer value
In the final opinion of Webster^ on market oriented organisation marketing is no
longer the sole responsibility of specialists Rather everyone in the firm is responsible for
understanding customers and delivering superior customer value
This study has been performed in order to gain insight into the extent to which
KSampDL maintains a marketing orientation in responding to enviroimiental changes and
into the relationship between marketing orientation and performance This project aims at
examining the marketing environment approaches to marketing the organisation and
responsibility for marketing activities and the marketing strategies adopted by KSampDL
Customer retention can be seen as the mirror image of customer defection where a
high retention rate has the same significance as a low defection rate Defining customer
retention in terms of percentage share of customer savings borrowing spending or
purchasing may be more usefial instead of in terms of the absolute numbers of customers OR
Storbacka found that 20 of their customer base accounted for 90 of their total
customer base profitability Hence customers ftom the remaining 80 of the customer
base were either unprofitable or contributed to an insignificant amoimt of profit
53
bdquo ir
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^^ concluded that the high proportion of new customers could bring
down the rate of retention and vice versa Moreover defection rates tend to be much
higher for new customers than long tenure customers
Reichheld^ and Dawkins have found that the tangible advantages of retaining
customers into prominence They claimed that a 5 increase in retention rate led to an
increase in the net present value of customers of between 25 and 85 in a wide range of
industries from credit card to insurance brokerage and from motor services to office
building management Despite its potential benefits customer retention did not obtain
much attention in strategic or marketing plaiming processes
The end goal of a firms marketing activities is making profit Fornell and
Wemerfelt^^ emphasized that marketing resources may be better spent on keeping
existing customers than acquiring new ones This was based on the assumption that
existing customers are profitable and they cost less to keep than to replace Firms
therefore have to be aware of the profitability of not just their products but also their
customers
BlattbergRC and Deighton J ^ Customer retention clearly deserves some
attention and should form a part of a firms strategic marketing goals rather than simply
being seen as the end result of good marketing management
Reichheld^ has given the opinion that the objective of many marketing strategies
in the last 10 years has been building the customers commitment to a brand or a dealer
This has taken three forms (a) Creating customer satisfaction - delivering superior quality
products and services (b) Building brand equity - the sum of the intangible assets of a
brand Factors that contribute to this are name awareness perceived quality brand
loyalty the associations consumers have towards the brand trademarks packaging and
marketing channel presence
Peppers and Rogers opine that creating and maintaining relationships - Success
with any of these strategies will result in high levels of repeat purchase insulation from
price increases and improved responsiveness to marketing communications by customers
Relationship marketing sought to build interdependence between partners and relied on
one-to-one communications historically delivered through the sales force With the
grov^^h of marketing databases and the Internet the ability to reach customers individually
became a viable strategy for a wide range of firms including consumer products
companies
54
r
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^ claimed that even small improvements in customer retention can as
much as double company profits This is because 1 It costs less to serve long-term
customers 2 Loyal customers will pay a price premium 3 Loyal customers will generate
word of-mouth referrals to other prospective customers
Finn^deg^ argues that though consumer involvement can take place at various levels
other than product level of motivation results from product attributes and relatedness of
the product to the consumers psycho social wants and needs It has also been identified
that products which are highly priced having complex features and high perceived risk
generate high involvement levels from the consumers
Saxena^ has concluded that the consumers express low involvement levels for
products which are generally low priced have simple features and low perceived risk
Thus the level of consumer involvement is dependent on the product
Alreck^ in his argument says that the age affects consumers self concept and life
styles and carries with it culturally defined behavioral and attitudinal norms Age
determines the consumption of various products media and shopping centers and has
been used by marketers to segment the markets
Jain and Sharma^ have found that the age also influences the level of consumer
involvement Though age forms a part of ones stage of family life cycle yet it is in itself
an important factor for various Products
Sanjay^deg has argued that men and women possess unique personality traits
interests knowledge judgment capabilities and social status Hence both sexes process
and evaluate products differently
Jain and Sharma^ have initiated that there are differences in the involvement
levels for various products between men and women
Jain and Sharma have concluded that the income of the family combined with
familys accumulated wealth determines the purchasing power However income enables
purchases but does not generally cause or explain them It is likely that the occupation and
education dnectly influence the preferences for products media and activities Income
provides the means to acquire them Occupation is strongly related to education and
income Various studies have found differences in consumption of products with
differences in the occupations
Jain and Sharma have gathered a minimal support for the argument that
consumer involvement differs for differences in consumers occupation However it may
55
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
of quality for expensive products As price increases the risk of an incorrect decision
increases and the buyer is often less familiar with the product because of the infrequency
of purchase
In the Indian scenario Mehta Parasuraman and Ambarish Kumar^^ conducted an
experimental study to find out the relationship between quality and price and to examine
the consumers brand choice with respect to ready-made shirts The study indicated that a
majority of the buyers perceived some quality difference between the two shirts which
were identical in all respects except for the brand names The study revealed that the name
of a well-known brand induced the consumers to be favourably disposed towards that
brand in terms of quality and price perception and they were willing to pay a higher price
for the well-known brand
24 PROMOTION
According to Kotler^^ sales promotion consists of a diverse collection of incentive
tools mostly short-term designed to stimulate quicker andor greater purchase of
particular productsservices by consumers or the trade
Roger Strang has given a more simplistic definition ie sales promotions are
short-term incentives to encourage purchase or sales of a product or service Hence any
forms of incentives (price cut or value added nature) offered for short period either to
trade or consumers are considered as sales promotion activities
Blattberg and others opine that Sales promotions are action-focused marketing
events whose purpose is to have a direct impact on the behavior of the firms customers
There are three major types of sales promotions consumer promotions retailer
promotions and trade promotions Consumer promotions are promotions offered by
manufacturers directly to consumers Retailer promotions are promotions offered by
retailers to consumers Trade promotions are promotions offered by manufacturers to
retailers or other trade entities
Huff and Alden observe that throughout the world sales promotions offered to
consumers are an integral part of the marketing mix for many consumer products
Marketing managers use price-oriented promotions such as coupons rebates and price
discounts to increase sales and market share entice consumers to trial and encourage
them to switch brands or stores Non-price promotions such as sweepstakes fi-equent user
clubs and premiums add excitement and value to brands and may increase brand
attractiveness In addition consumers like promotions They provide utilitarian benefits
such as monetary savings increased quality (higher quality products become attainable)
48
J
Chapter 2 Literature Review
and convenience as well as hedonistic benefits such as entertainment exploration and
self-expression
Aradhna Krishna and others^ opine that sales promotions have become a vital tool
for marketers and its importance has been increasing significantly over the years In India
sales promotions expenditure by various marketing companies is estimated to be Rs 5000
crore and the emphasis on sales promotion activities by the Indian industry has increased
by 500 to 600 percent during the last 3 to 5 years (Economic Times June 15 2003) In the
year 2001 there were as many as 2050 promotional schemes in the Rs 80000 crore
FMCG Industry
Kotler opine that the given the growing importance of sales promotion there has
been considerable interest in the effect of sales promotion on different dimensions such as
consumers price perceptions brand choice brand switching behaviour evaluation of
brand equity and effect on brand perception and so on One of the purposes of a consumer
promotion is to elicit a direct impact on the purchase behaviour of the firms customers
Blattberg Bnesch and Fox emphasise that research evidence suggests that sales
promotions positively affect shot-term sales Research on price promotion has consistently
reported high sales effect and high price elasticity for brands which are on promotion
Aradhna Krishna says that the studies have shown that price promotions enhance
brand substitution within a product category affect aggregate sales and significantly
affect stock piling and purchase acceleration However there have also been studies that
suggest that sales promotion affects brand perceptions Researchers have found out that
promotions especially price promotions have negative effect on brand equity
In a study Schultz^ argues that over dependence on promotions can erode
consumers price-value equation
The result of a study by Jeddi indicates that in the long term advertising has a
positive effect on brand equity where as price promotions have negative effects
Similarly Yoo and others^ opine that based on structural equation model
suggests that frequent price promotions such as price deals are related to low brand
equity where as high advertising spending high price and high distribution intensity are
related to high brand equity There is also a managerial belief that if a brand is supported
with frequent promotional offers the equity of the brand tends to get diluted
Yoo and others have argued on the contrary that there have also been studies that
indicate brands benefit from promotions Among all the elements of marketing mix sales
promotions have long-term influence on brand equity
49 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mariola amp Elena suggested that monetary and non-monetary promotions are
useful to create brand equity because of their positive effect on brand knowledge
structures
Barbara Khan and Jagmohan Raju^deg encompass that an effect of promotions on
variety seeking and reinforcement behaviour has also been studied The importance of
consumer sales promotion in the marketing mix of the fast moving consumer goods
(FMCG) category throughout the world has increased Companies spend considerable
time in planning such activities However in order to enhance the effectiveness of these
activities manufacturers should understand consumer and retailer perceptions of their
promotional activities
Moreau Aradhana Krishna Bari Harlam^ have given outlook that in India fast
moving consumer goods (FMCG) category has witnessed an outburst of sales promotion
activities in the post-liberalization era and studied differing perceptions with respect to
price promotion from the point of manufacturers retailer and consumers
Campbell and Diamond set up that there have been very few discussions in sales
promotion literature about how different types of promotions may be classified One
dimension which has been suggested to classify different promotions is the price versus
non-price nature of the promotion
Cooke has given the opinion that the Price promotions are defined as
promotions such as coupons cents off refunds and rebates that temporarily reduce the
cost of the goods or service These promotions focus on the reduced economic outlay
required to obtain a good or service
Cooke states that the Non-price promotions has defined as promotions such as
giveaways or contests in which value is temporarily added to the product at full price
Although a wide variety of price and non-price promotions are launched in the market
Blattberg and others view that the most of the academic research on promotions
has focused on price promotions namely price offs and coupon offers
Smith and Sinha presented that the promotional tools such as free gift offers
exfra product offers are increasingly being used in the market place In recent years
researchers have started comparing consumer response to different promotions eg price
promotion versus premium promotion or extra product promotion versus price promotion
These researchers have found that different types of promotions create differential
response from the consumers
50
p
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld and Sasser have originated that the customer retention helps increase
revenue through increases in sales volume andor premium prices as well as reducing the
expenses or costs of generating those revenues An increase in retention rate has been
argued to have led to a corresponding increase in profit
Reichheld has identified six economic benefits of retaining customers (1)
savings on customers acquisition or replacement costs (2) a guarantee of base profits as
existing customers are likely to have a minimum spend per period (3) growth in per-
customer revenue as over a period of time existing customers are likely to earn more
have more varied needs and spend more (4) a reduction in relative operating costs as the
firms can spread the cost over many more customers and over a longer period (5) free of
charge referrals of new customers from existing customers which would otherwise be
costly in terms of commissions or introductory fees and (6) price premiums as existing
customers do not usually wait for promotions or price reductions before deciding to
purchase in particular with new models or versions of existing products
Reichheld has given the opinion that even if not all customers prefer long-term
relationships there are those who prefer stable long-term relationships inherently spend
more pay promptly and require less service Long-serving employees generate several
economic benefits not only that they are much better at finding and recruiting the best
customers but they retain customers by producing better products and value and they are
sources of customer referrals
Reichheld^ offered strategies that measure retention in terms of both crude and
weighted rates This involves interviewing former customers customer complaints and
service data and identifying switching behaviour With the use of computers firms should
have little difficulty in calculating and reporting both crude and weighted rates In
addition to measuring retention firms should consider interviewing former customers in
order to learn their reasons for defecting Customer defections may have been caused not
by the firm itself but by factors beyond its control
Reichheld^ identified six types of defectors (1) price - for a lower price (2)
product -for a superior product (3) service - for a better service (4) market - for a
different market for example a transport company which has moved out of road haulage
and therefore no longer buys trailers (5) technological - a customer that has converted
from using one technology to another and (6) organizational - switches due to political
pressure
5 1 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Rosenberg and Czepiel^^ have orated that it is probably unreaUstic to expect all
customers to stay indefinitely Not only do customers buy on a portfolio basis but firms
have to accept that a proportion of their customers will leave from time to time for a
number of reasons A strategy that would enable firms to cope with this situation is
customer portfolio management It involves an analysis of the firms customer portfolio
with a view to creating a specified balance of customer groups before reorganizing the
firm for customer retention Some examples of retention tactics are giving product extras
reinforcing promotions providing sales force connections providmg specialized
distribution and providing post-purchase communication Reorganization for customer
retention involves setting an acceptable target for customer turnover establishing
executive accountability for keeping customers and improving internal coordination by
targeting promotional strategies towaids repeat usage
25 DISTRIBUTION
Stem El-Ansary and Coughlan have concluded that the distribution intensity has
been commonly defined as the number of intermediaries used by a manufacturer within its
trade areas Ideal distribution intensity would make a brand available widely enough to
satisfy but not exceed target customers needs because over saturation increases
marketing costs without providing benefits The use of too few intermediaries can limit a
brands level of exposure in the marketplace However using too many intermediaries can
be detrimental to the brands image and its competitive position Exclusive distribution
in relation to intensive distribution has been examined in the economics literature In
opposition to traditional economic theory many economists now argue that exclusive
distribution can have pre-competitive effects when intermediary support is critical to the
success of the brand High distribution intensity may promote sales in the short run but
long-term results are less clear
It is evident from the above review that the works on marketing strategies throw
light mainly on general theme of and functional aspect of marketing strategies and
elements of marketing mix
26 MARKET ORIENTATION
There are several studies on consumer orientation of marketing retention of
consumers relationship marketing and consumer involvement and related reports which
52
Chapter 2 Literature Review
have gained a prominent place in formulation of marketing strategies A brief review of
literature on the above aspects is given below
Ruekert has given the opinion that for over 40 years the marketing concept has
been described as being the management philosophy that focuses on satisfying customer
needs and wants based on customer knowledge Recently however within the academic
literature increasing attention has been given to the concept of market orientation This
revival of the attention for a market orientation has been driven by enviroimiental
changes a more competitive international market place increasing pace of changing
technology a shortening of product life cycles and a decrease in customer loyalty
Kohli and others are given the opinion that empirical evidences support that the
market orientation is positively associated with superior performance As a result
businesses recognise that a focus on the customer and the markets they serve may result in
long-run competitive advantage and superior profitability
Days^^ opinion on market orientation is represented in three principal features
ie a set of beliefs that put the customers interest first the ability of the organisation to
generate disseminate and use superior information about customers and competitors and
the coordinated application of inter functional resources to the creation of superior
customer value
In the final opinion of Webster^ on market oriented organisation marketing is no
longer the sole responsibility of specialists Rather everyone in the firm is responsible for
understanding customers and delivering superior customer value
This study has been performed in order to gain insight into the extent to which
KSampDL maintains a marketing orientation in responding to enviroimiental changes and
into the relationship between marketing orientation and performance This project aims at
examining the marketing environment approaches to marketing the organisation and
responsibility for marketing activities and the marketing strategies adopted by KSampDL
Customer retention can be seen as the mirror image of customer defection where a
high retention rate has the same significance as a low defection rate Defining customer
retention in terms of percentage share of customer savings borrowing spending or
purchasing may be more usefial instead of in terms of the absolute numbers of customers OR
Storbacka found that 20 of their customer base accounted for 90 of their total
customer base profitability Hence customers ftom the remaining 80 of the customer
base were either unprofitable or contributed to an insignificant amoimt of profit
53
bdquo ir
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^^ concluded that the high proportion of new customers could bring
down the rate of retention and vice versa Moreover defection rates tend to be much
higher for new customers than long tenure customers
Reichheld^ and Dawkins have found that the tangible advantages of retaining
customers into prominence They claimed that a 5 increase in retention rate led to an
increase in the net present value of customers of between 25 and 85 in a wide range of
industries from credit card to insurance brokerage and from motor services to office
building management Despite its potential benefits customer retention did not obtain
much attention in strategic or marketing plaiming processes
The end goal of a firms marketing activities is making profit Fornell and
Wemerfelt^^ emphasized that marketing resources may be better spent on keeping
existing customers than acquiring new ones This was based on the assumption that
existing customers are profitable and they cost less to keep than to replace Firms
therefore have to be aware of the profitability of not just their products but also their
customers
BlattbergRC and Deighton J ^ Customer retention clearly deserves some
attention and should form a part of a firms strategic marketing goals rather than simply
being seen as the end result of good marketing management
Reichheld^ has given the opinion that the objective of many marketing strategies
in the last 10 years has been building the customers commitment to a brand or a dealer
This has taken three forms (a) Creating customer satisfaction - delivering superior quality
products and services (b) Building brand equity - the sum of the intangible assets of a
brand Factors that contribute to this are name awareness perceived quality brand
loyalty the associations consumers have towards the brand trademarks packaging and
marketing channel presence
Peppers and Rogers opine that creating and maintaining relationships - Success
with any of these strategies will result in high levels of repeat purchase insulation from
price increases and improved responsiveness to marketing communications by customers
Relationship marketing sought to build interdependence between partners and relied on
one-to-one communications historically delivered through the sales force With the
grov^^h of marketing databases and the Internet the ability to reach customers individually
became a viable strategy for a wide range of firms including consumer products
companies
54
r
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^ claimed that even small improvements in customer retention can as
much as double company profits This is because 1 It costs less to serve long-term
customers 2 Loyal customers will pay a price premium 3 Loyal customers will generate
word of-mouth referrals to other prospective customers
Finn^deg^ argues that though consumer involvement can take place at various levels
other than product level of motivation results from product attributes and relatedness of
the product to the consumers psycho social wants and needs It has also been identified
that products which are highly priced having complex features and high perceived risk
generate high involvement levels from the consumers
Saxena^ has concluded that the consumers express low involvement levels for
products which are generally low priced have simple features and low perceived risk
Thus the level of consumer involvement is dependent on the product
Alreck^ in his argument says that the age affects consumers self concept and life
styles and carries with it culturally defined behavioral and attitudinal norms Age
determines the consumption of various products media and shopping centers and has
been used by marketers to segment the markets
Jain and Sharma^ have found that the age also influences the level of consumer
involvement Though age forms a part of ones stage of family life cycle yet it is in itself
an important factor for various Products
Sanjay^deg has argued that men and women possess unique personality traits
interests knowledge judgment capabilities and social status Hence both sexes process
and evaluate products differently
Jain and Sharma^ have initiated that there are differences in the involvement
levels for various products between men and women
Jain and Sharma have concluded that the income of the family combined with
familys accumulated wealth determines the purchasing power However income enables
purchases but does not generally cause or explain them It is likely that the occupation and
education dnectly influence the preferences for products media and activities Income
provides the means to acquire them Occupation is strongly related to education and
income Various studies have found differences in consumption of products with
differences in the occupations
Jain and Sharma have gathered a minimal support for the argument that
consumer involvement differs for differences in consumers occupation However it may
55
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
and convenience as well as hedonistic benefits such as entertainment exploration and
self-expression
Aradhna Krishna and others^ opine that sales promotions have become a vital tool
for marketers and its importance has been increasing significantly over the years In India
sales promotions expenditure by various marketing companies is estimated to be Rs 5000
crore and the emphasis on sales promotion activities by the Indian industry has increased
by 500 to 600 percent during the last 3 to 5 years (Economic Times June 15 2003) In the
year 2001 there were as many as 2050 promotional schemes in the Rs 80000 crore
FMCG Industry
Kotler opine that the given the growing importance of sales promotion there has
been considerable interest in the effect of sales promotion on different dimensions such as
consumers price perceptions brand choice brand switching behaviour evaluation of
brand equity and effect on brand perception and so on One of the purposes of a consumer
promotion is to elicit a direct impact on the purchase behaviour of the firms customers
Blattberg Bnesch and Fox emphasise that research evidence suggests that sales
promotions positively affect shot-term sales Research on price promotion has consistently
reported high sales effect and high price elasticity for brands which are on promotion
Aradhna Krishna says that the studies have shown that price promotions enhance
brand substitution within a product category affect aggregate sales and significantly
affect stock piling and purchase acceleration However there have also been studies that
suggest that sales promotion affects brand perceptions Researchers have found out that
promotions especially price promotions have negative effect on brand equity
In a study Schultz^ argues that over dependence on promotions can erode
consumers price-value equation
The result of a study by Jeddi indicates that in the long term advertising has a
positive effect on brand equity where as price promotions have negative effects
Similarly Yoo and others^ opine that based on structural equation model
suggests that frequent price promotions such as price deals are related to low brand
equity where as high advertising spending high price and high distribution intensity are
related to high brand equity There is also a managerial belief that if a brand is supported
with frequent promotional offers the equity of the brand tends to get diluted
Yoo and others have argued on the contrary that there have also been studies that
indicate brands benefit from promotions Among all the elements of marketing mix sales
promotions have long-term influence on brand equity
49 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mariola amp Elena suggested that monetary and non-monetary promotions are
useful to create brand equity because of their positive effect on brand knowledge
structures
Barbara Khan and Jagmohan Raju^deg encompass that an effect of promotions on
variety seeking and reinforcement behaviour has also been studied The importance of
consumer sales promotion in the marketing mix of the fast moving consumer goods
(FMCG) category throughout the world has increased Companies spend considerable
time in planning such activities However in order to enhance the effectiveness of these
activities manufacturers should understand consumer and retailer perceptions of their
promotional activities
Moreau Aradhana Krishna Bari Harlam^ have given outlook that in India fast
moving consumer goods (FMCG) category has witnessed an outburst of sales promotion
activities in the post-liberalization era and studied differing perceptions with respect to
price promotion from the point of manufacturers retailer and consumers
Campbell and Diamond set up that there have been very few discussions in sales
promotion literature about how different types of promotions may be classified One
dimension which has been suggested to classify different promotions is the price versus
non-price nature of the promotion
Cooke has given the opinion that the Price promotions are defined as
promotions such as coupons cents off refunds and rebates that temporarily reduce the
cost of the goods or service These promotions focus on the reduced economic outlay
required to obtain a good or service
Cooke states that the Non-price promotions has defined as promotions such as
giveaways or contests in which value is temporarily added to the product at full price
Although a wide variety of price and non-price promotions are launched in the market
Blattberg and others view that the most of the academic research on promotions
has focused on price promotions namely price offs and coupon offers
Smith and Sinha presented that the promotional tools such as free gift offers
exfra product offers are increasingly being used in the market place In recent years
researchers have started comparing consumer response to different promotions eg price
promotion versus premium promotion or extra product promotion versus price promotion
These researchers have found that different types of promotions create differential
response from the consumers
50
p
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld and Sasser have originated that the customer retention helps increase
revenue through increases in sales volume andor premium prices as well as reducing the
expenses or costs of generating those revenues An increase in retention rate has been
argued to have led to a corresponding increase in profit
Reichheld has identified six economic benefits of retaining customers (1)
savings on customers acquisition or replacement costs (2) a guarantee of base profits as
existing customers are likely to have a minimum spend per period (3) growth in per-
customer revenue as over a period of time existing customers are likely to earn more
have more varied needs and spend more (4) a reduction in relative operating costs as the
firms can spread the cost over many more customers and over a longer period (5) free of
charge referrals of new customers from existing customers which would otherwise be
costly in terms of commissions or introductory fees and (6) price premiums as existing
customers do not usually wait for promotions or price reductions before deciding to
purchase in particular with new models or versions of existing products
Reichheld has given the opinion that even if not all customers prefer long-term
relationships there are those who prefer stable long-term relationships inherently spend
more pay promptly and require less service Long-serving employees generate several
economic benefits not only that they are much better at finding and recruiting the best
customers but they retain customers by producing better products and value and they are
sources of customer referrals
Reichheld^ offered strategies that measure retention in terms of both crude and
weighted rates This involves interviewing former customers customer complaints and
service data and identifying switching behaviour With the use of computers firms should
have little difficulty in calculating and reporting both crude and weighted rates In
addition to measuring retention firms should consider interviewing former customers in
order to learn their reasons for defecting Customer defections may have been caused not
by the firm itself but by factors beyond its control
Reichheld^ identified six types of defectors (1) price - for a lower price (2)
product -for a superior product (3) service - for a better service (4) market - for a
different market for example a transport company which has moved out of road haulage
and therefore no longer buys trailers (5) technological - a customer that has converted
from using one technology to another and (6) organizational - switches due to political
pressure
5 1 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Rosenberg and Czepiel^^ have orated that it is probably unreaUstic to expect all
customers to stay indefinitely Not only do customers buy on a portfolio basis but firms
have to accept that a proportion of their customers will leave from time to time for a
number of reasons A strategy that would enable firms to cope with this situation is
customer portfolio management It involves an analysis of the firms customer portfolio
with a view to creating a specified balance of customer groups before reorganizing the
firm for customer retention Some examples of retention tactics are giving product extras
reinforcing promotions providing sales force connections providmg specialized
distribution and providing post-purchase communication Reorganization for customer
retention involves setting an acceptable target for customer turnover establishing
executive accountability for keeping customers and improving internal coordination by
targeting promotional strategies towaids repeat usage
25 DISTRIBUTION
Stem El-Ansary and Coughlan have concluded that the distribution intensity has
been commonly defined as the number of intermediaries used by a manufacturer within its
trade areas Ideal distribution intensity would make a brand available widely enough to
satisfy but not exceed target customers needs because over saturation increases
marketing costs without providing benefits The use of too few intermediaries can limit a
brands level of exposure in the marketplace However using too many intermediaries can
be detrimental to the brands image and its competitive position Exclusive distribution
in relation to intensive distribution has been examined in the economics literature In
opposition to traditional economic theory many economists now argue that exclusive
distribution can have pre-competitive effects when intermediary support is critical to the
success of the brand High distribution intensity may promote sales in the short run but
long-term results are less clear
It is evident from the above review that the works on marketing strategies throw
light mainly on general theme of and functional aspect of marketing strategies and
elements of marketing mix
26 MARKET ORIENTATION
There are several studies on consumer orientation of marketing retention of
consumers relationship marketing and consumer involvement and related reports which
52
Chapter 2 Literature Review
have gained a prominent place in formulation of marketing strategies A brief review of
literature on the above aspects is given below
Ruekert has given the opinion that for over 40 years the marketing concept has
been described as being the management philosophy that focuses on satisfying customer
needs and wants based on customer knowledge Recently however within the academic
literature increasing attention has been given to the concept of market orientation This
revival of the attention for a market orientation has been driven by enviroimiental
changes a more competitive international market place increasing pace of changing
technology a shortening of product life cycles and a decrease in customer loyalty
Kohli and others are given the opinion that empirical evidences support that the
market orientation is positively associated with superior performance As a result
businesses recognise that a focus on the customer and the markets they serve may result in
long-run competitive advantage and superior profitability
Days^^ opinion on market orientation is represented in three principal features
ie a set of beliefs that put the customers interest first the ability of the organisation to
generate disseminate and use superior information about customers and competitors and
the coordinated application of inter functional resources to the creation of superior
customer value
In the final opinion of Webster^ on market oriented organisation marketing is no
longer the sole responsibility of specialists Rather everyone in the firm is responsible for
understanding customers and delivering superior customer value
This study has been performed in order to gain insight into the extent to which
KSampDL maintains a marketing orientation in responding to enviroimiental changes and
into the relationship between marketing orientation and performance This project aims at
examining the marketing environment approaches to marketing the organisation and
responsibility for marketing activities and the marketing strategies adopted by KSampDL
Customer retention can be seen as the mirror image of customer defection where a
high retention rate has the same significance as a low defection rate Defining customer
retention in terms of percentage share of customer savings borrowing spending or
purchasing may be more usefial instead of in terms of the absolute numbers of customers OR
Storbacka found that 20 of their customer base accounted for 90 of their total
customer base profitability Hence customers ftom the remaining 80 of the customer
base were either unprofitable or contributed to an insignificant amoimt of profit
53
bdquo ir
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^^ concluded that the high proportion of new customers could bring
down the rate of retention and vice versa Moreover defection rates tend to be much
higher for new customers than long tenure customers
Reichheld^ and Dawkins have found that the tangible advantages of retaining
customers into prominence They claimed that a 5 increase in retention rate led to an
increase in the net present value of customers of between 25 and 85 in a wide range of
industries from credit card to insurance brokerage and from motor services to office
building management Despite its potential benefits customer retention did not obtain
much attention in strategic or marketing plaiming processes
The end goal of a firms marketing activities is making profit Fornell and
Wemerfelt^^ emphasized that marketing resources may be better spent on keeping
existing customers than acquiring new ones This was based on the assumption that
existing customers are profitable and they cost less to keep than to replace Firms
therefore have to be aware of the profitability of not just their products but also their
customers
BlattbergRC and Deighton J ^ Customer retention clearly deserves some
attention and should form a part of a firms strategic marketing goals rather than simply
being seen as the end result of good marketing management
Reichheld^ has given the opinion that the objective of many marketing strategies
in the last 10 years has been building the customers commitment to a brand or a dealer
This has taken three forms (a) Creating customer satisfaction - delivering superior quality
products and services (b) Building brand equity - the sum of the intangible assets of a
brand Factors that contribute to this are name awareness perceived quality brand
loyalty the associations consumers have towards the brand trademarks packaging and
marketing channel presence
Peppers and Rogers opine that creating and maintaining relationships - Success
with any of these strategies will result in high levels of repeat purchase insulation from
price increases and improved responsiveness to marketing communications by customers
Relationship marketing sought to build interdependence between partners and relied on
one-to-one communications historically delivered through the sales force With the
grov^^h of marketing databases and the Internet the ability to reach customers individually
became a viable strategy for a wide range of firms including consumer products
companies
54
r
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^ claimed that even small improvements in customer retention can as
much as double company profits This is because 1 It costs less to serve long-term
customers 2 Loyal customers will pay a price premium 3 Loyal customers will generate
word of-mouth referrals to other prospective customers
Finn^deg^ argues that though consumer involvement can take place at various levels
other than product level of motivation results from product attributes and relatedness of
the product to the consumers psycho social wants and needs It has also been identified
that products which are highly priced having complex features and high perceived risk
generate high involvement levels from the consumers
Saxena^ has concluded that the consumers express low involvement levels for
products which are generally low priced have simple features and low perceived risk
Thus the level of consumer involvement is dependent on the product
Alreck^ in his argument says that the age affects consumers self concept and life
styles and carries with it culturally defined behavioral and attitudinal norms Age
determines the consumption of various products media and shopping centers and has
been used by marketers to segment the markets
Jain and Sharma^ have found that the age also influences the level of consumer
involvement Though age forms a part of ones stage of family life cycle yet it is in itself
an important factor for various Products
Sanjay^deg has argued that men and women possess unique personality traits
interests knowledge judgment capabilities and social status Hence both sexes process
and evaluate products differently
Jain and Sharma^ have initiated that there are differences in the involvement
levels for various products between men and women
Jain and Sharma have concluded that the income of the family combined with
familys accumulated wealth determines the purchasing power However income enables
purchases but does not generally cause or explain them It is likely that the occupation and
education dnectly influence the preferences for products media and activities Income
provides the means to acquire them Occupation is strongly related to education and
income Various studies have found differences in consumption of products with
differences in the occupations
Jain and Sharma have gathered a minimal support for the argument that
consumer involvement differs for differences in consumers occupation However it may
55
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mariola amp Elena suggested that monetary and non-monetary promotions are
useful to create brand equity because of their positive effect on brand knowledge
structures
Barbara Khan and Jagmohan Raju^deg encompass that an effect of promotions on
variety seeking and reinforcement behaviour has also been studied The importance of
consumer sales promotion in the marketing mix of the fast moving consumer goods
(FMCG) category throughout the world has increased Companies spend considerable
time in planning such activities However in order to enhance the effectiveness of these
activities manufacturers should understand consumer and retailer perceptions of their
promotional activities
Moreau Aradhana Krishna Bari Harlam^ have given outlook that in India fast
moving consumer goods (FMCG) category has witnessed an outburst of sales promotion
activities in the post-liberalization era and studied differing perceptions with respect to
price promotion from the point of manufacturers retailer and consumers
Campbell and Diamond set up that there have been very few discussions in sales
promotion literature about how different types of promotions may be classified One
dimension which has been suggested to classify different promotions is the price versus
non-price nature of the promotion
Cooke has given the opinion that the Price promotions are defined as
promotions such as coupons cents off refunds and rebates that temporarily reduce the
cost of the goods or service These promotions focus on the reduced economic outlay
required to obtain a good or service
Cooke states that the Non-price promotions has defined as promotions such as
giveaways or contests in which value is temporarily added to the product at full price
Although a wide variety of price and non-price promotions are launched in the market
Blattberg and others view that the most of the academic research on promotions
has focused on price promotions namely price offs and coupon offers
Smith and Sinha presented that the promotional tools such as free gift offers
exfra product offers are increasingly being used in the market place In recent years
researchers have started comparing consumer response to different promotions eg price
promotion versus premium promotion or extra product promotion versus price promotion
These researchers have found that different types of promotions create differential
response from the consumers
50
p
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld and Sasser have originated that the customer retention helps increase
revenue through increases in sales volume andor premium prices as well as reducing the
expenses or costs of generating those revenues An increase in retention rate has been
argued to have led to a corresponding increase in profit
Reichheld has identified six economic benefits of retaining customers (1)
savings on customers acquisition or replacement costs (2) a guarantee of base profits as
existing customers are likely to have a minimum spend per period (3) growth in per-
customer revenue as over a period of time existing customers are likely to earn more
have more varied needs and spend more (4) a reduction in relative operating costs as the
firms can spread the cost over many more customers and over a longer period (5) free of
charge referrals of new customers from existing customers which would otherwise be
costly in terms of commissions or introductory fees and (6) price premiums as existing
customers do not usually wait for promotions or price reductions before deciding to
purchase in particular with new models or versions of existing products
Reichheld has given the opinion that even if not all customers prefer long-term
relationships there are those who prefer stable long-term relationships inherently spend
more pay promptly and require less service Long-serving employees generate several
economic benefits not only that they are much better at finding and recruiting the best
customers but they retain customers by producing better products and value and they are
sources of customer referrals
Reichheld^ offered strategies that measure retention in terms of both crude and
weighted rates This involves interviewing former customers customer complaints and
service data and identifying switching behaviour With the use of computers firms should
have little difficulty in calculating and reporting both crude and weighted rates In
addition to measuring retention firms should consider interviewing former customers in
order to learn their reasons for defecting Customer defections may have been caused not
by the firm itself but by factors beyond its control
Reichheld^ identified six types of defectors (1) price - for a lower price (2)
product -for a superior product (3) service - for a better service (4) market - for a
different market for example a transport company which has moved out of road haulage
and therefore no longer buys trailers (5) technological - a customer that has converted
from using one technology to another and (6) organizational - switches due to political
pressure
5 1 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Rosenberg and Czepiel^^ have orated that it is probably unreaUstic to expect all
customers to stay indefinitely Not only do customers buy on a portfolio basis but firms
have to accept that a proportion of their customers will leave from time to time for a
number of reasons A strategy that would enable firms to cope with this situation is
customer portfolio management It involves an analysis of the firms customer portfolio
with a view to creating a specified balance of customer groups before reorganizing the
firm for customer retention Some examples of retention tactics are giving product extras
reinforcing promotions providing sales force connections providmg specialized
distribution and providing post-purchase communication Reorganization for customer
retention involves setting an acceptable target for customer turnover establishing
executive accountability for keeping customers and improving internal coordination by
targeting promotional strategies towaids repeat usage
25 DISTRIBUTION
Stem El-Ansary and Coughlan have concluded that the distribution intensity has
been commonly defined as the number of intermediaries used by a manufacturer within its
trade areas Ideal distribution intensity would make a brand available widely enough to
satisfy but not exceed target customers needs because over saturation increases
marketing costs without providing benefits The use of too few intermediaries can limit a
brands level of exposure in the marketplace However using too many intermediaries can
be detrimental to the brands image and its competitive position Exclusive distribution
in relation to intensive distribution has been examined in the economics literature In
opposition to traditional economic theory many economists now argue that exclusive
distribution can have pre-competitive effects when intermediary support is critical to the
success of the brand High distribution intensity may promote sales in the short run but
long-term results are less clear
It is evident from the above review that the works on marketing strategies throw
light mainly on general theme of and functional aspect of marketing strategies and
elements of marketing mix
26 MARKET ORIENTATION
There are several studies on consumer orientation of marketing retention of
consumers relationship marketing and consumer involvement and related reports which
52
Chapter 2 Literature Review
have gained a prominent place in formulation of marketing strategies A brief review of
literature on the above aspects is given below
Ruekert has given the opinion that for over 40 years the marketing concept has
been described as being the management philosophy that focuses on satisfying customer
needs and wants based on customer knowledge Recently however within the academic
literature increasing attention has been given to the concept of market orientation This
revival of the attention for a market orientation has been driven by enviroimiental
changes a more competitive international market place increasing pace of changing
technology a shortening of product life cycles and a decrease in customer loyalty
Kohli and others are given the opinion that empirical evidences support that the
market orientation is positively associated with superior performance As a result
businesses recognise that a focus on the customer and the markets they serve may result in
long-run competitive advantage and superior profitability
Days^^ opinion on market orientation is represented in three principal features
ie a set of beliefs that put the customers interest first the ability of the organisation to
generate disseminate and use superior information about customers and competitors and
the coordinated application of inter functional resources to the creation of superior
customer value
In the final opinion of Webster^ on market oriented organisation marketing is no
longer the sole responsibility of specialists Rather everyone in the firm is responsible for
understanding customers and delivering superior customer value
This study has been performed in order to gain insight into the extent to which
KSampDL maintains a marketing orientation in responding to enviroimiental changes and
into the relationship between marketing orientation and performance This project aims at
examining the marketing environment approaches to marketing the organisation and
responsibility for marketing activities and the marketing strategies adopted by KSampDL
Customer retention can be seen as the mirror image of customer defection where a
high retention rate has the same significance as a low defection rate Defining customer
retention in terms of percentage share of customer savings borrowing spending or
purchasing may be more usefial instead of in terms of the absolute numbers of customers OR
Storbacka found that 20 of their customer base accounted for 90 of their total
customer base profitability Hence customers ftom the remaining 80 of the customer
base were either unprofitable or contributed to an insignificant amoimt of profit
53
bdquo ir
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^^ concluded that the high proportion of new customers could bring
down the rate of retention and vice versa Moreover defection rates tend to be much
higher for new customers than long tenure customers
Reichheld^ and Dawkins have found that the tangible advantages of retaining
customers into prominence They claimed that a 5 increase in retention rate led to an
increase in the net present value of customers of between 25 and 85 in a wide range of
industries from credit card to insurance brokerage and from motor services to office
building management Despite its potential benefits customer retention did not obtain
much attention in strategic or marketing plaiming processes
The end goal of a firms marketing activities is making profit Fornell and
Wemerfelt^^ emphasized that marketing resources may be better spent on keeping
existing customers than acquiring new ones This was based on the assumption that
existing customers are profitable and they cost less to keep than to replace Firms
therefore have to be aware of the profitability of not just their products but also their
customers
BlattbergRC and Deighton J ^ Customer retention clearly deserves some
attention and should form a part of a firms strategic marketing goals rather than simply
being seen as the end result of good marketing management
Reichheld^ has given the opinion that the objective of many marketing strategies
in the last 10 years has been building the customers commitment to a brand or a dealer
This has taken three forms (a) Creating customer satisfaction - delivering superior quality
products and services (b) Building brand equity - the sum of the intangible assets of a
brand Factors that contribute to this are name awareness perceived quality brand
loyalty the associations consumers have towards the brand trademarks packaging and
marketing channel presence
Peppers and Rogers opine that creating and maintaining relationships - Success
with any of these strategies will result in high levels of repeat purchase insulation from
price increases and improved responsiveness to marketing communications by customers
Relationship marketing sought to build interdependence between partners and relied on
one-to-one communications historically delivered through the sales force With the
grov^^h of marketing databases and the Internet the ability to reach customers individually
became a viable strategy for a wide range of firms including consumer products
companies
54
r
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^ claimed that even small improvements in customer retention can as
much as double company profits This is because 1 It costs less to serve long-term
customers 2 Loyal customers will pay a price premium 3 Loyal customers will generate
word of-mouth referrals to other prospective customers
Finn^deg^ argues that though consumer involvement can take place at various levels
other than product level of motivation results from product attributes and relatedness of
the product to the consumers psycho social wants and needs It has also been identified
that products which are highly priced having complex features and high perceived risk
generate high involvement levels from the consumers
Saxena^ has concluded that the consumers express low involvement levels for
products which are generally low priced have simple features and low perceived risk
Thus the level of consumer involvement is dependent on the product
Alreck^ in his argument says that the age affects consumers self concept and life
styles and carries with it culturally defined behavioral and attitudinal norms Age
determines the consumption of various products media and shopping centers and has
been used by marketers to segment the markets
Jain and Sharma^ have found that the age also influences the level of consumer
involvement Though age forms a part of ones stage of family life cycle yet it is in itself
an important factor for various Products
Sanjay^deg has argued that men and women possess unique personality traits
interests knowledge judgment capabilities and social status Hence both sexes process
and evaluate products differently
Jain and Sharma^ have initiated that there are differences in the involvement
levels for various products between men and women
Jain and Sharma have concluded that the income of the family combined with
familys accumulated wealth determines the purchasing power However income enables
purchases but does not generally cause or explain them It is likely that the occupation and
education dnectly influence the preferences for products media and activities Income
provides the means to acquire them Occupation is strongly related to education and
income Various studies have found differences in consumption of products with
differences in the occupations
Jain and Sharma have gathered a minimal support for the argument that
consumer involvement differs for differences in consumers occupation However it may
55
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld and Sasser have originated that the customer retention helps increase
revenue through increases in sales volume andor premium prices as well as reducing the
expenses or costs of generating those revenues An increase in retention rate has been
argued to have led to a corresponding increase in profit
Reichheld has identified six economic benefits of retaining customers (1)
savings on customers acquisition or replacement costs (2) a guarantee of base profits as
existing customers are likely to have a minimum spend per period (3) growth in per-
customer revenue as over a period of time existing customers are likely to earn more
have more varied needs and spend more (4) a reduction in relative operating costs as the
firms can spread the cost over many more customers and over a longer period (5) free of
charge referrals of new customers from existing customers which would otherwise be
costly in terms of commissions or introductory fees and (6) price premiums as existing
customers do not usually wait for promotions or price reductions before deciding to
purchase in particular with new models or versions of existing products
Reichheld has given the opinion that even if not all customers prefer long-term
relationships there are those who prefer stable long-term relationships inherently spend
more pay promptly and require less service Long-serving employees generate several
economic benefits not only that they are much better at finding and recruiting the best
customers but they retain customers by producing better products and value and they are
sources of customer referrals
Reichheld^ offered strategies that measure retention in terms of both crude and
weighted rates This involves interviewing former customers customer complaints and
service data and identifying switching behaviour With the use of computers firms should
have little difficulty in calculating and reporting both crude and weighted rates In
addition to measuring retention firms should consider interviewing former customers in
order to learn their reasons for defecting Customer defections may have been caused not
by the firm itself but by factors beyond its control
Reichheld^ identified six types of defectors (1) price - for a lower price (2)
product -for a superior product (3) service - for a better service (4) market - for a
different market for example a transport company which has moved out of road haulage
and therefore no longer buys trailers (5) technological - a customer that has converted
from using one technology to another and (6) organizational - switches due to political
pressure
5 1 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Rosenberg and Czepiel^^ have orated that it is probably unreaUstic to expect all
customers to stay indefinitely Not only do customers buy on a portfolio basis but firms
have to accept that a proportion of their customers will leave from time to time for a
number of reasons A strategy that would enable firms to cope with this situation is
customer portfolio management It involves an analysis of the firms customer portfolio
with a view to creating a specified balance of customer groups before reorganizing the
firm for customer retention Some examples of retention tactics are giving product extras
reinforcing promotions providing sales force connections providmg specialized
distribution and providing post-purchase communication Reorganization for customer
retention involves setting an acceptable target for customer turnover establishing
executive accountability for keeping customers and improving internal coordination by
targeting promotional strategies towaids repeat usage
25 DISTRIBUTION
Stem El-Ansary and Coughlan have concluded that the distribution intensity has
been commonly defined as the number of intermediaries used by a manufacturer within its
trade areas Ideal distribution intensity would make a brand available widely enough to
satisfy but not exceed target customers needs because over saturation increases
marketing costs without providing benefits The use of too few intermediaries can limit a
brands level of exposure in the marketplace However using too many intermediaries can
be detrimental to the brands image and its competitive position Exclusive distribution
in relation to intensive distribution has been examined in the economics literature In
opposition to traditional economic theory many economists now argue that exclusive
distribution can have pre-competitive effects when intermediary support is critical to the
success of the brand High distribution intensity may promote sales in the short run but
long-term results are less clear
It is evident from the above review that the works on marketing strategies throw
light mainly on general theme of and functional aspect of marketing strategies and
elements of marketing mix
26 MARKET ORIENTATION
There are several studies on consumer orientation of marketing retention of
consumers relationship marketing and consumer involvement and related reports which
52
Chapter 2 Literature Review
have gained a prominent place in formulation of marketing strategies A brief review of
literature on the above aspects is given below
Ruekert has given the opinion that for over 40 years the marketing concept has
been described as being the management philosophy that focuses on satisfying customer
needs and wants based on customer knowledge Recently however within the academic
literature increasing attention has been given to the concept of market orientation This
revival of the attention for a market orientation has been driven by enviroimiental
changes a more competitive international market place increasing pace of changing
technology a shortening of product life cycles and a decrease in customer loyalty
Kohli and others are given the opinion that empirical evidences support that the
market orientation is positively associated with superior performance As a result
businesses recognise that a focus on the customer and the markets they serve may result in
long-run competitive advantage and superior profitability
Days^^ opinion on market orientation is represented in three principal features
ie a set of beliefs that put the customers interest first the ability of the organisation to
generate disseminate and use superior information about customers and competitors and
the coordinated application of inter functional resources to the creation of superior
customer value
In the final opinion of Webster^ on market oriented organisation marketing is no
longer the sole responsibility of specialists Rather everyone in the firm is responsible for
understanding customers and delivering superior customer value
This study has been performed in order to gain insight into the extent to which
KSampDL maintains a marketing orientation in responding to enviroimiental changes and
into the relationship between marketing orientation and performance This project aims at
examining the marketing environment approaches to marketing the organisation and
responsibility for marketing activities and the marketing strategies adopted by KSampDL
Customer retention can be seen as the mirror image of customer defection where a
high retention rate has the same significance as a low defection rate Defining customer
retention in terms of percentage share of customer savings borrowing spending or
purchasing may be more usefial instead of in terms of the absolute numbers of customers OR
Storbacka found that 20 of their customer base accounted for 90 of their total
customer base profitability Hence customers ftom the remaining 80 of the customer
base were either unprofitable or contributed to an insignificant amoimt of profit
53
bdquo ir
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^^ concluded that the high proportion of new customers could bring
down the rate of retention and vice versa Moreover defection rates tend to be much
higher for new customers than long tenure customers
Reichheld^ and Dawkins have found that the tangible advantages of retaining
customers into prominence They claimed that a 5 increase in retention rate led to an
increase in the net present value of customers of between 25 and 85 in a wide range of
industries from credit card to insurance brokerage and from motor services to office
building management Despite its potential benefits customer retention did not obtain
much attention in strategic or marketing plaiming processes
The end goal of a firms marketing activities is making profit Fornell and
Wemerfelt^^ emphasized that marketing resources may be better spent on keeping
existing customers than acquiring new ones This was based on the assumption that
existing customers are profitable and they cost less to keep than to replace Firms
therefore have to be aware of the profitability of not just their products but also their
customers
BlattbergRC and Deighton J ^ Customer retention clearly deserves some
attention and should form a part of a firms strategic marketing goals rather than simply
being seen as the end result of good marketing management
Reichheld^ has given the opinion that the objective of many marketing strategies
in the last 10 years has been building the customers commitment to a brand or a dealer
This has taken three forms (a) Creating customer satisfaction - delivering superior quality
products and services (b) Building brand equity - the sum of the intangible assets of a
brand Factors that contribute to this are name awareness perceived quality brand
loyalty the associations consumers have towards the brand trademarks packaging and
marketing channel presence
Peppers and Rogers opine that creating and maintaining relationships - Success
with any of these strategies will result in high levels of repeat purchase insulation from
price increases and improved responsiveness to marketing communications by customers
Relationship marketing sought to build interdependence between partners and relied on
one-to-one communications historically delivered through the sales force With the
grov^^h of marketing databases and the Internet the ability to reach customers individually
became a viable strategy for a wide range of firms including consumer products
companies
54
r
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^ claimed that even small improvements in customer retention can as
much as double company profits This is because 1 It costs less to serve long-term
customers 2 Loyal customers will pay a price premium 3 Loyal customers will generate
word of-mouth referrals to other prospective customers
Finn^deg^ argues that though consumer involvement can take place at various levels
other than product level of motivation results from product attributes and relatedness of
the product to the consumers psycho social wants and needs It has also been identified
that products which are highly priced having complex features and high perceived risk
generate high involvement levels from the consumers
Saxena^ has concluded that the consumers express low involvement levels for
products which are generally low priced have simple features and low perceived risk
Thus the level of consumer involvement is dependent on the product
Alreck^ in his argument says that the age affects consumers self concept and life
styles and carries with it culturally defined behavioral and attitudinal norms Age
determines the consumption of various products media and shopping centers and has
been used by marketers to segment the markets
Jain and Sharma^ have found that the age also influences the level of consumer
involvement Though age forms a part of ones stage of family life cycle yet it is in itself
an important factor for various Products
Sanjay^deg has argued that men and women possess unique personality traits
interests knowledge judgment capabilities and social status Hence both sexes process
and evaluate products differently
Jain and Sharma^ have initiated that there are differences in the involvement
levels for various products between men and women
Jain and Sharma have concluded that the income of the family combined with
familys accumulated wealth determines the purchasing power However income enables
purchases but does not generally cause or explain them It is likely that the occupation and
education dnectly influence the preferences for products media and activities Income
provides the means to acquire them Occupation is strongly related to education and
income Various studies have found differences in consumption of products with
differences in the occupations
Jain and Sharma have gathered a minimal support for the argument that
consumer involvement differs for differences in consumers occupation However it may
55
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Rosenberg and Czepiel^^ have orated that it is probably unreaUstic to expect all
customers to stay indefinitely Not only do customers buy on a portfolio basis but firms
have to accept that a proportion of their customers will leave from time to time for a
number of reasons A strategy that would enable firms to cope with this situation is
customer portfolio management It involves an analysis of the firms customer portfolio
with a view to creating a specified balance of customer groups before reorganizing the
firm for customer retention Some examples of retention tactics are giving product extras
reinforcing promotions providing sales force connections providmg specialized
distribution and providing post-purchase communication Reorganization for customer
retention involves setting an acceptable target for customer turnover establishing
executive accountability for keeping customers and improving internal coordination by
targeting promotional strategies towaids repeat usage
25 DISTRIBUTION
Stem El-Ansary and Coughlan have concluded that the distribution intensity has
been commonly defined as the number of intermediaries used by a manufacturer within its
trade areas Ideal distribution intensity would make a brand available widely enough to
satisfy but not exceed target customers needs because over saturation increases
marketing costs without providing benefits The use of too few intermediaries can limit a
brands level of exposure in the marketplace However using too many intermediaries can
be detrimental to the brands image and its competitive position Exclusive distribution
in relation to intensive distribution has been examined in the economics literature In
opposition to traditional economic theory many economists now argue that exclusive
distribution can have pre-competitive effects when intermediary support is critical to the
success of the brand High distribution intensity may promote sales in the short run but
long-term results are less clear
It is evident from the above review that the works on marketing strategies throw
light mainly on general theme of and functional aspect of marketing strategies and
elements of marketing mix
26 MARKET ORIENTATION
There are several studies on consumer orientation of marketing retention of
consumers relationship marketing and consumer involvement and related reports which
52
Chapter 2 Literature Review
have gained a prominent place in formulation of marketing strategies A brief review of
literature on the above aspects is given below
Ruekert has given the opinion that for over 40 years the marketing concept has
been described as being the management philosophy that focuses on satisfying customer
needs and wants based on customer knowledge Recently however within the academic
literature increasing attention has been given to the concept of market orientation This
revival of the attention for a market orientation has been driven by enviroimiental
changes a more competitive international market place increasing pace of changing
technology a shortening of product life cycles and a decrease in customer loyalty
Kohli and others are given the opinion that empirical evidences support that the
market orientation is positively associated with superior performance As a result
businesses recognise that a focus on the customer and the markets they serve may result in
long-run competitive advantage and superior profitability
Days^^ opinion on market orientation is represented in three principal features
ie a set of beliefs that put the customers interest first the ability of the organisation to
generate disseminate and use superior information about customers and competitors and
the coordinated application of inter functional resources to the creation of superior
customer value
In the final opinion of Webster^ on market oriented organisation marketing is no
longer the sole responsibility of specialists Rather everyone in the firm is responsible for
understanding customers and delivering superior customer value
This study has been performed in order to gain insight into the extent to which
KSampDL maintains a marketing orientation in responding to enviroimiental changes and
into the relationship between marketing orientation and performance This project aims at
examining the marketing environment approaches to marketing the organisation and
responsibility for marketing activities and the marketing strategies adopted by KSampDL
Customer retention can be seen as the mirror image of customer defection where a
high retention rate has the same significance as a low defection rate Defining customer
retention in terms of percentage share of customer savings borrowing spending or
purchasing may be more usefial instead of in terms of the absolute numbers of customers OR
Storbacka found that 20 of their customer base accounted for 90 of their total
customer base profitability Hence customers ftom the remaining 80 of the customer
base were either unprofitable or contributed to an insignificant amoimt of profit
53
bdquo ir
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^^ concluded that the high proportion of new customers could bring
down the rate of retention and vice versa Moreover defection rates tend to be much
higher for new customers than long tenure customers
Reichheld^ and Dawkins have found that the tangible advantages of retaining
customers into prominence They claimed that a 5 increase in retention rate led to an
increase in the net present value of customers of between 25 and 85 in a wide range of
industries from credit card to insurance brokerage and from motor services to office
building management Despite its potential benefits customer retention did not obtain
much attention in strategic or marketing plaiming processes
The end goal of a firms marketing activities is making profit Fornell and
Wemerfelt^^ emphasized that marketing resources may be better spent on keeping
existing customers than acquiring new ones This was based on the assumption that
existing customers are profitable and they cost less to keep than to replace Firms
therefore have to be aware of the profitability of not just their products but also their
customers
BlattbergRC and Deighton J ^ Customer retention clearly deserves some
attention and should form a part of a firms strategic marketing goals rather than simply
being seen as the end result of good marketing management
Reichheld^ has given the opinion that the objective of many marketing strategies
in the last 10 years has been building the customers commitment to a brand or a dealer
This has taken three forms (a) Creating customer satisfaction - delivering superior quality
products and services (b) Building brand equity - the sum of the intangible assets of a
brand Factors that contribute to this are name awareness perceived quality brand
loyalty the associations consumers have towards the brand trademarks packaging and
marketing channel presence
Peppers and Rogers opine that creating and maintaining relationships - Success
with any of these strategies will result in high levels of repeat purchase insulation from
price increases and improved responsiveness to marketing communications by customers
Relationship marketing sought to build interdependence between partners and relied on
one-to-one communications historically delivered through the sales force With the
grov^^h of marketing databases and the Internet the ability to reach customers individually
became a viable strategy for a wide range of firms including consumer products
companies
54
r
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^ claimed that even small improvements in customer retention can as
much as double company profits This is because 1 It costs less to serve long-term
customers 2 Loyal customers will pay a price premium 3 Loyal customers will generate
word of-mouth referrals to other prospective customers
Finn^deg^ argues that though consumer involvement can take place at various levels
other than product level of motivation results from product attributes and relatedness of
the product to the consumers psycho social wants and needs It has also been identified
that products which are highly priced having complex features and high perceived risk
generate high involvement levels from the consumers
Saxena^ has concluded that the consumers express low involvement levels for
products which are generally low priced have simple features and low perceived risk
Thus the level of consumer involvement is dependent on the product
Alreck^ in his argument says that the age affects consumers self concept and life
styles and carries with it culturally defined behavioral and attitudinal norms Age
determines the consumption of various products media and shopping centers and has
been used by marketers to segment the markets
Jain and Sharma^ have found that the age also influences the level of consumer
involvement Though age forms a part of ones stage of family life cycle yet it is in itself
an important factor for various Products
Sanjay^deg has argued that men and women possess unique personality traits
interests knowledge judgment capabilities and social status Hence both sexes process
and evaluate products differently
Jain and Sharma^ have initiated that there are differences in the involvement
levels for various products between men and women
Jain and Sharma have concluded that the income of the family combined with
familys accumulated wealth determines the purchasing power However income enables
purchases but does not generally cause or explain them It is likely that the occupation and
education dnectly influence the preferences for products media and activities Income
provides the means to acquire them Occupation is strongly related to education and
income Various studies have found differences in consumption of products with
differences in the occupations
Jain and Sharma have gathered a minimal support for the argument that
consumer involvement differs for differences in consumers occupation However it may
55
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
have gained a prominent place in formulation of marketing strategies A brief review of
literature on the above aspects is given below
Ruekert has given the opinion that for over 40 years the marketing concept has
been described as being the management philosophy that focuses on satisfying customer
needs and wants based on customer knowledge Recently however within the academic
literature increasing attention has been given to the concept of market orientation This
revival of the attention for a market orientation has been driven by enviroimiental
changes a more competitive international market place increasing pace of changing
technology a shortening of product life cycles and a decrease in customer loyalty
Kohli and others are given the opinion that empirical evidences support that the
market orientation is positively associated with superior performance As a result
businesses recognise that a focus on the customer and the markets they serve may result in
long-run competitive advantage and superior profitability
Days^^ opinion on market orientation is represented in three principal features
ie a set of beliefs that put the customers interest first the ability of the organisation to
generate disseminate and use superior information about customers and competitors and
the coordinated application of inter functional resources to the creation of superior
customer value
In the final opinion of Webster^ on market oriented organisation marketing is no
longer the sole responsibility of specialists Rather everyone in the firm is responsible for
understanding customers and delivering superior customer value
This study has been performed in order to gain insight into the extent to which
KSampDL maintains a marketing orientation in responding to enviroimiental changes and
into the relationship between marketing orientation and performance This project aims at
examining the marketing environment approaches to marketing the organisation and
responsibility for marketing activities and the marketing strategies adopted by KSampDL
Customer retention can be seen as the mirror image of customer defection where a
high retention rate has the same significance as a low defection rate Defining customer
retention in terms of percentage share of customer savings borrowing spending or
purchasing may be more usefial instead of in terms of the absolute numbers of customers OR
Storbacka found that 20 of their customer base accounted for 90 of their total
customer base profitability Hence customers ftom the remaining 80 of the customer
base were either unprofitable or contributed to an insignificant amoimt of profit
53
bdquo ir
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^^ concluded that the high proportion of new customers could bring
down the rate of retention and vice versa Moreover defection rates tend to be much
higher for new customers than long tenure customers
Reichheld^ and Dawkins have found that the tangible advantages of retaining
customers into prominence They claimed that a 5 increase in retention rate led to an
increase in the net present value of customers of between 25 and 85 in a wide range of
industries from credit card to insurance brokerage and from motor services to office
building management Despite its potential benefits customer retention did not obtain
much attention in strategic or marketing plaiming processes
The end goal of a firms marketing activities is making profit Fornell and
Wemerfelt^^ emphasized that marketing resources may be better spent on keeping
existing customers than acquiring new ones This was based on the assumption that
existing customers are profitable and they cost less to keep than to replace Firms
therefore have to be aware of the profitability of not just their products but also their
customers
BlattbergRC and Deighton J ^ Customer retention clearly deserves some
attention and should form a part of a firms strategic marketing goals rather than simply
being seen as the end result of good marketing management
Reichheld^ has given the opinion that the objective of many marketing strategies
in the last 10 years has been building the customers commitment to a brand or a dealer
This has taken three forms (a) Creating customer satisfaction - delivering superior quality
products and services (b) Building brand equity - the sum of the intangible assets of a
brand Factors that contribute to this are name awareness perceived quality brand
loyalty the associations consumers have towards the brand trademarks packaging and
marketing channel presence
Peppers and Rogers opine that creating and maintaining relationships - Success
with any of these strategies will result in high levels of repeat purchase insulation from
price increases and improved responsiveness to marketing communications by customers
Relationship marketing sought to build interdependence between partners and relied on
one-to-one communications historically delivered through the sales force With the
grov^^h of marketing databases and the Internet the ability to reach customers individually
became a viable strategy for a wide range of firms including consumer products
companies
54
r
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^ claimed that even small improvements in customer retention can as
much as double company profits This is because 1 It costs less to serve long-term
customers 2 Loyal customers will pay a price premium 3 Loyal customers will generate
word of-mouth referrals to other prospective customers
Finn^deg^ argues that though consumer involvement can take place at various levels
other than product level of motivation results from product attributes and relatedness of
the product to the consumers psycho social wants and needs It has also been identified
that products which are highly priced having complex features and high perceived risk
generate high involvement levels from the consumers
Saxena^ has concluded that the consumers express low involvement levels for
products which are generally low priced have simple features and low perceived risk
Thus the level of consumer involvement is dependent on the product
Alreck^ in his argument says that the age affects consumers self concept and life
styles and carries with it culturally defined behavioral and attitudinal norms Age
determines the consumption of various products media and shopping centers and has
been used by marketers to segment the markets
Jain and Sharma^ have found that the age also influences the level of consumer
involvement Though age forms a part of ones stage of family life cycle yet it is in itself
an important factor for various Products
Sanjay^deg has argued that men and women possess unique personality traits
interests knowledge judgment capabilities and social status Hence both sexes process
and evaluate products differently
Jain and Sharma^ have initiated that there are differences in the involvement
levels for various products between men and women
Jain and Sharma have concluded that the income of the family combined with
familys accumulated wealth determines the purchasing power However income enables
purchases but does not generally cause or explain them It is likely that the occupation and
education dnectly influence the preferences for products media and activities Income
provides the means to acquire them Occupation is strongly related to education and
income Various studies have found differences in consumption of products with
differences in the occupations
Jain and Sharma have gathered a minimal support for the argument that
consumer involvement differs for differences in consumers occupation However it may
55
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^^ concluded that the high proportion of new customers could bring
down the rate of retention and vice versa Moreover defection rates tend to be much
higher for new customers than long tenure customers
Reichheld^ and Dawkins have found that the tangible advantages of retaining
customers into prominence They claimed that a 5 increase in retention rate led to an
increase in the net present value of customers of between 25 and 85 in a wide range of
industries from credit card to insurance brokerage and from motor services to office
building management Despite its potential benefits customer retention did not obtain
much attention in strategic or marketing plaiming processes
The end goal of a firms marketing activities is making profit Fornell and
Wemerfelt^^ emphasized that marketing resources may be better spent on keeping
existing customers than acquiring new ones This was based on the assumption that
existing customers are profitable and they cost less to keep than to replace Firms
therefore have to be aware of the profitability of not just their products but also their
customers
BlattbergRC and Deighton J ^ Customer retention clearly deserves some
attention and should form a part of a firms strategic marketing goals rather than simply
being seen as the end result of good marketing management
Reichheld^ has given the opinion that the objective of many marketing strategies
in the last 10 years has been building the customers commitment to a brand or a dealer
This has taken three forms (a) Creating customer satisfaction - delivering superior quality
products and services (b) Building brand equity - the sum of the intangible assets of a
brand Factors that contribute to this are name awareness perceived quality brand
loyalty the associations consumers have towards the brand trademarks packaging and
marketing channel presence
Peppers and Rogers opine that creating and maintaining relationships - Success
with any of these strategies will result in high levels of repeat purchase insulation from
price increases and improved responsiveness to marketing communications by customers
Relationship marketing sought to build interdependence between partners and relied on
one-to-one communications historically delivered through the sales force With the
grov^^h of marketing databases and the Internet the ability to reach customers individually
became a viable strategy for a wide range of firms including consumer products
companies
54
r
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^ claimed that even small improvements in customer retention can as
much as double company profits This is because 1 It costs less to serve long-term
customers 2 Loyal customers will pay a price premium 3 Loyal customers will generate
word of-mouth referrals to other prospective customers
Finn^deg^ argues that though consumer involvement can take place at various levels
other than product level of motivation results from product attributes and relatedness of
the product to the consumers psycho social wants and needs It has also been identified
that products which are highly priced having complex features and high perceived risk
generate high involvement levels from the consumers
Saxena^ has concluded that the consumers express low involvement levels for
products which are generally low priced have simple features and low perceived risk
Thus the level of consumer involvement is dependent on the product
Alreck^ in his argument says that the age affects consumers self concept and life
styles and carries with it culturally defined behavioral and attitudinal norms Age
determines the consumption of various products media and shopping centers and has
been used by marketers to segment the markets
Jain and Sharma^ have found that the age also influences the level of consumer
involvement Though age forms a part of ones stage of family life cycle yet it is in itself
an important factor for various Products
Sanjay^deg has argued that men and women possess unique personality traits
interests knowledge judgment capabilities and social status Hence both sexes process
and evaluate products differently
Jain and Sharma^ have initiated that there are differences in the involvement
levels for various products between men and women
Jain and Sharma have concluded that the income of the family combined with
familys accumulated wealth determines the purchasing power However income enables
purchases but does not generally cause or explain them It is likely that the occupation and
education dnectly influence the preferences for products media and activities Income
provides the means to acquire them Occupation is strongly related to education and
income Various studies have found differences in consumption of products with
differences in the occupations
Jain and Sharma have gathered a minimal support for the argument that
consumer involvement differs for differences in consumers occupation However it may
55
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Reichheld^ claimed that even small improvements in customer retention can as
much as double company profits This is because 1 It costs less to serve long-term
customers 2 Loyal customers will pay a price premium 3 Loyal customers will generate
word of-mouth referrals to other prospective customers
Finn^deg^ argues that though consumer involvement can take place at various levels
other than product level of motivation results from product attributes and relatedness of
the product to the consumers psycho social wants and needs It has also been identified
that products which are highly priced having complex features and high perceived risk
generate high involvement levels from the consumers
Saxena^ has concluded that the consumers express low involvement levels for
products which are generally low priced have simple features and low perceived risk
Thus the level of consumer involvement is dependent on the product
Alreck^ in his argument says that the age affects consumers self concept and life
styles and carries with it culturally defined behavioral and attitudinal norms Age
determines the consumption of various products media and shopping centers and has
been used by marketers to segment the markets
Jain and Sharma^ have found that the age also influences the level of consumer
involvement Though age forms a part of ones stage of family life cycle yet it is in itself
an important factor for various Products
Sanjay^deg has argued that men and women possess unique personality traits
interests knowledge judgment capabilities and social status Hence both sexes process
and evaluate products differently
Jain and Sharma^ have initiated that there are differences in the involvement
levels for various products between men and women
Jain and Sharma have concluded that the income of the family combined with
familys accumulated wealth determines the purchasing power However income enables
purchases but does not generally cause or explain them It is likely that the occupation and
education dnectly influence the preferences for products media and activities Income
provides the means to acquire them Occupation is strongly related to education and
income Various studies have found differences in consumption of products with
differences in the occupations
Jain and Sharma have gathered a minimal support for the argument that
consumer involvement differs for differences in consumers occupation However it may
55
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
be speculated that the differences in the involvement levels of consumer would be
influenced by different occupations
Varadarajan^^has concluded that the discipline and practice of marketing has been
undergoing a period of metamorphosis over the last four decades
Morgan^^ indicated that durmg 1970s marketing was imresponsive to greater
societal issues and during the 1980s marketing caused discontent by over-segmenting
markets and overstating the value of consumers expressed needs
Homburg and others^^drawn the conclusion that the importance and value in
studying the contribution and influence of marketing within the organization is therefore
fundamental They outlined as organizations evolve the importance of all functional
departments will inevitably be diminished Some functions will be relatively more
powerful than others - that is they will control more resources and have more influence in
the strategy dialogue
Christopher has argued that the significant cultural social demographic
political and economic influences during the last decades of the 20 century combined
with rapid technological advances have radically transformed the consumers needs
nature and behaviour The new consumer has been described as existential less
responsive to traditional marketing stimuli and less sensitive to brands and marketing cues
while the influence of family or other types of reference groups on the new consumers
behaviour is changing or diminishing
Christopher^opine that more researchers share the view that the modem
consumer is different demanding individualistic involved independent better informed
and more critical A factor underlining the change is the increasing consumer power and
sophistication due to wide availability of affordable personal computing power and easy
access to online global commercial firms networks databases coriiminutes or
marketplaces These developments have intensified the pressure on marketers to switch
from mass marketing approaches towards methods allowing personalization interaction
and sincere direct dialog with the customer Such approaches allow marketers not only to
improve communications with their target groups but also to identify the constantly
changing and evolving customer needs to respond quickly to competitive movements and
to predict market trends early and accurately
According to Trott^ Organizational competence affects firm performance and
can explain sustained performance differences among firms due to slow diffusion of best
practices and difficulties in imitation of complex organizational capabilities There are
56
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
specific requirements to support organizations innovativeness such as an orientation
towards long-tenn profits the ability to identify threats and opportunities acceptance of
risk uncertainty and change teamwork using a diverse range of skills slack receptivity
and a strong commitment to technological development
For teamwork to succeed Hoegl and Gemuenden^^ emphasize the need for team
cohesion and commitment existence of an open level of commimication between team
members good coordination of tasks member contribution corresponding to personal
knowledge and mutual support within the team
Banerjee and Banerjee say with the population of over one billion India is on
the threshold of becoming one of the worlds foremost consumer markets About a quarter
of this huge mass of consumers is urbanized and about three-quarters are rural Over the
years the retailing infrastructure that has proliferated in India is characterized by a high
degree of fragmentation as compared with many developed nations There are an
estimated 10 million operational retail outlets in India of which 68 are in rural areas
The challenge lies in identifying the key drivers that steer the Indian consumers
perception and behaviour when it comes to their shopping needs
Mahalingam has argued that about a half of Indias rural population do not have
access to good roads and infrastructure They are relatively poor and so have limited
spending power Easy finance associated with rising income has caused a major boom in
the discretionary income of the middle class This has led to heightened consumer
expectations 19T
Lakshminarayan conclude that the changing life styles of the Indian population
are likely to boost the sales of packaged products It is estimated that the Indian food
industry would grow to $140bn in the next 10 years creating wealth from what is waste
today
Mahalingam has given the opinion that the realizing the potential of the rural
market HLL launched project Shakti 3 years ago to target villages having a population of
less than 2000 by appointing rural women as retailers of their products Today such
13000 retailers are operating in 12 states of India and contributing 15 of the companys
rural sales (Srinivasan 2005) The HLL will cover half a million villages in 2010
Sayulu and Ramana Reddy ^ suggest that the rural market offers a very promising
future for the marketing of consumer goods But this rural market has certain
characteristics that hinder marketers from exploiting the opportunities provided by this
huge market These characteristics are (a) low literacy (b) ignorance of their rights as 57
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
consumers (c) low purchasing power (d) indifference to quality or standards and (e) lack
of cooperative spirit
Ramana Rao^^^observes that the marketing boom in the rural areas is caused by
such factors as increased discretionary income market surpluses rural development
schemes improved infrastructure increased retailing and retailers increased awareness
expanding TV Networks liberalized government policies for rural development emphasis
on rural markets by companies new entrepreneurship competitive and creative sales
promotion the packaging revolution and changing life styles The new generation in the
rural areas considers itself to be like the urban generation
Sudhakar^^ observes that the process of evolution of the urban markets is being
replicated in rural India both for international brands and home-grown products
The above review shows that the studies made on market orientation and related
aspects are of general nature and the research orientation is lacking
27 THE MARKETING STRATEGY IN SOAP INDUSTRY
There are a few studies on the grov1h and development and marketing strategies
of toilet soap industry In what follows is a brief review of the literature on the topic
Sonal kureshi in report entitled Exploratory study on sales promotion activities
in toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions opines that
both retailers and consumers perceived that sales promotion activities carried out by the
companies for increasing sales in short term and clearing stocks What it implies is that
companies need to use sales promotion synergistically and communicate so that they
provide value to the audience and enhance brand qualityimage perceptions
58
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Yogin^^ in his work Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and
Detergents observes that Indian consumer behavior is aimed to get a better
understanding of the Indian market place thus enabling them to embark on selected
strategies to effectively reach the Indian RURAL consumers From the market
perspective people of India comprise different segments of consumers based on class
status and income An important and recent development in Indias consumerism is the
emergence of the rural market for several basic consumer goods Three-fourths of Indias
population lives in rural areas and contribute one-third of the national income India is a
lucrative market even though the per capita income in India is lov and it remains a huge
market even for costly products
Mr Dalip Sehgal^deg Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line There is
a large market for personal care products in Latin America Outside India Brazil is the
second largest market for toilet bar soaps With a mix of both mass market and a premium
market at the top end these are high growth markets with large populations and good per
capita income and GDPThe Godrej group is on the lookout for personal care companies
manufacturing toilet bar soaps in Latin America After India Brazil is the next largest
market for toilet bar soaps followed by Asian countries such as Indonesia while it is liquid
soap brands which dominate in Europe and America In the Rs 8500-crore domestic toilet
soaps market GCPL has gained one per cent share during the quarter ended in March for
the category Its Godrej Nol brand is the third largest today with a value share of 105 per
cent after HULs Lux and Lifebuoy
Fierce^ in his article Competition in Indian soap market emphasised on the
Indian toilet soap market which has been described as a perfiimed rat race by a local
industry spokesman since it is highly price competitive and oversupplied and likely to
become more so as new capacity comes into production National companies with their
own or franchised international brands jockey for market leadership against state or
regionally based companies with high local consumer loyalty Total aimual soap sales by
companies marketing their brands at national or state levels is estimated at 14000 tones of
a total soap market considered to be about 126000 tones
The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine^^ in their article The
Global market for soaps concluded that the market for soap products is largely matured
in developed market and displays stagnant growth The growth potential in developing
country is huge but there are many obstacles to expansion
59
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Mr Pravin Tripathi^^ observes in his article study on opportunities for GMCG
products in rural areas that Hindustan Unilever Products are the most known and
popular brand of FMCG products in rural market followed by Dabur ITC and Procter and
Gamble Because of huge product line cheaper cost brand loyalty good pubJicity and
advertisement
Mr Hitendra Bargal^ has given the opinion in his report Promotion of soap
brand in rural market India that the language and content must be according to the
suitability of rural environment background figures are also a deterministic factor
admissibility of brand ambassadors plays an important role in this regard and special
promotion measures are the strong applicable factors in this regard
Miss Prathiba HL has concluded that the pears soap ranks high quality
composition etc It is observed that pears soap has maintained better product image
among the persons who have uses it and are using it The company has also vast network
of salesmanship It is also observed that pears soap is facing competition from numbers of
other soaps both in price and quality Therefore it is immensely necessary for both
producers and dealers to see that competitive efficiency of product is kept high
Chandrabha Barua^ ^ has concluded that KSampDL is a consumer oriented company
it manufactures Mysore sandal soap (75 grams) to satisfy the consumers needs It has to
go for some changes like reduction in price and change the packaging style come up with
some other variety in flavours and colour etc It should mould itself to the modem
marketing concepts like customer relationship management and consumer focused
marketing
Dipendra has drawn in his article that HUL is the market leader in the FMCG
sector in India Lifebuoy soap brand market leader at Indian Urban and Rural Areas Most
of the customers are satisfied with the performance of Lifebuoy soap and their other
products Approx 70 customers have positive and 30 customers have negative attitude
in support of preference to Lifebuoy soap and the other products of Lifebuoy Customers
awareness level is better in India Lifebuoy soap is improving health amp hygiene for over
100 years in India and all over world
httpwvvrwnaukrihubcomindiafmcgoverviewsoaps^^ reveals that in India
soaps are available in five million retail stores out of which 375 million retail stores are
in the rural areas Therefore availability of these products is not an issue 70 of Indias
population resides in the rural areas hence around 50 of the soaps are sold in the rural
markets With increase in disposable incomes growth in rural demand is expected to
60
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Jlt Chapter 2 ^ S S Literature Review
increase because consumers are moving up towards premium products However in the
recent past there has not been much change in the volume of premium soaps in proportion
to economy soaps because increase in prices has led some consumers to look for cheaper
substitutes
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml quotes that the
market size of global soap and detergent market size was estimated to be around 31M
tonne in 2004 which is estimated to grow to 33M tonne by 2008 Toilet soaps account for
more than 10 of the total market of soap and detergents In Asia even though the
countries like China and India are showing rapid growth in the toilet soap section the
Japanese toilet soap industry is showing signs of decline due to the preference of
consumers for liquid soaps This trend is also observed in other developed markets like
the US and Europe which is adversely affecting the toilet soap industry Market share of
body wash was estimated to be around 2 in 2004 and is showing signs of healthy growth
in these markets X - i ^ U- O
httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml presents that the
major products of soap and detergent industry include soaps laundry detergents
dishwashing detergents household-cleaning products hair cleaning products and
toothpaste Laundry detergents account for 40 of the overall market while soaps for 20
and dishwashing detergent for 15 laundry detergents come in powder as well as
liquid form and may contain also contain bleach additives or color brighteners
Christ college institute of management organisation structure study concluded
that it is a company wholly owned by government so it has to follow the rules made by
the government The company is under utilizing its capacity Its production is based on
old technology which leads to more wastes in the production process Consumer
awareness of its products is very less except for Mysore Sandal soap Its products are not
available easily in district places of states other than Kamataka There is mismatch in
production amp sales activity Recruitment in the company has been stopped since 1988 due
to some circumstances and recruitments are taking place only in some departments
The review of the studies on the marketing strategies in soap industry reveals that
the most of the studies are on soap and detergents in general Only a few studies are on
toilet soap manufacturing in general and KS amp DL in particular Further these studies are
mainly in the form of reports and articles Research orientation in these studies is lacking
Therefore there is immense need to conduct a comprehensive research on marketing
strategies of toilet soap manufacturers Kuvemou University Library Jnana Sahvaari Shankaraghatta
61
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
References
Books
1 HillCWL and Jones GR (2006) ^Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
2 Schwenk R Charles Tze Cognitive Perspective on Strategic Decision Making
School of Business Indiana University Journal of Management Studies Vol25 1
P41-552007
3 Gerbing DW Hamilton JG and Freeman EB (1994) A large scale second
order
structural equation model of the influence of management participation on
organizational planning benefits Journal of Management 20(4) pp 859-85
4 Fredrickson JW (1984) The comprehensiveness of strategic decision processes
extensions observations and future directions Academy of Management Journal
27 pp399-423
5 Miller D (1987) Strategy making and structure analysis and implications for
performance Academy of Management Journal 30 pp7- 32
6 Priem RL Rasheed AMA and Kotulic AG (1995) Rationality in strategic
decision processes environmental dynamism and firm performance Journal of
Management 21(5) pp913- 29
7 Capon N Farley JU and Hulbert JM (1994) Strategic planning and financial
Performance more evidence Journal of Management Studies 31105-10
8 Baker Michael (2008) The Strategic Marketing Plan Audif Cambridge Strategy
Publications
9 HillCWL and JonesGR (1998) Strategic Management An Integrated
Approach Allied Publishers
10 Porters generic strategies an exploratory study Publication Journal of Business
Strategies2007
11 Vorhies DW Harker M and Rao CP (1999) The capabilities and
performanceadvantages of market-drive firms European Journal of Marketing
33(12) pp1171-1202
12 Cravens DW (1998) Examining the impact of market-based strategy paradigms
on marketing strategy Journal of Strategic Marketing 6 pp197- 208
13 Douglas McConnell J (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
14 ChamberlinEH(1957) Towards a More General Theory of Value Oxford
University Press
15 Ibid Op Cit Oxford University Press
16 Alderson W (1965) Dynamic Marketing Behavior Homewfood IL Richard D
Irwin
17 Ibid Op Cit Alderson W (1965)
18 Smith WR (1956) Product differentiation and market segmentation as
alternative
marketing strategies Journal of Marketing 21 (July) p4
19 Thompson HU (1962) Product Strategy London Business Publication Ltd
20 Levitt T (1980) Marketing success through differentiation - of anything
Harvard Business Review January-February pp83-91
21 Philip Kotler Marketing Essentials (later changed to Marketing-An
Introduction)
Prentice Hall 1984 1987 1990 1993 1997 2000 2003 2005 2007 2009
22 Mitzi M Montoya amp Roger Calantone Determinants of new product
performance A review and meta-analysis Journal of Product Innovation
Management Volume 11 Issue 5 November 1994 Pages 397-417
23 Aaker Jermifer L (1997) Dimension of Brand Personality Journal of Marketing
Research Volume 34 (August) pp347-56
24 Beverland and Veryzer Branding and design management a brand design
management model Journal of Marketing Management Volume 23 Issue 9 amp 10
November 2007 pages 829 - 840
25 Olins^ (1979) Corporate Identity and the Advent of Corporate Marketing
Journal of Marketing Management Volume 14 Issue 8 November 1998 pages
963 - 996
26 Philip Kotler G Alexander Rath DESIGN A POWERFUL BUT NEGLECTED
STRATEGIC TOOL (1993) Journal of Business Strategy Vol 5 Iss 2 pp16 -
21
27 Rundh B 2005 The multi-faceted dimension of packaging - Marketing logistic
or Marketing tool British Food Journal 107 (9) pp 670-684
63
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
28 Schoorsman JPL Robben HSJ and Henry SJ (1997) The effect of new
package design on product attention categorization and evaluation Journal of
Economic Psychology Vol18 pp 271-287
29 Sagar VR amp Kumar S (2005) Packaging requirements for raw amp processed
foods Beverage amp Food World 32 pp24-28
30 Kotler (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
31 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
32 KotlerP (2004) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation
and Control Prentice Hall of India Private Limited New Delhi
33 Etzel MJ Walker BJ amp Stanton WJ (2005) Marketing Tata McGraw-Hill
New Delhi
34 Schreiber E (1994) Retail trends shorten life of packaging design Marketing
News 5 December p7
35 Parker R (1997) Counting down the top 10 US packaging trends Packaging
India
August-September pp79-82
36 Pandey DP (2005) Education in rural marketing University News 43 pp7-8
37 Kundu SC amp Sehrawet M (2002) Impact of packaging on consumer buying
behaviour The Indian Journal of Commerce 55 pp26-35
38 Sivan V (2000) Corrugated as an advertising medium Packaging India
August-
September pp59-61
39 Mehta R (1999) The mysteries of rural markets Advertising amp Marketing 15
pp 18-23
40 Phillips H (1997) How we actually shop the implications for the designer
Packaging India August-September pp47-54
41 Narayanan PV (2000) Packaging in a developing economy Packaging India
October-November pp23-27
42 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
43 Abrams^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
64
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
44 Ajarekar P (1997) Packaging design Packaging India October-November pp9
45 Ramaswamy VS amp Namakumari S (2004) Marketing Management Planning
Implementation and Control McMillan India Ltd Delhi
46 Abrams ^ (1986) The Spell of the Sensuous New York Vintage Books pp 25-39
47 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
48 Hoch Stephen J Eric T Bradlow and Brian Wansink (1999) The Variety of an
AssortmentMarketing Science 18 (4)pp 527-546
49 Mitchell A (1993) The driving force behind Unilever Marketing 8 April 20-23
50 Eraser J A (2004) A return to basics at Kellogg MIT Sloan Management Review
45(4) pp27-30
51 Webster Frederick E (1992) The Changing Role of Marketing in the
Corporation Journal of Marketing 56 (October) pp 1-17
52 Shapiro BP and Slywotzky AJ (1993) Leveraging to Beat the Odds The New
Marketing Mind-Set Harvard Business Review September-October pp97-107
53 Lichtenstein Donald R Ridgway Nancy M and Netemeyer Richard G (1993)
Price
Perceptions and Consumer Shopping Behaviour A Field Study Journal of
Marketing
54 Erickson Gary M and Johansson Johny K (1985) The Role of Price in Multi-
Attribute Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer Research 12(3) 195-99
55 Zeithaml Valarie A (1988) Consumer Perceptions of PriceQuality and Value A
Means- End Model and Synthesis of Evidence Journal of Marketing 52(3) pp2-
22
56 Scitovsky Tibor (1945) Some Consequences of the Habit of Judging Quality by
Price Review of Economic Studies 12(2) pp 100-102
57 Leavitt Harold J (1954) A Note on Some Experimental Findings about the
Meaning of Price Journal of Business 27(2) pp205-10
58 Gabor A and Granger C W J (1966) Price as an Indicator of Quality Report on
an Inquiry Economica 33(1) pp43-70
59 McCoimell J Douglas (1968) The Price-Quality Relationship in an Experimental
Differing perceptions regarding price promotions Journal of Retailing 77 (2001)
pp547-569
65 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
60 Gardener David M (1971) Is there a Generalized Price- Quality Relationship
Journal of Marketing Research 8(2) pp241-43
61 Lambert Zarrel V (1970) Product Perception An Important Variable in Price
Strategy Journal of Marketing 34(4) pp68-71
62 Shapiro Benson P (1973) Price Reliance Existence and Sources Journal of
Marketing Research 10(3) pp286-87
63 Shivdasani H K (1972) Psychology of Pricing Price-Perceived Quality
Relationship Indian Management 11(1) pp29-33
64 William B Dodds Kent B Monroe and Dhruv Grewal Effects of Price Brand and
Store Information on Buyers Product Evaluations Journal of Marketing
Research Vol 28 No 3 (Aug 1991) pp 307-319
65 Rao Akshay R and Monroe Kent B (1988) The Moderating Effect of Prior
Knowledge on Cue Utilization in Product Evaluations Journal of Consumer
Research 15(3) pp253-64
66 Parasuraman A Ambarish Kumar and Mehta Subhash CK (1972) Impact of
Price and Brand on Consumers ChoiceAn Experimental Study in Mehta
Subhash C Indian Consumers Studies and Cases for Marketing Decisions New
Delhi Tata McGraw-Hill 53-62
67 Kotler P (2002) Marketing Management Prentice-Hall publication
68 Strang Roger (1976) Sales Promotion fast growth faculty management Harvard
Business Review
69 Blattberg R and S Neslin Sales Promotions Concepts Methods and Strategies
Englewood Cliffs New Jersey Prentice Hall 1990
70 Huff LC and DL Alden (1998) An investigation of consumer response to sales
promotions indeveloping markets A three-country analysisJournal of Advertising
Research38 pp47- 57
71 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and RobertW Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
72 Kotler Phillip Marketing Management Analysis Plaiming Implementation and
Control 9ed Prentice Hall of India 1997
73 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
66
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
74 Aradhna Krishna Imran S Curriuun and Robert W Shoemaker Consumer
Perceptions of Promotional Activity Journal of Marketing Vol55 (April 1991)
pp4-16
75 Schultz Don E (2004) A Clean Brand Slate Marketing Management
September October Vol 13 Issue 5 pp 10-11
76 Jeddi Kamel Mela Carl L and Gupta Sunil (1999) managing Advertising for
Long Term Profitabilty Marketing Science Vol 18 No 1 pp 22 - 22p
77 Yoo Boonghee Dondhu Naveen Lee Sungho (2000) An examination of
selected
marketing mix elements and brand equity Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
78 Ibid Op Cit Vol 28 No 2 pp195 - 211
79 Mariola Palazon-Vidal and Elena Delgado-Ballester A New Approach of
Consumers Sales Pr oneness Based on Benefits University of Murcia (Spain)
80 Barbara E Khan and Jagmohan S Raju Effects of price promotions on variety
seeking and reinforcement behaviour Marketing Science Vol10 No4 Fall
1991 pp316-337
81 Moreau Page Aradhna Krishna and Bari Harlam(2001) The Manufacturer-
Retailer-Consumer Triad Differing Perceptions Regarding Price Promotions
Journal of Retailing (December) 547-569
82 Campbell L and Diamond W D (1990) Framing and Sales Promotion the
Characteristics of a Good Deal Journal of Consumer Marketing Vol 7 pp25-
31
83 Cooke Ernest F What is Sales Promotion paper presented at Sales Promotion
Workshop Babson College May 231983
84 Ibid Op Cit Babson College May 231983
85 Blattberg RC Briesch R and Fox EJ (1995) How Promotions Work
Marketing Science Vol 14 pp122-132
86 Smith MF and Sinha I (2000) The Impact of Price and Extra Product
Promotions on StorePreference International Journal of Retail and Distribution
Management Vol28 pp83-92
87 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
I 6 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
88 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
89 Ibid Op Cit March-April pp64-73
90 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
91 Ibid Op Cit Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
92 Rosenberg LG and Czepiel JA (1984) A marketing approach for customer
retention Journal of Consumer Marketing 1 pp45- 51
93 Stem LW El-Ansary AI and Coughlan AT (1996) Marketing Channels
London Prentice-Hall
94 Ruekert Orville C Walker Jr and Robert W (Summer 1987) Marketings Role
in the Implementation of Business Strategies A Critical Review and Conceptual
Framework Orville CWalkerJr and RobertWRuekert Journal of Marketing
p 15-33
95 Kohli AK and Jaworski BJ (1990) Market orientation the construct research
propositions
and managerial implications Journal of Marketing vol 54(April) p 1-18
96 Day George S (1994) The Capabilities of Market-Driven Organizations
Journal of Marketing 58 (October) 37-52
97 Webster FE Jr (1988) The Rediscovery of the Marketing Concept Business
Horizons 31 (May-June) pp29-39
98 Storbacka K (1997) Segmentation based on customer profitability -
retrospective analysis of retail bank customer bases Journal of Marketing
Management 13 pp479- 492
99 Reichheld FF and Sasser WE (1990) Zero defections quality comes to
services
Harvard Business Review September- October pp105- 111
100 Reichheld FF (1993) Loyalty-based management Harvard Business Review
March-April pp64-73
101 Fomell C and Wemerfelt B (1987) Defensive marketing strategy by customer
complaint management a theoretical analysis Journal of Marketing Research 24
pp337-46
68
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
102 Blattberg RC and Deighton J (1996) Managing marketing by the customer
equity
criterion Harvard Business Review July- August 136- 44
103 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19-23
104 Peppers and Rogers (2003) Understanding customer relationship management
(CRM) People process and technology Business Process Management Joumal
Vol 9 Iss 5 pp672-688
105 Reichheld FF and Kenny DW (1990) The hidden advantages of customer
retention Journal of Retail Banking 13 (4) pp19- 23
106 FirmDW(1983)Zow Involvement isnt Low Involving Advances in Consumer
Research10 pp419 -424
107 Saxena Rajan (2002) Marketing Management Tata McGraw Hill Delhi pp126 -
128Godrej scouts for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG
company to enter this market By Mr Dalip Sehgal business line Wednesday
April 28 2010
108 Alreck P L (2000) Consumer Age Role Norms Psychology and Marketing
October pp891 -900
109 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002)Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
110 Sanjay Putrevu (2001) Exploring the Origins and Information Processing
Differences Between Men and Women Implications for Advertisers Academy of
Marketing Science Review p 10
111 Jain K Sanjay and Kavita Sharma (2002) Relevance of Personal Factors as
Antecedents of Consumer Involvement An Exploration Vision January - June
pp13-24
112 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
113 Ibid Op Cit Vision January - June pp13 - 24
114 Varadarajan PR (1999) Strategy content and process perspectives revisited
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 27(1) pp88-100
115 Robert M Morgan and Shelby D Hunt The Commitment-Trust Theory of
Relationship Marketing The Journal of Marketing Vol 58 No 3 (Jul 1994)
69 I
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
pp 20-38 (article consists of 19 pages) Published by American Marketing
Association
116 Homburg Christian John Workman and Harvey Krohmer (1999) Marketings
Influence With in the Firm Journal of Marketing 63 (April) pp 1-17
117 Christopher M (1989) The Existential Consumer European Journal of
Marketing Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
118 Ibid Op Cit Vol 23 N 8 pp80-84
119 Trott P (2005) Innovation Management and Product Development (3rd ed)
Pearson Education
120 Hoegl M and HG Gemuenden (2001) Teamwork quality and the success of
innovative projects A theoretical concept and empirical evidence Organization
Science 12 (4) pp435-449
121 Banerjee A amp Banerjee B (2000) Effective retail promotion management use of
point of sales information resources Vikalpa 25 pp54-55
122 Mahalingam TV (2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February pp
98-102
123 LakshminarayanTV(2001) India wastes 70000 cr worth food articles The
Tribune
New Delhi 15January p 8
124 Mahalingam TV(2007) Salvation in a sachet Business Today 11 February
pp98-102
125 Sayulu K amp Ramana Reddy VV (1996) Socio-economic influences of rural
consumer behaviour- an empirical study Management Researcher 3 pp41-51
126 Ramana Rao PV (1997) Rural market problems and perspective Indian
Journal of
Marketing 11 pp17-19
127 Sudhakar BR (1997) Target the rural consumer The Times of India New
Delhi 11 March p 19
128 Sonal kureshi and Vyas preeta Exploratory study of sales promotion activities in
toilet soap category An insight in to consumer and retailer perceptions authors
and research associates at IIM Ahmedabad IndiaW P No2002-07-02 July 2002
129 Yogin Changing Indian Rural Consumer Behavior-Soaps and Detergents
130 Mr Dalip Sehgal Managing Director GCPL stressed Business Line Godrej scouts
70
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P
Chapter 2 Literature Review
for toilet soap brands in Latin America First Indian FMCG company to enter
this marketApr-2010
131 Fierce competition in Indian soap market Article from Cosmetics International
Article date February 25 1991
132 The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine The global market for
soaps- A market research report pp no 4 to 39
133 Mr Pravin Tripathi guided by Mr Siddratha Varma IME Ghaziabad Study on
opportunity For FMCG products in rural areas
134 Mr Hitendra Bargal Research Associate IIM Indore Promotion of Brand in
rural market of India
135 Miss Prathiba HL commerce student of Acharya Tulasi National College of
Commerce Kuvempu University Shimoga Project report Topic Consumer
Behaviors towards Pears Soap Guidance of DrDM Basavaraj Professor of
Commerce 1995-96
136 Chandrabha Barua Topic A Study on consumer perception towards Mysore Sandal
Soap (75 grams) MS Ramaiah Institute of Technology Bangalore October 2004
137 Dipendra Market Strategies Of Hul For Lifebuoy Master Of Business
Administration [2008 - 2010] in Astha School Of Management Bhubaneswar
Under Biju Pattnaik University Of Technology Orissa
141 Christ College Institute of Management Organisation Structure Study 2009-10
Website 138 httpwwv^naukrihubcomindiafincgoverviewsoaps
139 httpwwwdetergentsandsoapscomindustry-overviewhtml
140 httpwwwscribdcomdoc19054886KSDL
71
P